10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File Number 333-124878

American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	59-3796143
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

12200 Herbert Wayne Court, Suite 150

Huntersville, North Carolina 28078

(Address, including zip code, of principal executive offices)

(704) 992-2000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ¨    No  x *

* The registrant is a voluntary filer of reports required to be filed by certain companies under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and has filed all reports that would have been required to have been filed by the registrant during the preceding 12 months had it been subject to such filing requirements during the entirety of such period.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	x	Smaller reporting company	¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 29, 2013: None

Number of common shares outstanding at March 3, 2014: 1,000

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I
ITEM 1.	Business		2
ITEM 1A.	Risk Factors		11
ITEM 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments		18
ITEM 2.	Properties		18
ITEM 3.	Legal Proceedings		18
ITEM 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures		18
PART II
ITEM 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		19
ITEM 6.	Selected Financial Data		20
ITEM 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		23
ITEM 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk		42
ITEM 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		43
ITEM 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		86
ITEM 9A.	Controls and Procedures		86
ITEM 9B.	Other Information		86
PART III
ITEM 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		87
ITEM 11.	Executive Compensation		91
ITEM 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		106
ITEM 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence		108
ITEM 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services		108
PART IV
ITEM 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules		109
	Signatures		115

Cautionary Statements on Forward-Looking Information

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” contains forward-looking statements relating to our business and financial outlook, that are based on our current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” or other comparable terminology.

These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks, uncertainties, estimates and assumptions. Actual outcomes and results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on any of these forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we undertake no obligation to update any such statement to reflect new information, or the occurrence of future events or changes in circumstances, after we distribute this Annual Report on Form 10-K, except as required by the federal securities laws. Many factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by the forward-looking statements or could contribute to such differences including:

• general business and economic conditions in the United States, Canada and other countries, including uncertainty as to changes and trends;

• our ability to execute key strategies, including pursuing acquisitions and successfully integrating and operating acquired companies;

• our ability to develop and implement the operational and financial systems needed to manage our operations;

• the ability of our customers and suppliers to obtain financing related to funding their operations in the current economic market;

• the financial condition of our customers, many of which are small businesses with limited financial resources;

• changing relationships with customers, suppliers and strategic partners;

• changes in laws or regulations affecting the tire industry;

• changes in capital market conditions, including availability of funding sources and fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

• impacts of competitive products and changes to the competitive environment;

• acceptance of new products in the market; and

• unanticipated expenditures.

See Item 1A — “Risk Factors” for further discussion.

1

PART I

The terms “American Tire Distributors,” “ATD,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and similar terms in this report refer to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “Holdings” refers only to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation organized in 2005 that owns 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of American Tire Distributors, Inc. (“ATDI”), a Delaware corporation. Holdings has no significant assets or operations other than its ownership of ATDI. The operations of ATDI and its consolidated subsidiaries constitute the operations of Holdings presented under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The terms “TPG” and “Sponsor” relate to TPG Capital, L.P. and/or certain funds affiliated with TPG Capital, L.P.

Item 1. Business.

Our Company

We are the leading replacement tire distributor in North America, providing a critical range of services to enable tire retailers to effectively service and grow sales to consumers. Through our network of 133 distribution centers in the United States and Canada, we offer access to an extensive breadth and depth of inventory, representing approximately 40,000 stock-keeping units (SKUs) to approximately 72,000 customers (approximately 64,000 in the U.S. and 8,000 in Canada). The critical range of services we provide includes frequent and timely delivery of inventory as well as business support services such as credit, training, access to consumer market data and the administration of tire manufacturer affiliate programs. In addition, our U.S. customers have access to a leading online ordering and reporting system as well as a website that enables our tire retailer customers to participate in the Internet marketing of tires to consumers. We estimate that our share of the replacement passenger and light truck tire market in the United States is approximately 10%, up from approximately 1% in 1996. Our estimated share of the replacement passenger and light truck tire market in Canada is approximately 12%. During fiscal 2013, our largest customer and top ten customers accounted for less than 3.1% and 11.3%, respectively, of our net sales.

We believe we distribute the broadest product offering in our industry, supplying our customers with the top ten leading passenger and light truck tire brands. We carry the flag brands from each of the four largest tire manufacturers — Bridgestone, Continental, Goodyear and Michelin — as well as the Hankook, Kumho, Nexen, Nitto and Pirelli brands. We also sell lower price point associate and proprietary brands of these and many other tire manufacturers. In addition, we sell custom wheels and accessories and related tire supplies and tools. We believe our large, diverse product offering allows us to better penetrate the replacement tire market across a broad range of price points.

On December 13, 2013, we completed the purchase of 100% of the outstanding common shares of Wholesale Tire Distributors Inc. (“WTD”). WTD owned and operated two distribution centers serving over 2,300 customers. The acquisition of WTD strengthened our market presence in the Southern Ontario region of Canada.

On August 30, 2013, we completed the purchase of 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Tire Distributors, Inc. (“TDI”). TDI owned and operated one distribution center serving over 1,700 customers. The acquisition of TDI expanded our market position in Maryland and northeastern Virginia.

On April 30, 2013, we completed the acquisition of Regional Tire Holdings, Inc. (“Holdco”) pursuant to a Share Purchase Agreement dated March 22, 2013, among TriCan Tire Distributors (“TriCan”), ATDI, Holdco and Regional Tire Distributors Inc., a 100% owned subsidiary of Holdco (“RTD”). Holdco has no significant assets or operations other than its ownership of RTD. The operations of RTD constitute the operations of Holdco. RTD is a wholesale distributor of tires, tire parts, tire accessories and related equipment in the Ontario and Atlantic provinces of Canada.

On May 28, 2010, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 20, 2010, we were acquired by TPG and certain co-investors for an aggregate purchase price valued at $1,287.5 million (the “Merger”). The Merger was financed by $635 million in aggregate principal amount of debt financing as well as common equity capital. In connection with the Merger, we conducted cash tender offers for our existing outstanding debt securities, all of which were subsequently purchased and retired.

Recent Developments

On February 17, 2014, ATDI entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with TTT Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation pursuant to which ATDI agreed to acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of Terry’s Tire Town Holdings, Inc., an Ohio corporation (“Terry’s Tire”). Terry’s Tire and its subsidiaries are engaged in the business of purchasing, marketing, distributing and selling tires, wheels and related tire and wheel accessories on a wholesale basis to tire dealers, wholesale distributors, retail chains, automotive dealers and others, retreading tires and selling retread and other commercial tires through commercial outlets to end users

2

and selling tires directly to consumers via the internet. The consummation of the Terry’s Tire acquisition, which is subject to customary closing conditions (including expiration or termination of the applicable waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended), is expected to occur by the end of Holdings’ first quarter or early in the second quarter of 2014.

On January 31, 2014, we completed the acquisition of Hercules Tire Holdings LLC (“Hercules Holding”) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 24, 2014, among ATD Merger Sub II LLC (“Buyer” or “Merger Sub”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings, ATDI, Hercules Holding, the equityholders of Hercules Holdings (each a “Seller” and, collectively, the “Sellers”) and the Sellers’ Representative. Hercules Holdings owns all of the capital stock of The Hercules Tire & Rubber Company (“Hercules”). Hercules is engaged in the business of purchasing, marketing, distributing and selling after-market replacement tires for passenger cars, trucks, and certain off road vehicles to tire dealers, wholesale distributors, retail distributors and other in the United States, Canada and internationally.

On January 17, 2014, TriCan entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Kipling Tire Co. LTD (“Kipling”) pursuant to which TriCan agreed to acquire the wholesale distribution business of Kipling. Kipling has operated as a retail-wholesale business since 1982. Kipling’s wholesale business distributes tires from its Etobicoke facilities to approximately 400 retail customers in Southern Ontario. Kipling’s retail operations were not acquired by TriCan and will continue to operate under its current ownership. This acquisition will further strengthen TriCan’s presence in the Southern Ontario region of Canada.

Our Industry

According to Modern Tire Dealer, the U.S. replacement tire market generated annual retail sales of approximately $37.3 billion in 2013. Passenger tires, medium truck tires and light truck tires accounted for 66.9%, 16.9% and 13.1%, respectively, of the total U.S. market. Farm, specialty and other types of tires accounted for the remaining 3.1% of the total U.S. market. The Canadian replacement tire market generated annual retail sales of approximately $3.7 billion in 2013. Passenger and light truck tires accounted for 53% while commercial tires accounted for 20% of the total Canadian market. Farm, specialty and other types of tires accounted for the remaining 27% of the total Canadian market.

In the U.S. and Canada, replacement tires are sold to consumers through several different channels, including local, regional and national independent tire retailers, mass merchandisers, warehouse clubs, tire manufacturer-owned stores, automotive dealerships and web-based marketers. Between 1990 and 2013, independent tire retailers and automotive dealerships have enjoyed the largest increase in the U.S. market share, according to Modern Tire Dealer, moving from 54.0% to 60.5% and 1.0% to 7.5% of the market, respectively. In recent years, replacement tire sales to independent tire retailers and automotive dealerships represented approximately 44% and 18%, respectively, of the Canadian market share.

The U.S. and Canadian replacement tire markets have historically experienced stable growth and favorable pricing dynamics. However, these markets are subject to changes in consumer confidence and the economic conditions that impact tire consumers. As a result, tire consumers may opt to defer replacement tire purchases or purchase less costly brand tires during challenging economic periods where macro-economic factors such as unemployment, persistently high fuel costs and weakness in the housing market impact their financial health.

From 1955 through 2013, U.S. replacement tire unit shipments increased by an average of approximately 2.7% per year. The impact of the recent recession led to negative growth during 2008 and 2009. The economic environment showed signs of stabilization during 2010 and 2011, although slow economic growth, persistently high fuel cost and a decrease in miles driven continued to impact the market. Despite an increase in miles driven during 2012, the U.S. and Canadian replacement tire markets continued the negative growth trend as replacement tire unit shipments were down 1.8% and 5.5%, respectively, as compared to 2011. During 2013, replacement tire unit shipments were up 4.4% in the U.S. and 0.7% in Canada as compared to 2012 as a rebound in the housing market, a decline in unemployment rates and increases in vehicle sales and vehicle miles driven impacted the U.S. and Canadian replacement tire market favorably. Substantially all of this industry unit growth was driven by an increased level of shipments of lower priced import product, predominately from China, as most domestic tire manufacturers have reported continued replacement tire unit shipment reductions in 2013 as compared to 2012.

Going forward, we believe that growth in the U.S. and Canadian replacement tire markets will continue to be driven by favorable underlying dynamics, including:

• increases in the number and average age of passenger cars and light trucks;

• increases in the number of miles driven;

• increases in the number of licensed drivers as the U.S. population continues to grow;

3

• increases in the number of replacement tire SKUs;

• growth of the high performance tire segment; and

• shortening tire replacement cycles due to changes in product mix that increasingly favor high performance tires, which have shorter average lives.

Our Business Strategy

Our objective is to be the largest distributor of replacement tires to local, regional and national independent U.S. and Canadian tire retailers, as well as the various national and corporate accounts while providing our customers a critical range of services such as frequent and timely delivery of inventory as well as business support services. We intend to accomplish this objective, drive above-market growth and further enhance profitability and cash flow by executing the following key operating strategies:

Leverage Our Infrastructure in Existing Markets. Through infrastructure expansions over the past several years, we have developed a scalable platform with available incremental distribution capacity. Our distribution infrastructure enables us to efficiently add new customers and service growing channels, such as automotive dealerships, thereby increasing profitability by leveraging the utilization of our existing assets. We believe our relative penetration in existing markets is largely a function of the services we offer and the length of time we have operated locally. Specifically, in new markets, we have experienced growth in market share over time, and in markets that we have served the longest, we generally have market share well in excess of our national average.

Maintain a Comprehensive and Deep Tire Portfolio to Meet Our Customers’ Needs. We provide a broad range of products covering all price points from entry level imported products to faster growing high and ultra-high performance tires, through a full suite of flag, associate and proprietary brand tires. We will continue to focus on high and ultra-high performance tires, given the growth in demand for such tires, while maintaining our emphasis on providing broad market and entry level tire offerings. Our comprehensive tire portfolio is designed to satisfy all of our customers’ needs and allow us to become the supplier of choice, thereby increasing customer penetration and retention.

Utilize Technology Platform to Continue to Increase Distribution Efficiency. We intend to continue to invest in our inventory and warehouse management systems and logistics technology in order to further increase our efficiency and profit margins and improve customer service. We continue to evaluate and incorporate technical solutions including our current roll out of handheld scanning for receiving, picking and delivery of products to our customers. We believe these increased efficiencies will continue to enhance our reputation with our customers for providing a high level of prompt customer service, while also reducing costs.

Continue to Expand in Existing and New Geographic Markets. While we have the largest distribution footprint in the U.S. and Canadian replacement tire markets, we have limited or no market presence in certain geographic areas in the contiguous United States and Canada. We intend to enter into previously underserved geographic markets as well as expand in our existing markets in the United States and Canada by opening new distribution centers and/or through opportunistic acquisitions. Our acquisition strategy allows us to increase our share in existing markets and add distribution in new markets, utilizing our scale to realize cost savings. We believe our position as the leading replacement tire distributor in North America, combined with our access to capital and our scalable platform, allows us to make acquisitions at attractive post-synergy valuations.

Expand Penetration of the Emerging Automotive Dealership Channel. Automotive dealerships are focused on growing their service business in an effort to expand profitability, and we believe they view having replacement tire capabilities as an important service element. Over the past few years we have steadily trained and deployed sales personnel to help build our sales at these accounts. We continue to invest and focus resources in this channel to strengthen and expand our relationships with the automobile manufacturers and further grow our share of tire sales to their dealerships.

Grow TireBuyer.com® into a Premier Internet Tire Provider. TireBuyer.com® is an Internet site that enables our U.S. independent tire retailer customers to connect with consumers and sell to them over the Internet. TireBuyer.com® allows our broad base of independent tire retailer customers to participate in a greater share of the growing Internet tire market. We believe that TireBuyer.com® complements and services our participating U.S. independent tire retailers by providing them access to a sales and marketing channel previously unavailable to them. The site was re-launched in 2012 on a faster and more flexible platform to better respond to the needs of our customers and improve the overall consumer experience on the site.

4

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following key strengths position us well to maintain our ability to achieve revenue growth in excess of the U.S. and Canadian replacement tire industry:

Leading Position in a Highly-Fragmented Marketplace. We are the leading replacement tire distributor in the United States with an estimated market share of approximately 10%. Our estimated share of the replacement passenger and light truck tire market in Canada is approximately 12%. We believe our scale provides us key competitive advantages relative to our smaller, and generally regionally-focused, competitors. These include the ability to: efficiently stock and deliver a wide variety of tires, custom wheels, tire supplies, tools and accessories; invest in services, including sales tools and technologies, to support our customers; and realize operating efficiencies from our scalable infrastructure. We believe our leading market position, combined with our commitment to distribution, as opposed to the retail operations engaged in by our customers, enhances our ability to expand our sales footprint cost effectively both in our existing markets and in new domestic geographic markets.

Extensive and Efficient Distribution Network. We believe we have the largest independent replacement tire distribution network in North America with 133 distribution centers and approximately 1,000 delivery vehicles serving a majority of the contiguous United States and Canada. Our extensive distribution footprint, combined with our sophisticated inventory management and logistics technologies, enables us to deliver the vast majority of orders on a same or next day basis, which is critical for tire retailers who are typically limited by physical inventory capacity and working capital constraints. Our delivery technologies allow us to more effectively and efficiently organize and optimize our route systems to provide timely product delivery. Our Oracle ERP system provides a scalable platform that can support future growth and ongoing cost reduction initiatives, including warehouse and truck management systems, which we believe will allow us to continue reducing warehouse and delivery costs per unit.

Broad Product Offering from Diverse Supplier Base. We believe we offer the most comprehensive selection of tires in the industry through a diverse group of suppliers. We supply the top ten leading passenger tire brands, and we carry the flag brands from each of the four largest tire manufacturers — Bridgestone, Continental, Goodyear and Michelin — as well as the Hankook, Kumho, Nexen, Nitto and Pirelli brands. Our tire product line includes a full suite of flag, associate and proprietary brand tires, allowing us to service a broad range of price points from entry level imported products to the faster growing ultra-high performance category. In addition to tires, we also offer custom wheels and accessories and related tire supplies and tools. We believe that our broad product offering drives penetration among existing customers, attracts new customers and maximizes customer retention.

Broad Range of Critical Services. We provide a critical range of services which enable our tire retailer customers to operate their businesses more profitably. These services include convenient access to and timely delivery of the broadest product offerings available in the industry, as well as fundamental business support services, such as credit, training and access to consumer market data, that enable our tire retailer customers to better service their individual markets, and administration of tire manufacturer affiliate programs. We provide our U.S. customers with convenient 24/7 access to our extensive product offerings through our innovative and proprietary business-to-business web portal, ATDOnline®. Our online services also include TireBuyer.com® to allow our U.S. independent tire retailer customers to participate in the Internet marketing of tires to consumers. The site was re-launched in 2012 on a new faster and more flexible platform to better respond to the needs of our customers and improve the overall consumer experience on the site. We also provide select, qualified U.S. independent tire retailers with the opportunity to participate in our Tire Pros® franchise program through which they receive advertising and marketing support and the benefits of a national brand identity.

Diversified Customer Base and Longstanding Customer Relationships. We serve a highly diversified customer base comprised of local, regional and national independent tire retailers, automotive dealerships, tire manufacturer-owned stores and mass merchandisers. We believe we are a top supplier to many of our customers and maintain customer relationships that exceed a decade on average for our top 20 customers. We believe the diversity of our customer base and the strength of our customer relationships present an opportunity to grow market share regardless of macroeconomic and replacement tire market conditions.

Consistent Financial Performance and Strong Cash Flow Generation. Our financial performance has benefited from substantial growth that has been achieved based on a combination of organic initiatives and acquisitions. In addition, the low capital intensity of our business combined with the efficient management of our working capital, due to our advanced inventory management systems and close vendor relationships, has historically enabled us to generate strong cash flow from operations.

Experienced Management Team Supported by Strong Equity Sponsorship. Our senior management team, led by our President and CEO William E. Berry, has an average of over 23 years of experience in the replacement tire distribution industry. Management has a proven track record of implementing successful initiatives in a leverage environment, including the execution of a disciplined acquisition strategy, which has contributed to our gross profit expansion and above-market net sales growth. In addition, we have reduced costs through the integration of operating systems and introduction of standard operating practices across all locations, resulting in improved operating efficiencies, reduced headcount and improved operating profit at existing and acquired locations. We also benefit from the extensive management and business experience provided by our Sponsor, TPG.

5

Products

We provide our customers with a complete package of tires, tire supplies and tools as well as custom wheels and accessories. During 2013, tire sales accounted for 97.4% of our net sales. Tire supplies, tools and custom wheels and accessories represented approximately 2.6% of our net sales.

Tires

We sell a broad selection of well-known flag brands as well as lower price point associate and proprietary brand tires. We believe our large, diverse product offering allows us to service the broad range of price points in the replacement tire market. Sales of passenger and light truck tires accounted for 82.3% of our net sales in fiscal 2013. The remainder of our tire sales was for medium trucks, farm vehicles and other specialty tires.

Flag brands. Flag brands, which have the greatest brand recognition as a result of both strong sales and strong marketing support from tire manufacturers, are generally premium-quality and premium-priced offerings. The flag brands that we sell have high consumer recognition and generate higher per-tire profit than associate or proprietary brands. We carry the flag brands from each of the four largest tire manufacturers — Bridgestone, Continental, Goodyear and Michelin — as well as the Hankook, Kumho, Nexen, Nitto and Pirelli brands. Within our flag brand product portfolio, we also carry high and ultra-high performance tires.

Associate brands. Associate brands are primarily lower-priced tires manufactured by well-known manufacturers. Our associate brands, such as Fuzion^®, allow us to offer tires in a wider price range. In addition, associate brands are attractive to our tire retailer customers because they may count towards various incentive programs offered by manufacturers.

Proprietary and exclusive brands. Our Capitol^® brand is a lower-priced tire made by tire manufacturers exclusively for, and marketed by, us for which we hold the trademark. This brand, in which we hold or control the trademark, strengthens our entry-level priced product offering and allows us to sell value-oriented tires to tire retailers, increasing our overall market penetration.

Entry level imported brands. Entry level imported brands are exclusively lower-priced tires manufactured offshore, predominately Chinese manufactured. Our entry level imported brands allow us to offer tires in a wider price range including opening price point products.

Custom Wheels and Accessories

Custom wheels directly complement our tire products as many custom wheel consumers purchase tires when purchasing wheels. Customers can order custom wheels and accessories from us separately or in addition to their regular tire orders without the added complexity of being serviced by an additional vendor. We offer over 25 different wheel brands, along with installation and service accessories. Of these brands, five are proprietary: ICW® Racing, Pacer®, Drifz®, Cruiser Alloy® and O.E. Performance®. An additional four brands are national and exclusive to us: Gear Alloy, Motiv LuxuryAlloys, TIS (Twenty Inches Strong) and Dropstars which also includes Monster Energy Edition wheel styles. Other nationally available non-exclusive brands complement our offering such as Advanti Racing, Black Rock, BMF, Cragar, Dick Cepek, Fondmetal, Focal, Platinum, Lexani, Mickey Thompson, Mamba, Konig and Ultra Wheel. Collectively, these brands represent one of the most comprehensive wheel offerings in the industry. Sourcing of product is worldwide through a number of manufacturers.

Tire Supplies and Tools

We supply our customers with a wide array of tire supplies and tools which enable them to better service their customers as well as help them become a more profitable business. Our tire supplies and tools are the most popular brand names from leading manufacturers. These products broaden our portfolio and leverage our customer relationships.

Competition

The U.S. and Canadian tire distribution industry is highly competitive and fragmented. In these markets, replacement tires are sold to consumers through several different outlets, including local, regional and national independent tire retailers, mass merchandisers, warehouse clubs, tire manufacturer-owned stores, automotive dealerships and web-based marketers. We compete with a number of tire distributors on a regional basis.

Our main competitors include TBC/Treadways Wholesale (owned by Sumitomo), which has retail operations that compete with its distribution customers, and TCI Tire Centers. In the automotive dealership channel, our principal competitor is Dealer Tire, which is focused principally on administering replacement tire programs for selected automobile manufacturers’ dealerships. In the online channel, our principal competitor is Tire Rack, which is principally focused on high and ultra-high performance offerings, acting as

6

both a retailer and a wholesaler. We face competition from smaller regional companies and would be adversely affected if mass merchandisers and warehouse clubs gained market share from local independent tire retailers, as our market share in those channels is lower.

Customers

We serve a highly diversified customer base comprised of local, regional and national independent tire retailers, as well as various national and corporate accounts. During fiscal 2013, we sold to approximately 72,000 customers (approximately 64,000 in the U.S. and 8,000 in Canada). In fiscal 2013, our largest customer and our top ten customers accounted for less than 3.1% and 11.3%, respectively, of our net sales. We believe we are a top supplier to many of our customers and maintain customer relationships that exceed a decade on average for our top 20 customers.

Suppliers

We purchase our tires from several sources, including the four largest tire manufacturers, Bridgestone, Continental, Goodyear and Michelin, from whom we bought 58.6% of our tire products in fiscal 2013. In general, we do not have long-term supply agreements with tire manufacturers, instead relying on oral arrangements or written agreements that are renegotiated annually and can be terminated on short notice. However, we have conducted business with many of our major tire suppliers for over 20 years, and we believe that we have good relationships with all of our major suppliers. In recent years, tire manufacturers have reduced the number of tire retailers they service directly. As a result of this change, tire retailers have increasingly relied on us, and we have become a more critical link between manufacturers and tire retailers.

There are a number of worldwide manufacturers of wheels and other automotive products. Most of the wheels we purchase are proprietary brands, namely, Pacer®, Cruiser Alloy®, Drifz®, O.E. Performance® and ICW® Racing, and are produced by a variety of manufacturers.

Distribution System

We have designed our distribution system to deliver products from a wide variety of tire manufacturers to our tire retailer customers. In recent years, tire manufacturers have reduced the number of tire retailers they service directly and tire retailers have reduced the inventory they hold. At the same time, the depth and breadth of replacement SKUs has continued to expand. As a result of these changes, tire retailers have increasingly relied on us and we have become a more critical link in enabling tire retailers to more efficiently manage their business.

We utilize a sophisticated inventory and delivery system to distribute our products to most customers on a same or next day basis. In our U.S. distribution centers, we use sophisticated bin locator systems, material handling equipment and routing software that link customer orders to our inventory and delivery routes. We believe this distribution system, which is integrated with our innovative and proprietary business-to-business ATDOnline® ordering and reporting system, provides us a competitive advantage by allowing us to ship customer orders quickly and efficiently while also reducing labor costs. Our logistics and routing technology uses third-party software packages and GPS systems, including dynamic routing and Roadnet 5000, to optimize route design and delivery capacity. Coupled with our fleet of approximately 1,000 delivery vehicles, this technology enables us to cost effectively make multiple daily or weekly shipments to customers as necessary.

Approximately 80% of our U.S. tire purchases are shipped directly by tire manufacturers to our U.S. distribution centers. The remainder are shipped by manufacturers to our redistribution centers located in Maiden, North Carolina, Bakersfield, California and Chicago, Illinois. These redistribution centers warehouse slower-moving and foreign-manufactured products, which are forwarded to our U.S. distribution centers as needed.

Information Systems

Through infrastructure expansions over the past several years, we have developed a scalable platform with incremental capacity available. We are currently finishing the U.S. implementation of an Oracle ERP system that supports future growth and ongoing cost reduction initiatives, including warehouse and truck management systems, which we believe will allow us to continue reducing warehouse and delivery costs per unit. The ERP implementation, which is nearing completion, has basically replaced our legacy computer system. We continue to evaluate and incorporate technical solutions such as handheld scanning for receiving, picking and delivery of product to our customers. In addition, we are evaluating the implementation of our Oracle ERP platform, near the beginning of 2015, in Canada.

7

Inventory Control

We believe that we maintain levels of inventory that are adequate to meet our customers’ needs on a same day or next day basis. Since customers look to us to fulfill their needs on short notice, inventory levels are a primary focus of our business model. As a result, backlog of orders is not considered material to, or a significant factor in, evaluating and understanding our business. Our inventory levels are determined using sales data derived from distribution centers (on a combined basis, an individual basis or by geographic region) as well as from vendors who supply the distribution centers and retail customer stores that are served by the distribution center. All distribution centers stock a base inventory and may expand beyond preset inventory levels as deemed appropriate by their general managers. Computer systems monitor inventory levels for all stock items and quantities are periodically re-balanced from center-to-center.

Marketing and Customer Service

Our marketing efforts are focused on driving growth through customer service, additional product placement and market expansion. We provide a critical range of services which enable our tire retailer customers to operate their businesses more profitably. These services include frequent and timely delivery of inventory, as well as fundamental business support services such as credit, training and access to customer market data which enable our tire retailer customers to better service their individual markets. In addition, we provide our U.S. customers with an online web portal with convenient 24/7 access to our inventory, an internet site that allows our U.S. tire retailer customers to participate in the internet marketing of tires to customers as well as a franchise program in the U.S. where we deliver advertising and marketing support to our tire retailer customers.

Sales Force

We have structured our sales organization to best serve our existing customers and develop new prospective customers such as automotive dealerships. As the manufacturers have reduced their own sales staffs, our sales force has assumed the consultative role manufacturers previously provided to tire retailers. Our tire sales force consists of sales personnel at each distribution center plus a sales administrative team located at our field support center in Huntersville, North Carolina.

Sales teams, consisting of salespeople and customer service representatives, focus on tire retailers located within the service area of the distribution center and include a combination of tire-, wheel- and supplies-focused sales personnel. Some sales personnel visit targeted customers to advance our business opportunities and those of our customers, while other sales personnel remain at our facility, making client contact by telephone to advance specific products or programs. Customer service representatives manage incoming calls from customers and provide assistance with order placement, inventory inquiries and general customer support.

The Huntersville-based sales administrative team directs sales personnel at the distribution centers and manages our corporate account customers, including large national and regional retail tire and service companies. This team also manages our Huntersville-based call center, which provides call management assistance to the U.S. distribution centers during peak times of the day, thereby minimizing customer wait time, and also provides support upon any disruption in a distribution center’s local telephone service. They also serve as the primary point of contact for product and technical inquiries from TireBuyer.com® shoppers.

Our aftermarket wheel sales group employs sales and technical support personnel in the field and performance specialists in each region. The responsibilities of this sales group include cultivating new prospective wheel and supplies customers as well as coordinating with tire sales professionals to cover existing accounts. The technical support professionals provide answers to customer questions regarding wheel style and fitment and supplies.

Automotive dealerships are focused on growing their service business in an effort to expand profitability, and we believe they view having replacement tire capabilities as an important service element. Between 1990 and 2013, U.S. automotive dealerships have enjoyed a large increase in market share according to Modern Tire Dealer, moving from 1.0% of the U.S. replacement tire market to 7.5% of the market. Over the past few years we have steadily trained and deployed sales personnel to help build our sales at these accounts. We continue to invest and focus resources in this channel to strengthen and expand our relationships with the automobile manufacturers and further grow our share of tire sales to their dealerships.

Tire Retailer Programs

Through our Tire Pros® franchise program we deliver advertising and marketing support to U.S. tire retailer customers operating as Tire Pros® franchisees. U.S. independent tire retailers participating in this franchise program enjoy the benefits of a national brand identity with minimal investment, while still maintaining their local identity. We anticipate increasing volume penetration among, and further aligning ourselves with, franchisees.

8

Individual manufacturers offer a variety of programs for tire retailers that sell their products, such as Bridgestone’s Affiliated Retailer Network, Continental’s Gold, Goodyear’s G³X, Kumho’s Fuel and Michelin’s Alliance. These programs, which are relatively complex, provide cooperative advertising funds, volume discounts and other incentives. As part of our service to our customers, we assist in the administration of managing these programs for the manufacturers and enhance these programs through dedicated staff to assist tire retailers in managing their participation. We believe these enhancements, combined with other aspects of our customer service, provide significant value to our customers.

We also offer our U.S. tire retailer customers ATDServiceBAY^®, which makes available a comprehensive suite of benefits including nationwide tire and service warranties (through third-party warranty providers), a nationally accepted, private-label credit card (through GE Money), access to consumer market data and training and marketing programs to provide our tire retailer customers with the support and service that are critical to succeed in today’s increasingly competitive marketplace.

ATDOnline^® and TireBuyer.com^®

ATDOnline® provides our U.S. customers with web-based online ordering and 24/7 access to our inventory availability and pricing. Orders are processed automatically and printed in the appropriate distribution center within minutes of entry through ATDOnline®. Our customers are able to track expected deliveries and retrieve copies of their signed delivery receipts. ATDOnline® also allows customers to track account balances and participation in tire manufacturer incentive programs. We encourage our customers to use this system because it represents a more efficient method of order entry and information access than traditional order systems. In fiscal 2013, approximately 65% of our total order volume was ordered through ATDOnline®, up from 56% in fiscal 2007.

TireBuyer.com® is an Internet site that enables our U.S. independent tire retailer customers to connect with consumers and sell to them over the Internet. Consumers using TireBuyer.com® choose to buy from a select, qualified independent tire retailer participating in our TireBuyer.com® program. We then distribute the purchased products to the selected tire retailer for local installation. The tire retailer receives the full revenue of the transaction, less any applicable processing fees, upon product installation. We employ a third-party provider to handle the online billing and payment process. We do not handle customers’ credit card or other sensitive information.

We account for revenues from TireBuyer.com® in the same manner as other orders received from tire retailer customers. The TireBuyer.com® transaction structure allows us to retain our distribution focus, while strengthening our relationship with our tire retailer customers by providing them access to a sales and marketing channel previously unavailable to them. In 2012, the TireBuyer.com® site was re-launched on a new platform that is faster and more flexible in allowing us to respond to the needs of our customers and enhancing the overall consumer experience. Consumer traffic on the site continues to increase.

Trademarks

The proprietary brand names under which we market our products are trademarks of our company. We value our brand names because they help develop brand identification. All of our trademarks are of perpetual duration as long as they are periodically renewed. We currently intend to maintain all of them in force. The principal proprietary brand names under which we market our products are: CAPITOL® tires, NEGOTIATOR® tires, REGUL® tires, DYNATRAC® tires, CRUISERALLOY® custom wheels, DRIFZ® custom wheels, ICW® custom wheels, PACER^® custom wheels and O.E. PERFORMANCE^® custom wheels. Our other trademarks include: AMERICAN TIRE DISTRIBUTORS^®, ATD^®, ATDONLINE^®, ATDSERVICEBAY^®, TIREBUYER.COM^® and TIRE PROS^®.

Seasonality

Although the effects of seasonality are not significant to our business, we have historically experienced an increase in net sales in the second and third fiscal quarters and an increase in working capital in the first fiscal quarter.

Environmental Matters

Our operations and properties are subject to federal, state, foreign and local laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, handling, generation, transportation, treatment, emission, release, discharge and disposal of hazardous materials, substances and waste as well as relating to the investigation and clean-up of contaminated properties, including off-site disposal locations. We do not incur significant costs complying with environmental laws and regulations. However, we could be subject to material environmental costs, liabilities or claims in the future, especially in the event of the adoption of new environmental laws or changes in existing laws and regulations or in their interpretation.

9

Employees

As of December 28, 2013, our operations employed approximately 3,800 people, approximately 3,400 of which are located in the U.S. and the balance located within our Canadian distribution centers. None of our employees are represented by a union. We believe our employee relations are satisfactory.

Available Information

We file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). You may read and, for a fee, copy any document that we file with the SEC at the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and at the website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.

We make available free of charge at www.atd-us.com (in the “Investors Relations” section) copies of materials we file with, or furnish to, the SEC. By referring to our corporate website, www.atd-us.com, we do not incorporate such website or its contents into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

You may also request a copy of these filings at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address:

American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.

Attention: Corporate Secretary

12200 Herbert Wayne Court

Suite 150

Huntersville, NC 28078

(704) 992-2000

10

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

You should carefully consider the risks described below when evaluating our business and operations. The risks described below could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Demand for tire products is lower when general economic conditions are weak. Decreases in the availability of consumer credit or consumer spending could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

The popularity, supply and demand for tire products changes from year to year based on consumer confidence, the volume of tires reaching the replacement tire market and the level of personal discretionary income, among other factors. Decreases in the availability of consumer credit or decreases in consumer spending as a result of recent economic conditions, including increased unemployment and rising fuel prices, may cause consumers to delay tire purchases, reduce spending on tires or purchase less expensive tires. These changes in consumer behavior could reduce the number of tires we sell, reduce our net sales or cause a change in our product mix toward products with lower per-tire margins, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

Local economic, employment, weather, transportation and other conditions also affect tire sales, on both a wholesale and retail basis. We cannot, as a result of these factors and others, assure you that our business will continue to generate sufficient cash flows to finance or grow our business or that our cash needs will not increase. Historically, we have experienced that rising fuel costs, higher unemployment and credit tightening cause a decrease in miles driven and consumer spending, both of which we believe cause a decrease in unit sales in the U.S. and Canadian replacement tire industry. Our business is adversely affected as a result of such industry-wide events and we may be adversely affected by similar events in the future.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our notes and our other indebtedness.

We have a substantial amount of debt, which requires significant interest and principal payments. As of December 28, 2013, we had approximately $967.0 million of total indebtedness outstanding. In addition, we incurred approximately $261.5 million in additional indebtedness on January 31, 2014 in connection with our acquisition of The Hercules Tire & Rubber Company (“Hercules”). Subject to the limits contained in our ABL Facility, the indenture governing our Senior Secured Notes, the indenture governing our Senior Subordinated Notes and our other debt instruments, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. For instance, on February 17, 2014, we entered into a debt commitment financing letter in connection with our proposed acquisition of Terry’s Tire Town Holdings, Inc. (“Terry’s Tire”). The commitment letter provides for an incremental $300.0 million senior secured term loan facility. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the commitment letter, we expect to use this incremental facility to finance the acquisition if it occurs. The acquisition is subject to a number of customer closing conditions. If we incur substantial additional debt, the risks related to our high level of debt will increase.

Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences to the holders of our notes, including the following:

• making it more difficult to satisfy our obligations with respect to our notes and our other debt. Any failure to comply with the obligations under any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants, could result in a default under the indenture governing our notes and the agreements governing our other debt;

• limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate requirements;

• requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate requirements;

• increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

• exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as a significant amount of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest, including borrowings under our ABL Facility;

• limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;

• placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors;

• increasing our cost of borrowing; and

• preventing us from raising the funds necessary to repurchase all notes tendered to us upon the occurrence of certain changes of control, which would constitute an event of default under the indenture governing our notes.

11

In addition, our credit agreement and the indentures that govern our notes contain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all our debt.

Our business requires a significant amount of cash, and fluctuations in our cash flows may adversely affect our ability to fund our business or acquisitions or satisfy our debt obligations.

Our ability to fund working capital needs and planned capital expenditures and acquisitions and our ability to satisfy our debt obligations depend on our ability to generate cash flows. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet these needs, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our existing debt, obtain additional financing or reduce expenditures that we deem necessary to our business. Further, our ability to grow our business and market share through acquisitions may be impaired. We cannot assure you that we would be able to obtain refinancing of this kind on favorable terms or at all or that any additional financing could be obtained. The inability to obtain additional financing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and cash flows.

The industry in which we operate is highly competitive and our failure to effectively compete may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The industry in which we operate is highly competitive. In the United States and Canada, replacement tires are sold to consumers through several different outlets, including local independent tire retailers and mass merchandisers, warehouse clubs, tire manufacturer-owned stores, automotive dealerships and web-based marketers. A number of independent wholesale tire distributors compete with us in the regions in which we do business. Most of our tire retailer customers buy products from both us and our competitors. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully in our markets in the future. Furthermore, some of our competitors, including mass merchandisers, warehouse clubs and tire manufacturers, are significantly better leveraged than us and have greater resources. See Item 1 “Business — Competition.”

We would also be adversely affected if certain channels in the replacement tire market, including mass merchandisers and warehouse clubs, gain market share at the expense of the local independent tire retailers; as our market share in those channels is lower.

We depend on manufacturers to provide us with the products we sell and disruptions in these relationships or manufacturers’ operations could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

There are a limited number of tire manufacturers worldwide. Accordingly, we rely on a limited number of tire manufacturers to supply us with the products we sell, including flag and associate brands and our proprietary brands. Our business depends on developing and maintaining productive relationships with these manufacturers. Outside of our proprietary brands, we do not have long-term contracts with these manufacturers, and we cannot assure you that these manufacturers will continue to supply products to us on favorable terms or at all. Many of our supplier manufacturers are free to terminate their business relationship with us with little or no notice and may elect to do so for any reason or no reason. Further, certain of our key suppliers also compete with us as they distribute and sell tires to certain of our tire retailer customers. A move towards this business model among our supplier manufacturers could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

In addition, our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to make selective acquisitions, but manufacturers may not be willing to supply the companies we acquire, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Furthermore, we could be adversely affected if any significant manufacturer experiences financial, operational, production, supply, labor or quality assurance difficulties that result in a reduction or interruption in our supply, or if they otherwise fail to meet our needs. These risks have been more pronounced recently in light of commodity price volatility and governmental actions. In addition, our failure to order or promptly pay for sufficient quantities of our products may result in an increase in the unit cost of the products we purchase, a reduction in cooperative advertising and marketing funds, or a manufacturer’s unwillingness or refusal to sell products to us. If we are required to replace our manufacturers, we could experience cost increases, time delays in deliveries and a loss of customers, any of which would adversely affect us. Finally, although most newly manufactured tires are sold in the replacement tire market, manufacturers pay disproportionate attention to automobile manufacturers that purchase tires for new cars. Increased demand from automobile manufacturers could result in cost increases and time delays in deliveries to us, any of which could adversely affect us.

Pricing volatility for raw materials could result in increased costs and may affect our profitability.

Costs for certain raw materials used in manufacturing the products we sell, including natural rubber, chemicals, steel reinforcements, carbon black, synthetic rubber and other petroleum-based products, are volatile. Increasing costs for raw

12

materials supplies would result in increased production costs for tire manufacturers. Tire manufacturers typically pass along a portion of their increased costs to us through price increases. While we typically try to pass increased prices and fuel costs through to tire retailers or to modify our activities to mitigate the impact of higher prices, we may not be successful. Failure to fully pass these increased prices and costs through to tire retailers or to modify our activities to mitigate the impact would adversely affect our operating margins and results of operations. Further, even if we do successfully pass along these costs, demand for tires may decline as a result of the increased costs, which would adversely affect us.

Attempts to expand our distribution services into new geographic markets may adversely affect our business, results of operations,  financial condition or cash flows.

We plan to expand our distribution services into new geographic markets in the U.S. and Canada, which will require us to make capital investments to extend and develop our distribution infrastructure. We may not achieve profitability in new regions for a period of time. If we do not successfully add new distribution centers and routes, we experience unanticipated costs or delays or we experience competition in such markets that is greater than we expect, our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows may be adversely affected.

We may be unable to identify desirable acquisition targets or future acquisitions may not be successful.

We plan to investigate and acquire strategic businesses or product lines with the potential to be accretive to earnings, increase our market penetration, strengthen our market position or enhance our existing product offering. We cannot assure you, however, that we will identify or successfully complete transactions with suitable acquisition candidates in the future. A failure to identify and acquire desirable acquisition targets may slow growth in our annual unit volume, which could adversely affect our existing business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We also cannot assure you that completed acquisitions will be successful. If a business we acquire, such as WTD, TDI or RTD, each of which we acquired in 2013, fails to operate as anticipated or cannot be successfully integrated with our existing business, our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely affected.

Future acquisitions could require us to issue additional debt or equity.

A number of our recent acquisitions have been financed primarily through the incurrence of additional debt, either through increases in availability under our ABL Facility or the issuance of additional subordinated notes. In addition, on February 17, 2014, we entered into a debt commitment financing letter that provides for a $300.0 million senior secured term loan facility to support our proposed acquisition of Terry’s Tire, if it closes. If we were to undertake another substantial acquisition, the acquisition would likely need to be financed in part through further amendments to our ABL Facility, additional financing from banks, public offerings or private placements of debt or equity securities or other arrangements. We cannot assure you that the necessary acquisition financing would be available to us on acceptable terms if and when required, particularly because we are currently highly leveraged, which may make it difficult or impossible for us to secure financing for acquisitions. If we were to undertake an acquisition by issuing equity securities or equity-linked securities, the acquisition may have a dilutive effect on the interests of the holders of our common shares. If we were to undertake an acquisition by incurring additional debt, the risks associated with our already substantial level of indebtedness could intensify.

The failure of the Company’s information technology systems could disrupt the Company’s business operations which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and/or results of operations.

The operation of our business depends on our information technology systems. The failure of our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate could disrupt our business and could result in, among other things, transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, loss of data and the loss of sales and customers, which could cause our business and results of operations to suffer. While we have made significant investments in our disaster recovery strategies and infrastructure, our information technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including, without limitation, fire, natural disasters, power outages, systems failure, system conversions, security breaches, cyber-attacks, viruses and/or human error. In any such event, we could be required to make a significant investment to fix or replace information technology systems, and we could experience interruptions in our ability to service our customers. Additionally, we and our customers could suffer financial and reputational harm if customer or Company proprietary information was compromised by a security breach or cyber-attack. Any such damage or interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and/or results of operations.

13

Our business strategy relies increasingly upon online commerce. If our customers were unable to access any of our websites, such as ATDOnline®, our business and operations could be disrupted and our operating results would be adversely affected.

Customers’ access to our websites directly affects the volume of orders we fulfill and our revenues in the U.S. Approximately 65% of our U.S. total order volume in fiscal 2013 was placed online using ATDOnline®, up from approximately 56% in fiscal 2007. We expect our Internet-generated business in the U.S. to continue to grow as a percentage of overall sales. To be successful, we must ensure that ATDOnline® is well supported and functional on a 24/7 basis. If we are not able to continuously make these ordering tools available to our customers, there could be a decline in online orders and a decrease in our net sales.

We may not successfully execute our plan to grow our TireBuyer.com® service or we may not attain the growth we expect from our TireBuyer.com® service.

We continue to invest in TireBuyer.com®, an Internet site which enables our independent tire retailer customers to access the online tire consumer market and sell to consumers over the Internet. In 2012, the TireBuyer.com® site was re-launched on a platform that is faster and more flexible in allowing us to respond to the needs of our customers and enhancing the overall consumer experience. Since its initial launch in 2009, we have seen a consistent increase in consumer traffic on the site. We expect that by growing and developing our TireBuyer.com® service, we can leverage our tire retailer customer footprint to capture a greater share of the Internet tire market. For TireBuyer.com® to be successful, however, we must ensure that it is well supported and functional on a 24/7 basis. In addition, TireBuyer.com® faces significant competition from other online participants, some of which have significantly larger Internet market share, longer Internet market presence, greater Internet marketing experience and better name recognition than we enjoy. We may fail to successfully grow, develop or support the TireBuyer.com® service or we may not attain the growth or benefits we expect TireBuyer.com® to provide us due to strong competition or other factors, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Because the majority of our inventory is stored in our warehouse distribution centers, a disruption in our warehouse distribution centers could adversely affect our results of operations by increasing our cost and distribution lead times.

We maintain the majority of our inventory in 133 distribution centers in the United States and Canada. Serious disruptions affecting these distribution centers or the flow of products in or out of these centers, including disruptions from inclement weather, fire, earthquakes or other causes, could damage a significant portion of our inventory and could adversely affect our ability to distribute our products to tire retailers in a timely manner or at a reasonable cost. During the time that it may take us to reopen or replace a distribution center, we could incur significantly higher costs and longer lead times associated with distributing our products to tire retailers, which could adversely affect our reputation, as well as our results of operations and our customer relationships.

If we experience problems with our fleet of trucks or are otherwise unable to make timely deliveries of our products to our customers, our business and reputation could be adversely affected.

We use a fleet of trucks to deliver our products to our customers, most of which are leased from third parties. We are subject to the risks associated with product delivery, including inclement weather, disruptions in the transportation infrastructure, disruptions in our lease arrangements, availability and price of fuel, and liabilities arising from accidents to the extent we are not covered by insurance. Our failure to deliver tires and other products in a timely and accurate manner could harm our reputation and brand, which could adversely affect our business and reputation.

Participants in our Tire Pros® franchise program are independent operators and we have limited influence over their operations. Our Tire Pros® franchisees could take actions that could harm the value of the Tire Pros® franchise, or could be unwilling or unable to continue to participate in the program, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations,  financial condition and cash flows.

Participants in our Tire Pros^® franchise program are independent operators and have significant discretion in running their operations. Their employees are not our employees. Franchisees could take actions that subject them to legal and financial liabilities, and we may, regardless of the actual validity of such a claim, be named as a party in an action relating to, or be held liable for, the conduct of our franchisees if it is shown that we exercise a sufficient level of control over a particular franchisee’s operation. In addition, the quality of franchise operations may be diminished by any number of factors beyond our control. We do not offer financial or management services to our franchisees, which may not have sufficient resources or expertise to operate their businesses at the level we would expect. While we ultimately can take action to terminate franchisees that do not comply with the standards contained in our franchise agreements, we may not be able to identify problems and take action quickly enough and, as a result, the image and reputation of Tire Pros^® may suffer, fewer tire retailers may become Tire Pros^® franchisees and existing participants may leave the Tire Pros^® program.

14

In addition, our franchise agreements have limited durations and our franchisees may not be willing or able to renew their franchise agreements with us. For example, a franchisee may decide not to renew due to a lawsuit or disagreement with us, dissatisfaction with the Tire Pros^® program or a perception that the Tire Pros^® program conflicts with other business interests. Similarly, a franchisee may be unable to renew its franchise agreement with us due to a bankruptcy or restructuring event or the failure to secure a real estate lease renewal, among other factors.

Our business, business prospects, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected if we are forced to defend claims made against our franchisees, if others seek to hold us accountable for our franchisees’ actions, if the Tire Pros® program does not grow as we expect or if the Tire Pros® franchise program is not otherwise successful.

We could become subject to additional government regulation which could cause us to incur significant liabilities.

We are currently subject to federal, state and foreign laws and regulations that apply to our business, including laws and regulations that affect tire distribution and sale, safety matters and tire specifications. Our costs of complying with these laws and regulations, including our operating expenses and liabilities arising under governmental regulations, may be increased in the future and additional fees and taxes may be imposed by governmental authorities. Future regulatory requirements, such as required disclosure of made-on dates for tires or an expansion of the Transportation Recall Enhancement Accountability and Documentation (TREAD) Act to cover tire distributors, could cause a material increase in our liabilities or operating expenses, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Loss of key personnel or failure to attract and retain highly qualified personnel could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We are dependent on the continued services of our senior management team. We may not be able to retain our existing senior management, fill new positions or vacancies created by expansion or turnover, or attract additional senior management personnel. We believe the loss of such key personnel could adversely affect our financial performance. In addition, our ability to manage our anticipated growth will depend on our ability to identify, hire and retain qualified management personnel. We cannot assure you that we will attract and retain sufficient qualified personnel to meet our business needs.

Consolidation among customers may reduce our importance as a holder of sizable inventory, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our success has been dependent, in part, on the fragmented customer base in our industry. Due to the small size of most tire retailers, they cannot support substantial inventory positions and thus, as our size permits us to maintain a sizable inventory, we fill an important role. We do not generally have long-term arrangements with our tire retailer customers and they can cease doing business with us at any time. If a trend towards consolidation among tire retailers develops in the future, it could reduce our importance and reduce our revenues, margins and earnings. While the local independent tire retailer share of the replacement tire market has been relatively stable in the recent past, the share of larger tire retailers has grown at the expense of smaller tire retailers. If that trend continues, the number of tire retailers able to handle sizable inventory could increase, reducing the importance of distributors like us to the local independent tire retailer market.

We could be subject to product liability, personal injury or other litigation claims that could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Purchasers of our products, or their employees or customers, could be injured or suffer property damage from exposure to, or defects in, products we sell or distribute, or have sold or distributed in the past. We could be subject to claims, including personal injury claims. These claims may not be covered by insurance or tire manufacturers may be unwilling or unable to assume the defense of these claims, as they have in the past. In addition, if any tire manufacturer encounters financial difficulty or ceases to operate, it may not be able to assume the defense of such claims. We also may be subject to claims due to injuries caused by our truck drivers which may not be covered by insurance. As a result, the defense, settlement or successful assertion of any future product liability, personal injury or other litigation claims could cause us to incur significant costs and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We could be adversely affected by compliance with environmental regulations and could incur costs relating to environmental matters,  particularly those relating to our distribution centers.

We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations, as well as health and safety laws and regulations. Environmental laws are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. Compliance costs associated with current and future environmental and health and safety laws, particularly as they relate to our distribution centers, as well as liabilities arising from past or future releases of, or exposure to, hazardous substances, may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

15

Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we are required to provide a report by management on internal control over financial reporting, including management’s assessment of the effectiveness of such control. Changes to our business will necessitate ongoing changes to our internal control systems and processes. Internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls or fraud. Therefore, even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. If we fail to maintain adequate internal controls, including any required new or improved controls, we may be unable to provide financial information in a timely and reliable manner and might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities such as the SEC or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. Any such action could adversely affect our financial results or investors’ confidence in us and could cause the price of our securities to fall.

If we determine that our goodwill and other intangible assets have become impaired, we may record significant impairment charges, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

Goodwill and other intangible assets represent a significant portion of our assets. Goodwill is the excess of cost over the fair market value of net assets acquired in business combinations. In the future, goodwill and intangible assets may increase as a result of future acquisitions. We review our goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets at least annually for impairment. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in the performance of acquired businesses, adverse market conditions and adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of an acquired business. Any impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets would result in a non-cash charge against earnings, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

Affiliates of the Sponsor indirectly own substantially all our equity interests and may have conflicts of interest with us or the holders of our notes.

Investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor indirectly own substantially all of our capital stock, and the Sponsor’s designees hold a majority of the seats on the board of directors of our indirect parent company. As a result, affiliates of the Sponsor have control over our decisions to enter into any corporate transaction and have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires the approval of stockholders regardless of whether holders of the notes believe that any such transactions are in their own best interests. For example, affiliates of the Sponsor could collectively cause us to make acquisitions that increase the amount of our indebtedness or to sell assets, or could cause us to issue additional capital stock or declare dividends. So long as investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor continue to indirectly own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our capital stock, affiliates of the Sponsor will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions. Our credit agreement and the indenture governing our notes permit us to pay advisory and other fees, dividends and make other restricted payments to the Sponsor under certain circumstances and our arrangements with the Sponsor and its affiliates require us to pay certain fees on quarterly basis. See Item 13 “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions and Director Independence.” In addition, the Sponsor has no obligation to provide us with any additional debt or equity financing.

Additionally, the Sponsor is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us or that supply us with goods and services. The Sponsor may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. The interests of the Sponsor may differ from the interests of the holders of our notes in material respects.

Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our indebtedness service obligations to increase significantly.

Borrowings under our ABL Facility and FILO facilites are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, would correspondingly decrease.

16

Currency exchange rate fluctuations may adversely affect our financial results.

The financial position and results of operations for TriCan, RTD and WTD, our 100% owned subsidiaries acquired during 2012 and 2013, are initially recorded in their functional currency which is the Canadian dollar. Because our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars, we must translate revenues and expenses into U.S. dollars at the weighted average exchange rate prevailing during the year and assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at the year end exchange rate. Therefore, fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar versus the Canadian dollar will have an impact on the value of these items in our consolidated financial statements, even if their value has not changed in their original currency.

17

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

Our principal properties are geographically situated to meet sales and operating requirements. We believe that our properties have been well maintained, are generally in good condition and are suitable for the conduct of our business. As of December 28, 2013, we operate 112 distribution centers located in 41 states in the United States and 21 distribution centers in Canada, aggregating approximately 13.1 million square feet. Of these centers, one is owned by us and the remaining properties are leased. We also lease our principal executive office, located in Huntersville, North Carolina. This lease is scheduled to expire in 2022. In addition, we have some non-essential properties which we are attempting to sell or sublease.

Several of our property leases contain provisions prohibiting a change of control of the lessee or permitting the landlord to terminate the lease or increase rent upon a change of control of the lessee. Based primarily upon our belief that (i) we maintain good relations with the substantial majority of our landlords, (ii) most of our leases are at market rates and (iii) we have historically been able to secure suitable leased property at market rates when needed, we believe that these provisions will not have a material adverse effect on our business or financial position.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

We are involved from time to time in various lawsuits, including class action lawsuits arising out of the ordinary conduct of our business. Although no assurances can be given, we do not expect that any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition. We are also involved in various litigation proceedings incidental to the ordinary course of our business. We believe, based on consultation with legal counsel, that none of these will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

18

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

As of March 3, 2014, there was one holder of record of our common stock. There is no public trading market for our common stock.

As of December 28, 2013, we have not declared or paid dividends on our common stock since our incorporation in 2005. Our ability to pay dividends is restricted by certain covenants contained in our ABL Facility and in the indentures that govern our Senior Subordinated Notes and Senior Secured Notes and may be further restricted by any future indebtedness that we incur. Our business is conducted through our subsidiaries. Dividends from, and cash generated by, our subsidiaries will be our principal sources of cash to repay indebtedness, fund operations and pay dividends. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders is dependent on the earnings and distributions of funds from our subsidiaries. See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further discussion.

Information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is set forth in Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” of this Form 10-K.

19

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

On May 28, 2010, as a result of the Merger, Holdings was acquired by affiliates of TPG and certain co-investors. In the following table, periods prior to May 28, 2010 reflect the financial position, results of operations and changes in financial position of Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the Merger (the “Predecessor”). Periods after May 28, 2010 reflect the financial position, results of operations, and changes in financial position of Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries after the Merger (the “Successor”).

The following table sets forth both the Predecessor and Successor selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods indicated. Selected historical financial data for fiscal year 2009 and the five months ended May 28, 2010 is derived from the Predecessor’s consolidated financial statements as of and for those periods. Selected historical financial data for the seven months ended January 1, 2011 and fiscal years 2011, 2012 and 2013 is derived from the Successor’s consolidated financial statements as of and for those periods.

Both the Predecessor’s and the Successor’s fiscal year is based on either a 52- or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to each December 31. Therefore, the financial results of certain fiscal years will not be exactly comparable to the prior or subsequent fiscal years. The 2009 fiscal year, which ended January 2, 2010, contains operating results for 52 weeks. The five months ended May 28, 2010 contains operating results for 21 weeks. The seven months ended January 1, 2011 contains operating results for 31 weeks. The 2011 fiscal year, which ended December 31, 2011, the 2012 fiscal year, which ended December 29, 2012, and the 2013 fiscal year, which ended December 28, 2013, each contain operating results for 52 weeks. It should be noted that, prior to fiscal 2013, the Successor’s year-end reporting date was different from that of its TriCan Tire Distributors (“TriCan”) subsidiary. For fiscal 2012, TriCan had a calendar year-end reporting date of December 31. The impact from this difference on the consolidated financial statements was not material. TriCan converted to the Successor’s fiscal year-end reporting date during fiscal 2013. The following selected historical consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included under Item 8 of this report.

	Successor												Predecessor
Dollars in thousands	Fiscal Year 2013 (1)			Fiscal Year 2012 (2)			Fiscal Year 2011 (3)			Seven Months Ended January 1, 2011 (4)			Five Months Ended May 28, 2010			Fiscal Year 2009
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales	$	3,839,269		$	3,455,864		$	3,050,240		$	1,525,249		$	934,925		$	2,171,787
Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below		3,188,409			2,887,421			2,535,020			1,316,679			775,678			1,797,905
Selling, general and administrative expenses		574,987			506,408			437,110			228,513			135,146			306,189
Transaction expenses		6,719			5,246			3,946			1,315			42,608			—
Operating income (loss)		69,154			56,789			74,164			(21,258	)		(18,507	)		67,693
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(74,284	)		(72,918	)		(67,580	)		(37,391	)		(32,669	)		(54,415	)
Other, net		(5,172	)		(3,895	)		(2,110	)		(958	)		(127	)		(1,020	)
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes		(10,302	)		(20,024	)		4,474			(59,607	)		(51,303	)		12,258
Income tax provision (benefit)		(3,945	)		(5,678	)		4,357			(23,295	)		(15,227	)		7,326
Net income (loss)	$	(6,357	)	$	(14,346	)	$	117		$	(36,312	)	$	(36,076	)	$	4,932

20

	Successor												Predecessor
Dollars in thousands	Fiscal Year 2013 (1)			Fiscal Year 2012 (2)			Fiscal Year 2011 (3)			Seven Months Ended January 1, 2011 (4)			Five Months Ended May 28, 2010			Fiscal Year 2009
Other Financial Data:
Cash flows provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	109,731		$	10,026		$	(91,006	)	$	(23,439	)	$	28,106		$	131,105
Investing activities		(118,435	)		(167,821	)		(92,249	)		(17,237	)		(7,523	)		(4,620	)
Financing activities		22,998			168,824			186,263			40,405			(15,631	)		(127,690	)
Depreciation and amortization		105,458			89,167			78,071			40,905			14,707			32,078
Capital expenditures		47,127			52,388			31,044			12,381			6,424			12,757
EBITDA (5)		169,440			142,061			150,125			18,689			(3,927	)		98,751
Adjusted EBITDA (5)		195,510			165,416			164,255			87,974			45,696			101,035
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (6)		—			—			1.1x			—			—			1.2x
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	35,760		$	25,951		$	14,979		$	11,971					$	7,290
Working capital (7)		538,444			545,969			446,061			270,332						197,317
Total assets		2,559,326			2,504,002			2,302,563			2,057,348						1,300,624
Total debt (8)		967,000			951,204			835,808			652,544						549,576
Total redeemable preferred stock		—			—			—			—						26,600
Total stockholder’s equity		692,974			705,654			655,819			651,446						230,647

(1) Reflects the acquisition of Wholesale Tire Distributors Inc. in December 2013, the acquisition of Tire Distributors, Inc. in August 2013 and the acquisition of Regional Tire Distributors Inc. in April 2013

(2) Reflects the acquisition of Triwest Trading (Canada) Ltd. d/b/a TriCan Tire Distributors in November 2012 and the acquisition of Firestone of Denham Springs, Inc. d/b/a Consolidated Tire & Oil in May 2012

(3) Reflects the acquisition of Bowlus Service Company d/b/a North Central Tire in April 2011

(4) Reflects the acquisition of Lisac’s of Washington, Inc. and Tire Wholesalers, Inc. in December 2010

(5) EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA as further adjusted to reflect the items set forth in the table below. The presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with GAAP. We present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA because we believe they provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business than GAAP measures alone. We also believe that such measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry. Our board of directors, management and investors use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to assess our financial performance because it allows them to compare our operating performance on a consistent basis across periods by removing items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. In addition, the indentures governing our senior notes use a measure similar to Adjusted EBITDA to measure our compliance with certain covenants. Our board of directors also uses Adjusted EBITDA in determining compensation for our management. We caution investors that amounts presented in accordance with our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other issuers because not all issuers calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same or similar to some of the adjustments set forth below. Neither EBITDA nor Adjusted EBITDA should be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income (loss) as determined in accordance with GAAP.

21

The following tables show the calculation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA from the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net income (loss):

	Successor											Predecessor
In thousands	Fiscal Year 2013 (1)			Fiscal Year 2012 (2)			Fiscal Year 2011 (3)		Seven Months Ended January 1, 2011 (4)			Five Months Ended May 28, 2010			Fiscal Year 2009
Net income (loss)	$	(6,357	)	$	(14,346	)	$	117	$	(36,312	)	$	(36,076	)	$	4,932
Depreciation and amortization		105,458			89,167			78,071		40,905			14,707			32,078
Interest expense		74,284			72,918			67,580		37,391			32,669			54,415
Income tax provision (benefit)		(3,945	)		(5,678	)		4,357		(23,295	)		(15,227	)		7,326
EBITDA	$	169,440		$	142,061		$	150,125	$	18,689		$	(3,927	)	$	98,751

	Successor								Predecessor
In thousands	Fiscal Year 2013 (1)		Fiscal Year 2012 (2)		Fiscal Year 2011 (3)		Seven Months Ended January 1, 2011 (4)		Five Months Ended May 28, 2010			Fiscal Year 2009
EBITDA	$	169,440	$	142,061	$	150,125	$	18,689	$	(3,927	)	$	98,751
Management fee		5,753		7,446		4,624		2,352		125			500
Incentive compensation		2,634		4,349		4,115		3,706		5,892			326
Transaction fees		6,719		5,246		3,946		1,315		42,608			—
Non-cash inventory step-up		5,379		4,074		—		58,797		—			—
Other		5,585		2,240		1,445		3,115		998			1,458
Adjusted EBITDA	$	195,510	$	165,416	$	164,255	$	87,974	$	45,696		$	101,035

(6) For purposes of these ratios, (i) earnings have been calculated by adding interest expense, the estimated interest portion of rental expense and amortization of interest capitalized to earnings before income taxes and (ii) fixed charges are comprised of interest expense, capitalized interest and the estimated interest portion of rental expense. In the five months ended May 28, 2010, the seven months ended January 1, 2011 and fiscal years 2012 and 2013, earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $51.3 million, $59.6 million, $20.9 million and $11.5 million, respectively.

(7) Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities

(8) Total debt is the sum of current maturities of long-term debt, non-current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

22

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “American Tire Distributors,” “ATD,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms in this report refer to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, the term “Holdings” refers only to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., a Delaware Corporation, and the term “ATDI” refers only to American Tire Distributors, Inc., a Delaware corporation. The terms “TPG” and “Sponsor” relate to TPG Capital, L.P. and/or certain funds affiliated with TPG Capital, L.P.

The following discussion and analysis of our consolidated results of operations, financial condition and liquidity should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in Item 8 of this report. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current expectations, estimates, forecast and projections. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, and actual outcomes and results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements. See Item 1A “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statements on Forward-Looking Information.”

Company Overview

We are the leading replacement tire distributor in North America, providing a critical range of services to enable tire retailers to effectively service and grow sales to consumers. Through our network of 133 distribution centers in the United States and Canada, we offer access to an extensive breadth and depth of inventory, representing approximately 40,000 stock-keeping units (SKUs) to approximately 72,000 customers (approximately 64,000 in the U.S. and 8,000 in Canada). The critical range of services we provide includes frequent and timely delivery of inventory as well as business support services such as credit, training, access to consumer market data and the administration of tire manufacturer affiliate programs. In addition, our U.S. customers have access to a leading online ordering and reporting system as well as a website that enables our tire retailer customers to participate in the Internet marketing of tires to consumers. We estimate that our share of the replacement passenger and light truck tire market in the United States is approximately 10%, up from approximately 1% in 1996. Our estimated share of the replacement passenger and light truck tire market in Canada is approximately 12%. During fiscal 2013, our largest customer and top ten customers accounted for less than 3.1% and 11.3%, respectively, of our net sales.

We believe we distribute the broadest product offering in our industry, supplying our customers with the top ten leading passenger and light truck tire brands. We carry the flag brands from each of the four largest tire manufacturers — Bridgestone, Continental, Goodyear and Michelin — as well as the Hankook, Kumho, Nexen, Nitto and Pirelli brands. We also sell lower price point associate and proprietary brands of these and many other tire manufacturers. In addition, we sell custom wheels and accessories and related tire supplies and tools. We believe our large, diverse product offering allows us to better penetrate the replacement tire market across a broad range of price points.

Industry Overview

The U.S. and Canadian replacement tire markets have historically experienced stable growth and favorable pricing dynamics. However, these markets are subject to changes in consumer confidence and the economic conditions that impact tire consumers. As a result, tire consumers may opt to defer replacement tire purchases or purchase less costly brand tires during challenging economic periods where macro-economic factors such as unemployment, persistently high fuel costs and weakness in the housing market impact their financial health.

From 1955 through 2013, U.S. replacement tire unit shipments increased by an average of approximately 2.7% per year. The impact of the recent recession led to negative growth during 2008 and 2009. The economic environment showed signs of stabilization during 2010 and 2011, although slow economic growth, persistently high fuel cost and a decrease in miles driven continued to impact the market. Despite an increase in miles driven during 2012, the U.S. and Canadian replacement tire markets continued the negative growth trend as replacement tire unit shipments were down 1.8% and 5.5%, respectively, as compared to 2011. During 2013, replacement tire unit shipments were up 4.4% in the U.S. and 0.7% in Canada as compared to 2012 as a rebound in the housing market, a decline in unemployment rates and increases in vehicle sales and vehicle miles driven impacted the U.S. and Canadian replacement tire market favorably. Substantially all of this industry unit growth was driven by an increased level of shipments of lower priced import product, predominately from China, as most domestic tire manufacturers have reported continued replacement tire unit shipment reductions in 2013 as compared to 2012.

Going forward, we believe that growth in the U.S. and Canadian replacement tire markets will continue to be driven by favorable underlying dynamics, including:

• increases in the number and average age of passenger cars and light trucks;

23

• increases in the number of miles driven;

• increases in the number of licensed drivers as the U.S. population continues to grow;

• increases in the number of replacement tire SKUs;

• growth of the high performance tire segment; and

• shortening tire replacement cycles due to changes in product mix that increasingly favor high performance tires, which have shorter average lives.

Despite the current market environment, we have a solid infrastructure, an extensive and efficient distribution network and a broad product offering. Our growth strategy, coupled with our access to capital and our scalable platform, enables us to continue to expand in existing markets as well as in new geographic areas. In addition, we are investing in technology and new sales channels which will help fuel our future growth. As a result, we believe that we are well positioned to continue to achieve above market results in both contracting and expanding market demand cycles.

Recent Developments

As part of our ongoing business strategy, we intend to expand in existing markets as well as enter into previously underserved markets and new geographic areas. From the second half of 2010 through December 2012, we opened new distribution centers in 17 locations throughout the contiguous United States. During 2013, we continued to execute our plans to expand by opening new distribution centers in Chattanooga, TN, Manchester, NH, Missouri City, TX, Albany, NY and West Palm Beach, FL. We will continue to evaluate additional geographic markets during 2014 and beyond.

On February 17, 2014, ATDI entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with TTT Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation pursuant to which ATDI agreed to acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of Terry’s Tire Town Holdings, Inc., an Ohio corporation (“Terry’s Tire”). Terry’s Tire and its subsidiaries are engaged in the business of purchasing, marketing, distributing and selling tires, wheels and related tire and wheel accessories on a wholesale basis to tire dealers, wholesale distributors, retail chains, automotive dealers and others, retreading tires and selling retread and other commercial tires through commercial outlets to end users and selling tires directly to consumers via the internet. The consummation of the Terry’s Tire acquisition, which is subject to customary closing conditions (including expiration or termination of the applicable waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended), is expected to occur by the end of Holdings’ first quarter or early in the second quarter of 2014. In its most recent fiscal year, Terry’s Tire generated revenues and Adjusted EBITDA of approximately $500 million and $14 million, respectively and we expect the acquisition to generate operation synergies between $40 million and $45 million.

On January 31, 2014, we completed the acquisition of Hercules Tire Holdings LLC (“Hercules Holding”) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 24, 2014, among ATD Merger Sub II LLC (“Buyer” or “Merger Sub”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings, ATDI, Hercules Holding, the equityholders of Hercules Holdings (each a “Seller” and, collectively, the “Sellers”) and the Sellers’ Representative. Hercules Holdings owns all of the capital stock of The Hercules Tire & Rubber Company (“Hercules”). Hercules is engaged in the business of purchasing, marketing, distributing and selling after-market replacement tires for passenger cars, trucks, and certain off road vehicles to tire dealers, wholesale distributors, retail distributors and other in the United States, Canada and internationally. In its most recent fiscal year, Hercules generated revenues and Adjusted EBITDA of approximately $600 million and $27 million, respectively and we expect the acquisition to generate operation synergies between $30 million and $35 million.

The following table shows the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA from the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net income (loss) for Hercules and Terry’s Tire:

			Terry’s
In millions	Hercules		Tire
Net income (loss)	$	6	$	(12	)
Depreciation and amortization		6		12
Interest expense		7		10
Income tax provision (benefit)		3		—
Incentive compensation		2		—
Other		3		4
Adjusted EBITDA	$	27	$	14

        On January 17, 2014, TriCan Tire Distributors (“TriCan”) entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Kipling Tire Co. LTD (“Kipling”) pursuant to which TriCan agreed to acquire the wholesale distribution business of Kipling. Kipling has operated as a retail-wholesale business since 1982. Kipling’s wholesale business distributes tires from its Etobicoke facilities to approximately 400 retail customers in Southern Ontario. Kipling’s retail operations were not acquired by TriCan and will continue to operate under its current ownership. This acquisition will further strengthen TriCan’s presence in the Southern Ontario region of Canada.

On December 13, 2013, we completed the purchase of 100% of the outstanding common shares of Wholesale Tire Distributors Inc. (“WTD”). WTD owned and operated two distribution centers serving over 2,300 customers. The acquisition was funded by cash on hand. The acquisition of WTD strengthened our market presence in the Southern Ontario region of Canada.

On September 4, 2013, we entered into a spot interest rate swap and two forward-starting interest rate swaps (collectively the “3Q 2013 Swaps”), each of which are used to hedge a portion of our exposure to changes in our variable interest rate debt. The spot interest rate swap covers a notional amount of $100.0 million at a fixed interest rate of 1.145% and expires in September 2016. The forward-starting interest rate swaps cover an aggregate notional amount of $100.0 million, of which $50.0 million becomes effective in September 2014 at a fixed interest rate of 1.464% and will expire in September 2016 and $50.0 million becomes effective in September 2015 at a fixed interest rate of 1.942% and will expire in September 2016. The 3Q 2013 Swaps do not meet the criteria to qualify for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, changes in the fair value of each contract is recognized in net income (loss) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

24

On August 30, 2013, we completed the purchase of 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Tire Distributors, Inc. (“TDI”). TDI owned and operated one distribution center serving over 1,700 customers. The acquisition was funded through our ABL Facility. The acquisition of TDI expanded our market position in Maryland and northeastern Virginia.

On April 30, 2013, we completed the acquisition of Regional Tire Holdings, Inc. (“Holdco”) pursuant to a Share Purchase Agreement dated as of March 22, 2013, among TriCan, ATDI, Holdco and Regional Tire Distributors Inc., a 100% owned subsidiary of Holdco (“RTD”). Holdco has no significant assets or operations other than its ownership of RTD. The operations of RTD constitute the operations of Holdco. RTD is a wholesale distributor of tires, tire parts, tire accessories and related equipment in the Ontario and Atlantic provinces of Canada. The acquisition of RTD was funded by borrowings under our ABL Facility and FILO Facility, as more fully described below.

25

Results of Operations

Our fiscal year is based on either a 52- or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to each December 31. Therefore, the financial results of certain fiscal years will not be exactly comparable to other fiscal years. The 2013 fiscal year, which ended December 28, 2013, the 2012 fiscal year, which ended December 29, 2012, and the 2011 fiscal year, which ended December 31, 2011, each contain operating results for 52 weeks. It should be noted that, prior to fiscal 2013, our year-end reporting date was different from that of our TriCan subsidiary. For fiscal 2012, TriCan had a calendar year-end reporting date of December 31. The impact from this difference on the consolidated financial statements was not material. TriCan converted to our fiscal year-end reporting date during fiscal 2013.

Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012

The following table sets forth the period change for each category of the statements of operations, as well as each category as a percentage of net sales:

	Fiscal Year Ended			Fiscal Year Ended			Period Over Period Change			Period Over Period % Change			Percentage of Net Sales For the Respective Period Ended
In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012			Favorable (unfavorable)			Favorable (unfavorable)			December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
Net sales	$	3,839,269		$	3,455,864		$	383,405			11.1	%		100.0	%		100.0	%
Cost of goods sold		3,188,409			2,887,421			(300,988	)		-10.4	%		83.0	%		83.6	%
Selling, general and administrative expenses		574,987			506,408			(68,579	)		-13.5	%		15.0	%		14.7	%
Transaction expenses		6,719			5,246			(1,473	)		-28.1	%		0.2	%		0.2	%
Operating income (loss)		69,154			56,789			12,365			21.8	%		1.8	%		1.6	%
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(74,284	)		(72,918	)		(1,366	)		-1.9	%		-1.9	%		-2.1	%
Other, net		(5,172	)		(3,895	)		(1,277	)		-32.8	%		-0.1	%		-0.1	%
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes		(10,302	)		(20,024	)		9,722			48.6	%		-0.3	%		-0.6	%
Income tax provision (benefit)		(3,945	)		(5,678	)		(1,733	)		-30.5	%		-0.1	%		-0.2	%
Net income (loss)	$	(6,357	)	$	(14,346	)	$	7,989			55.7	%		-0.2	%		-0.4	%

Net Sales

Net sales for fiscal 2013 were 3,839.3 million, a $383.4 million or 11.1% increase compared with fiscal 2012. The increase in net sales was primarily driven by the combined results of new distribution centers as well as the acquisition of TriCan and Firestone of Denham Springs, Inc. d/b/a Consolidated Tire & Oil (“CTO”) in fiscal 2012 and RTD, TDI and WTD in fiscal 2013. These growth initiatives added $464.4 million of incremental sales during fiscal 2013. In addition, despite one less selling day in fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012, we experienced an increase in comparable tire unit sales of $3.6 million primarily driven by an overall stronger sales unit environment particularly during fourth quarter of 2013. However, these increases were partially offset by lower net tire pricing of $92.0 million, which included $68.8 million related to passenger and light truck tires and $15.5 million related to medium truck tires, primarily driven by manufacturer price repositioning, as well as, a slight shift in product mix in our lower priced point offerings specifically our entry level imported products.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold for fiscal 2013 were $3,188.4 million, a $301.0 million or a 10.4% increase compared with fiscal 2012. The increase in cost of goods sold was primarily driven by the combined results of new distributions centers as well as the acquisition of TriCan and CTO in fiscal 2012 and RTD, TDI and WTD in fiscal 2013. These growth initiatives added $379.1 million of incremental costs during fiscal 2013. In addition, despite one less selling day in fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012, we experienced an overall stronger sales unit environment, particularly during fourth quarter of 2013, which increased cost of goods sold by $0.9 million. Cost of goods sold for fiscal 2013 also includes $5.4 million related to non-cash amortization of the inventory step-up recorded in connection with the acquisitions of TriCan, RTD, TDI and WTD as compared to $4.1 million during fiscal 2012. These increases were partially offset by lower net tire pricing of $78.6 million.

26

Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales was 83.0% for fiscal 2013, a decrease compared with 83.6% from fiscal 2012. The decrease in cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales was primarily driven by a higher level of manufacturer program benefits in the current year, which was driven by an approximate 4% unit growth in the U.S., but was partially offset by a higher level of negative FIFO layers in 2013 as compared to 2012, which resulted from manufacturer price reductions.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2013 were $575.0 million, a $68.6 million or 13.5% increase compared with fiscal 2012. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily related to incremental costs associated with our new distribution centers as well as the acquisition of TriCan and CTO in fiscal 2012 and RTD, TDI and WTD in fiscal 2013. Combined, these factors added $69.6 million of incremental costs to fiscal 2013, including increased amortization expense of $12.1 million from newly established intangible assets. In addition, we experienced a $5.3 million increase to vehicle and occupancy expenses due to a higher overall consumption of fuel and other vehicle related expenses as well as increases in occupancy costs as we expanded several of our distribution centers to better service our existing customers. Depreciation expense added an additional $4.7 million of costs to fiscal 2013 as we increased our capital expenditure costs for information system technologies. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in salaries and wage expense of $9.0 million, which related to lower commission compensation, as well as, improved operating efficiencies and headcount leverage in most of our distribution centers.

Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales was 15.0% for fiscal 2013; an increase compared with 14.7% during fiscal 2012. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales was substantially driven by an increase in non-cash depreciation and amortization expense.

Transaction Expenses

Transaction expenses for fiscal 2013 were $6.7 million and were primarily related to costs associated with our acquisitions of RTD, TDI and WTD as well as expenses related to potential future acquisitions and other corporate initiatives. Transaction expenses for fiscal 2012 were $5.2 million, which primarily related to acquisition costs associated with our acquisition of TriCan in November 2012 and CTO in May 2012 as well as with expenses related to potential future acquisitions and corporate initiatives. In addition, we incurred $1.3 million for exit costs associated with our decision to relocate an existing distribution center into an expanded distribution center during fiscal 2012.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for fiscal 2013 was $74.3 million, a $1.4 million or 1.9% increase compared with fiscal 2012. The increase is primarily due to higher average debt levels on our ABL Facility as well as our FILO Facility, resulting from our acquisitions of TriCan at the end of fiscal 2012 as well as RTD, TDI and WTD during fiscal 2013. In addition, interest expense for fiscal 2012 included $2.8 million relating to the write-off of deferred financing costs associated with the amendment of our ABL Facility in November 2012 that did not repeat in fiscal 2013. During fiscal 2013, we also recorded $0.7 million associated with the fair value changes of our interest rate swaps. The comparable amount recorded associated with these swaps during fiscal 2012 was $1.3 million.

27

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

Our income tax benefit for fiscal 2013 was $3.9 million. The benefit, which was based on a pre-tax loss of $10.3 million, includes $66.7 million of amortization expense that is not deductible for income tax purposes. Our income tax provision for 2012 was $5.7 million, which was based on pre-tax loss of $20.0 million, primarily resulting from a higher state effective tax rate as well as additional amortization expense related to the valuation of intangible assets acquired, which were recorded in connection with the Merger. Our effective tax rate for fiscal years 2013 and 2012 was 38.2% and 28.3%, respectively. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2013 was higher than the statutory tax rate primarily due to the adjustment to the transaction costs related to 2013 acquisitions, the release of the valuation allowance related to various state net operating losses, and the rate differences between U.S. and Canada. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2012 was lower than the statutory tax rate primarily due to the adjustment to the transaction costs related to the acquisition of TriCan, the impact from certain amortization expense that is non-deductible for tax purposes, and the rate differences between U.S. and Canada.

Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011

The following table sets forth the period change for each category of the statements of operations, as well as each category as a percentage of net sales:

	Fiscal Year Ended			Fiscal Year Ended			Period Over Period Change			Period Over Period % Change			Percentage of Net Sales For the Respective Period Ended
In thousands	December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011			Favorable (unfavorable)			Favorable (unfavorable)			December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Net sales	$	3,455,864		$	3,050,240		$	405,624			13.3	%		100.0	%		100.0	%
Cost of goods sold		2,887,421			2,535,020			(352,401	)		-13.9	%		83.6	%		83.1	%
Selling, general and administrative expenses		506,408			437,110			(69,298	)		-15.9	%		14.7	%		14.3	%
Transaction expenses		5,246			3,946			(1,300	)		-32.9	%		0.2	%		0.1	%
Operating income (loss)		56,789			74,164			(17,375	)		-23.4	%		1.6	%		2.4	%
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(72,918	)		(67,580	)		(5,338	)		-7.9	%		-2.1	%		-2.2	%
Other, net		(3,895	)		(2,110	)		(1,785	)		-84.6	%		-0.1	%		-0.1	%
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes		(20,024	)		4,474			(24,498	)		-547.6	%		-0.6	%		0.1	%
Income tax provision (benefit)		(5,678	)		4,357			10,035			230.3	%		-0.2	%		0.1	%
Net income (loss)	$	(14,346	)	$	117		$	(14,463	)		-12361.5	%		-0.4	%		0.0	%

Net Sales

Net sales for fiscal 2012 were 3,455.9 million, a $405.6 million or 13.3% increase compared with fiscal 2011. The increase in net sales was partially driven by higher net tire pricing of $167.1 million. The pricing increase, which included $127.0 million related to passenger and light truck tires and $28.1 million related to medium truck tires, resulted from our passing through tire manufacturer price increases predominately established during 2011, as well as selling a higher mix of flag brand product and a lower mix of Chinese manufactured product. The combined results of new distribution centers opened since the beginning of 2011 as well as the acquisitions of TriCan, CTO and Bowlus Service Company d/b/a North Central Tire (“NCT”) added $181.5 million of incremental sales during fiscal 2012. In addition, an increase in comparable tire unit sales across all tire categories contributed $40.4 million, primarily driven by passenger and light truck tires. However, the increase in comparable tire sales was slightly impacted by destocking of lower price point inventories throughout the marketplace in anticipation of the expiration of tariffs imposed on Chinese tire imports that ceased at the end of September 2012. As a result, comparable net sales of the Chinese tire imports decreased by $34.1 million.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold for fiscal 2012 were $2,887.4 million, a $352.4 million or a 13.9% increase compared with fiscal 2011. The increase in cost of goods sold was primarily driven by the combined results of new distribution centers opening since the beginning of 2011, as well as the acquisitions of TriCan, CTO, and NCT. These growth initiatives added $159.2 million of incremental costs

28

during fiscal 2012. In addition, higher net tire pricing of $126.3 million contributed to the increase. The pricing increase, which included $103.6 million related to passenger and light truck tires and $23.6 million related to medium truck tires, resulted from tire manufacturer price increases predominately established during 2011, as well as, selling a higher mix of flag brand product and a lower mix of Chinese manufactured product. In addition, an increase in comparable tire unit sales contributed $22.8 million, primarily driven by passenger and light truck tires. Fiscal 2012 also includes $4.1 million related to the non-cash amortization of the inventory step-up recorded in connection with the acquisition of TriCan.

Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales was 83.6% for fiscal 2012, an increase compared with 83.1% from fiscal 2011. The increase in the cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales was primarily driven by a lower level of manufacturer price increases implemented during 2012 as compared to 2011, coupled with selective discounting by certain tire manufacturers during 2012 for the intention of spurring unit sales. These price increases generate favorable inventory cost layers that are passed through to our customers in the period instituted. In addition, competitive pricing pressures have increased as distributors vie for customers in a sluggish market.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2012 were $506.4 million, a $69.3 million or 15.9% increase compared with fiscal 2011. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily related to incremental costs associated with our new distribution centers opened since the beginning of 2011 as well as the acquisition of TriCan, CTO and NCT. Combined, these factors added $28.0 million of incremental costs to fiscal 2012, including increased amortization expense of $5.0 million from newly established intangible assets. In addition, we experienced an increase to salaries and wage expense of $14.1 million, primarily due to higher sales volume and related headcount; a $9.8 million increase to vehicle expense due to a higher price per gallon of fuel, higher overall consumption of fuel and other vehicle related expenses; as well as a $6.0 million increase in occupancy costs as we expanded several of our distribution centers to better service our existing customers. Depreciation expense added an additional $5.7 million of costs to fiscal 2012 as we increased our capital expenditure costs primarily for information system technologies.

Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales was 14.7% for fiscal 2012; an increase compared with 14.3% during fiscal 2011. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales was primarily driven by an increase in costs associated with our growth expansion of recently opened distribution centers as well as an increase in non-cash depreciation and amortization expense.

Transaction Expenses

Transaction expenses for fiscal 2012 were $5.2 million, which primarily related to acquisition costs associated with our acquisition of TriCan in November 2012 and CTO in May 2012 as well as with expenses related to potential future acquisitions and corporate initiatives. In addition, we incurred $1.3 million for exit costs associated with our decision to relocate an existing distribution center into an expanded distribution center during fiscal 2012. Transaction expenses for fiscal 2011 were $3.9 million, which primarily related to acquisition fees as well as costs incurred in connection with both the amendment of our ABL Facility and the registration of our Senior Secured Notes with the SEC. Additionally, we incurred $1.1 million for exit costs associated with our decision to relocate two existing distribution centers into two expanded distribution centers during fiscal 2011.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for fiscal 2012 was $72.9 million, a $5.3 million or 7.9% increase compared with fiscal 2011. The increase is primarily due to higher average debt levels on our ABL Facility partially offset by lower average interest rates on the outstanding debt. In addition, $2.8 million of the year-over-year increase relates to the write-off of deferred financing costs associated with the amendment of our ABL Facility in November 2012 due to a change in lenders in the syndication group for the amended ABL Facility. During fiscal 2012, we also recorded $1.3 million associated with the fair value changes of our interest rate swaps. The comparable amount recorded associated with these swaps during fiscal 2011 was $0.9 million.

29

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

Our income tax benefit for fiscal 2012 was $5.7 million. The benefit, which was based on a pre-tax loss of $20.0 million, includes $59.1 million of amortization expense that is not deductible for income tax purposes. Our income tax provision for 2011 was $4.4 million, which was based on pre-tax income of $4.5 million, primarily resulting from a higher state effective tax rate as well as additional amortization expense related to the valuation of intangible assets acquired, which were recorded in connection with the Merger. Our effective tax rate for fiscal years 2012 and 2011 was 28.3% and 97.4%, respectively. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2012 was lower than the statutory tax rate primarily due to the unfavorable adjustment to the transaction costs related to the acquisition of TriCan, the impact from certain amortization expense that is non-deductible for tax purposes, and the rate differences between U.S. and Canada. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2011 was higher than the statutory tax rate primarily due to a 0.5% increase in our state effective tax rate, a result based on our growing presence in jurisdictions with higher than average tax rates, and the impact from certain amortization expense that is non-deductible for tax purposes.

30

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

The following table contains several key measures to gauge our financial condition and liquidity:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Cash and cash equivalents	$	35,760		$	25,951		$	14,979
Working capital		538,444			545,969			446,061
Total debt		967,000			951,204			835,808
Total stockholder’s equity		692,974			705,654			655,819
Debt-to-capital ratio		58.3	%		57.4	%		56.0	%
Debt-to-capital ratio = total debt / (total debt plus total stockholder’s equity)

We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our operating, investing and financing activities. In doing so, we review and analyze our current cash on hand, the number of days our sales are outstanding, inventory turns, capital expenditure commitments and income tax rates. Our cash requirements consist primarily of the following:

• Debt service requirements

• Funding of working capital

• Funding of capital expenditures

Our primary sources of liquidity include cash flows from operations and our availability under our ABL Facility and FILO Facility. We currently do not intend nor foresee a need to repatriate funds from our Canadian subsidiaries to the U.S., and no provision for U.S. income taxes has been made with respect to such earnings. We expect our cash flow from U.S. operations, combined with availability under our U.S. ABL Facility, to provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements and capital spending in the U.S. during the next twelve month period. In addition, we expect our cash flow from U.S. operations and our availability under our U.S. ABL Facility to continue to provide sufficient liquidity to fund our ongoing obligations, projected working capital requirements, restructuring obligations and capital spending in the U.S. during the foreseeable future. We expect cash flows from our Canadian operations, combined with availability under our Canadian ABL Facility, to provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements and capital spending in Canada during the next twelve month period and thereafter for the foreseeable future.

We are significantly leveraged. Accordingly, our liquidity requirements are significant, primarily due to our debt service requirements. As of December 28, 2013, our total indebtedness was $967.0 million with a debt-to-capital ratio of 58.3%. In connection with our acquisition of Hercules on January 31, 2014, we incurred approximately $261.5 million in additional indebtedness. In addition, we entered into a debt commitment financing letter in connection with our proposed acquisition of Terry’s Tire on February 17, 2014. The commitment letter provides for an incremental $300.0 million senior secured term loan facility. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the commitment letter, we expect to use this incremental facility to finance the Terry’s Tire acquisition if it occurs. Cash interest payments for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 were $68.2 million, $64.3 million and $61.7 million, respectively. As of December 28, 2013, we have an additional $236.1 million of availability under our U.S. ABL Facility and an additional $41.2 million of availability under our Canadian ABL Facility. The availability under our U.S. and Canadian ABL Facilities is determined in accordance with a borrowing base which can decline due to various factors. Therefore, amounts under our U.S. and Canadian ABL Facilities may not be available when we need them. Upon closing of the Hercules acquisition and the inclusion of the Hercules assets as part of our borrowing base under our ABL Facility, our aggregate availability was approximately $302 million.

Our liquidity and our ability to fund our capital requirements is dependent on our future financial performance, which is subject to general economic, financial and other factors that are beyond our control and many of which are described under “Item 1A — Risk Factors.” If those factors significantly change or other unexpected factors adversely affect us, our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or we may not be able to obtain future financings to meet our liquidity needs. We anticipate that to the extent additional liquidity is necessary to fund our operations, it would be funded through borrowings under our U.S. and Canadian ABL Facilities or through the incurrence of additional indebtedness, additional equity financings or a combination of these potential sources of liquidity. We may not be able to obtain this additional liquidity on terms acceptable to us or at all.

31

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth the major categories of cash flows:

In thousands	Fiscal Year 2013			Fiscal Year 2012			Fiscal Year 2011
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	109,731		$	10,026		$	(91,006	)
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(118,435	)		(167,821	)		(92,249	)
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities		22,998			168,824			186,263
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		(4,485	)		(57	)		—
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		9,809			10,972			3,008
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period		25,951			14,979			11,971
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	35,760		$	25,951		$	14,979
Cash payments for interest	$	68,179		$	64,324		$	61,732
Cash payments (receipts) for taxes, net	$	23,740		$	6,510		$	(8,101	)
Capital expenditures financed by debt	$	128		$	515		$	—

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2013 was $109.7 million compared with $10.0 million for fiscal 2012. The increase is primarily driven by cash earnings during the year. In addition, working capital requirements resulted in a net cash inflow of $18.3 million during fiscal 2013, primarily driven by a change in accounts payable associated with the timing of vendor payments which resulted in a cash inflow of $39.6 million partially offset by a cash outflow of $27.6 million related to changes in inventory levels as a result of stocking new distribution centers opened and acquired during the year as well as seasonal changes in inventory stocking levels (including the Canadian winter business).

Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2012 was $10.0 million compared with net cash used in operating activities of $91.0 million for fiscal 2011. During fiscal 2012, working capital requirements resulted in a cash outflow of $73.4 million, primarily driven by the continued expansion of our distribution centers into new domestic geographic markets. In addition, inventory resulted in a cash outflow of $32.2 million as a result of stocking seven new distribution centers opened during 2012 and our recent acquisitions. Accounts payable and accrued expenses changes also resulted in a cash outflow of $38.3 million primarily associated with the earlier timing of vendor payments and changes in accrued incentive compensation.

Net cash used in operating activities for fiscal 2011 was $91.0 million. During fiscal 2011, working capital requirements resulted in a cash outflow of $175.0 million, primarily driven by the continued expansion of our distribution centers into new domestic geographic markets. The cash outflow of $151.9 million related to inventory reflected our decision to increase manufacturer safety stock amounts as a result of tight supply levels with most of our manufacturers, the impact of manufacturer price increases on the replenishment of our inventory as well as the impact of new, acquired or expanded distribution centers. In addition, the combined impact of stocking new distribution centers and our recent acquisitions also contributed to the inventory increase. As well, higher sales volumes led to a $47.4 million increase to accounts receivable. However, these amounts were partially offset by a $19.1 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses primarily associated with the timing of vendor payments and accrued interest on our senior notes.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2013 was $118.4 million compared to $167.8 million during fiscal 2012. The change was primarily associated with cash paid for acquisitions, which resulted in a $38.3 million decrease during fiscal 2013. In addition, we invested $47.1 million and $52.4 million in property and equipment purchases during fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively, which included information technology upgrades, IT application development and warehouse racking relating to existing and new distribution centers. During fiscal 2013 we received proceeds from the sale of assets held for sale of $7.8 million compared to $3.7 million during fiscal 2012.

32

Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2012 was $167.8 million compared to $92.2 million during fiscal 2011. The change was primarily associated with cash paid for acquisitions, which resulted in a $55.6 million increase. In addition, we invested $52.4 million and $31.0 million in property and equipment purchases during fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, respectively, which included information technology upgrades, IT application development and warehouse racking.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for fiscal 2013 was $23.0 million compared with $168.8 million during fiscal 2012. The decrease was primarily related to lower net borrowings from our ABL Facility, specifically our U.S. ABL Facility due to the reduction in cash outflow for working capital requirements between periods and favorable cash earnings partially offset by cash paid for acquisition. In addition, cash provided by financing activities for fiscal 2012 included a $60.0 million equity contribution received from TPG and certain co-investors that did not repeat during fiscal 2013.

Net cash provided by financing activities for fiscal 2012 was $168.8 million compared with $186.3 million during fiscal 2011. The decrease was primarily related to lower net borrowings from our ABL Facility due to the reduction in cash outflow for working capital requirements between periods as well as the change in outstanding checks between periods. These decreases were partially offset by a $60.0 million equity contribution received from TPG and certain co-investors during 2012.

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

Cash payments for interest for fiscal 2013 were $68.2 million compared with $64.3 million during fiscal 2012. The increase is primarily due to higher average debt levels during fiscal 2013. In addition, we paid an additional $0.4 million during fiscal 2013 related to our interest rate swaps.

Cash payments for interest for fiscal 2012 were $64.3 million compared with cash payments for interest for fiscal 2011 of $61.7 million. The increase is primarily due to higher average debt levels during fiscal 2012 partially offset by lower average interest rates on the outstanding debt during the year. As well, we paid an additional $0.7 million during fiscal 2012 related to our interest rate swaps.

Cash payments for taxes during fiscal 2013 were $23.7 million compared with $6.5 million during fiscal 2012. The difference between periods primarily relates to the balance and timing of estimated income tax payments and income tax payments due with returns.

Cash payments for taxes during fiscal 2012 were $6.5 million, net of a receipt of $1.2 million related to a federal income tax refund. The remaining balance included payments for 2012 estimated tax payments and 2011 tax return payments. Cash receipts for taxes for fiscal 2011 were $8.1 million. During fiscal 2011, we utilized a federal net operating loss to recover a portion of our prior federal income tax paid. As a result, we received a $9.1 million tax refund in the fourth quarter of 2011 based on the use of this net operating loss carryback.

33

Indebtedness

The following table summarizes our outstanding debt at December 28, 2013:

In thousands	Matures		Interest Rate (1)			Outstanding Balance
U.S. ABL Facility		2017		3.5	%	$	417,066
Canadian ABL Facility		2017		4.2			36,424
U.S. FILO Facility		2014		5.8			51,863
Senior Secured Notes		2017		9.75			248,219
Senior Subordinated Notes		2018		11.50			200,000
Capital lease obligations		2015 - 2027		7.1 - 12.3			12,330
Other		2014 - 2021		8.0 - 10.6			1,098
Total debt							967,000
Less - Current maturities							(564	)
Long-term debt						$	966,436

(1) Interest rates for each of the U.S. ABL Facility and the Canadian ABL Facility are the weighted average interest rate at December 28, 2013.

ABL Facility

On January 31, 2014, in connection with the Hercules acquisition, we entered into the Second Amendment to Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Credit Agreement”) which provides for (i) U.S. revolving credit commitments of $850.0 million (of which up to $50.0 million can be utilized in the form of commercial and standby letters of credit), subject to U.S. borrowing base availability (the “U.S. ABL Facility”) and (ii) Canadian revolving credit commitments of $125.0 million (of which up to $10.0 million can be utilized in the form of commercial and standby letters of credit), subject to Canadian borrowing base availability (the “Canadian ABL Facility” and, collectively with the U.S. ABL Facility, the “ABL Facility”). In addition, the Credit Agreement provides the U.S. borrowers under the agreement with a first-in last-out facility (the “U.S. FILO Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of up to $80.0 million, subject to a borrowing base specific thereto and the Canadian borrowers under the agreement with a first-in last-out facility (the “Canadian FILO Facility” and collectively with the U.S. FILO Facility, the “FILO Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of up to $15.0 million, subject to a borrowing base specific thereto. The U.S. ABL Facility provides for revolving loans available to ATDI, its 100% owned subsidiary Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., Hercules and any other U.S. subsidiary that we designate in the future in accordance with the terms of the agreement. The Canadian ABL Facility provides for revolving loans available to TriCan, RTD and WTD and any other Canadian subsidiaries that we designate in the future in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Provided that no default or event of default then exists or would arise therefrom, we have the option to request that the ABL Facility be increased by an amount not to exceed $200.0 million (up to $50.0 million of which may be allocated to the Canadian ABL Facility), subject to certain rights of the administrative agent, swingline lender and issuing banks with respect to the lenders providing commitments for such increase. The maturity date for the ABL Facility is November 16, 2017, provided that if on March 1, 2017, either (i) more than $50.0 million in aggregate principal amount of ATDI’s Senior Secured Notes remains outstanding or (ii) any principal amount of ATDI’s Senior Secured Notes remains outstanding with a scheduled maturity date which is earlier than 91 days after November 16, 2017 and excess availability under the ABL Facility is less than 12.5% of the aggregate revolving commitments, then the maturity date will be March 1, 2017. The maturity date for the FILO Facility is the date that is 36 months from January 31, 2014.

At December 28, 2013, we had $417.1 million outstanding under the U.S. ABL Facility. In addition, we had certain letters of credit outstanding in the aggregate amount of $8.1 million, leaving $236.1 million available for additional borrowings under the U.S. ABL Facility. The outstanding balance of the Canadian ABL Facility at December 28, 2013 was $36.4 million, leaving $41.2 million available for additional borrowings. As of December 28, 2013, the outstanding balance of the U.S. FILO Facility was $51.9 million. In connection with our acquisition of Hercules on January 31, 2014, approximately $40.4 million was drawn under the U.S. ABL Facility to finance a portion of the Hercules Closing Purchase Price. Additionally, immediately following the Hercules acquisition, $5.6 million was drawn on the Canadian FILO Facility with a corresponding decrease to the Canadian ABL Facility. Upon closing of the Hercules acquisition and the inclusion of the Hercules assets as part of our borrowing base under our ABL Facility, our aggregate availability was approximately $302 million.

Borrowings under the U.S. ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) an Adjusted LIBOR rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin of 2.0% or (b) a base

34

rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime commercial lending rate published by the Bank of America, N.A. as its “prime rate” for commercial loans, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  ¹⁄₂ of 1% and (3) the one month-Adjusted LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus an applicable margin of 1.0%. The applicable margins under the U.S. ABL Facility are subject to step ups and step downs based on average excess borrowing availability under the ABL Facility.

Borrowings under the Canadian ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to either (a) a Canadian base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the base rate as published by Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) as its “base rate”, (2) the federal funds rate effective plus  ¹⁄₂ of 1% per annum and (3) the one month-LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus an applicable margin of 1.0%, (b) a Canadian prime rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime rate as published by Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) as its “prime rate”, (2) the sum of  ¹⁄₂ of 1% plus the Canadian overnight rate and (3) the sum of 1% plus the rate of interest per annum equal to the average rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances as published by Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service for a 30 day interest period, plus an applicable margin of 1.0%, (c) a rate of interest per annum equal to the average rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances having an identical or comparable term as the proposed loan amount displayed and identified as such on the display referred to as the “CDOR Page” of Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service as at approximately 10:00 a.m. Toronto time on such day, plus an applicable margin of 2.0% or (d) an Adjusted LIBOR rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin of 2.0%. The applicable margins under the Canadian ABL Facility are subject to step ups and step downs based on average excess borrowing availability under the ABL Facility.

Borrowings under the U.S. FILO Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) an Adjusted LIBOR rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin of 3.5% or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime commercial lending rate published by the Bank of America, N.A. as its “prime rate” for commercial loans, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  ¹⁄₂ of 1% and (3) the one month-Adjusted LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus an applicable margin of 2.5%. The applicable margins under the U.S. FILO Facility are subject to step ups and step downs based on average excess borrowing availability under the ABL Facility.

Borrowings under the Canadian FILO Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to either (a) a Canadian base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the base rate as published by Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) as its “base rate”, (2) the federal funds rate effective plus  ¹⁄₂ of 1% per annum and (3) the one month-LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus an applicable margin of 2.25%, (b) a Canadian prime rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime rate as published by Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) as its “prime rate”, (2) the sum of  ¹⁄₂ of 1% plus the Canadian overnight rate and (3) the sum of 1% plus the rate of interest per annum equal to the average rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances as published by Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service for a 30 day interest period, plus an applicable margin of 2.25%, (c) a rate of interest per annum equal to the average rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances having an identical or comparable term as the proposed loan amount displayed and identified as such on the display referred to as the “CDOR Page” of Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service as at approximately 10:00 a.m. Toronto time on such day, plus an applicable margin of 3.25% or (d) an Adjusted LIBOR rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin of 3.25%. The applicable margins under the Canadian FILO Facility are subject to step ups and step downs based on average excess borrowing availability under the ABL Facility.

The U.S. and Canadian borrowing base at any time equals the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of:

• 85% of eligible accounts receivable of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus

• The lesser of (a) 70% of the lesser of cost or fair market value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable, and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus

• The lesser of (a) 50% of the lower of cost or market value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable, and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, applicable.

The U.S. FILO and the Canadian FILO borrowing base at any time equals the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of:

• 5% of eligible accounts receivable of the U.S or Canadian. loan parties, as applicable; plus

• 10.0% of the net orderly liquidation value of the eligible tire and non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable.

35

All obligations under the U.S. ABL Facility and the U.S. FILO Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and substantially all of ATDI’s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic material restricted subsidiaries, other than Tire Pros Francorp. The Canadian ABL Facility and the Canadian FILO Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by the U.S. loan parties, TriCan, RTD, WTD and any future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned, material restricted Canadian subsidiaries. Obligations under the U.S. ABL Facility and the U.S. FILO Facility are secured by a first-priority lien on inventory, accounts receivable and related assets and a second-priority lien on substantially all other assets of the U.S. loan parties, subject to certain exceptions. Obligations under the Canadian ABL Facility and the Canadian FILO Facility are secured by a first-priority lien on inventory, accounts receivable and related assets and a second-priority lien on substantially all other assets of the U.S. loan parties and the Canadian loan parties, subject to certain exceptions.

The ABL Facility and the FILO Facility contain customary covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to incur additional debt, grant liens, enter into guarantees, enter into certain mergers, make certain loans and investments, dispose of assets, prepay certain debt, declare dividends, modify certain material agreements, enter into transactions with affiliates or change our fiscal year. If the amount available for additional borrowings under the ABL Facility is less than the greater of (a) 10.0% of the lesser of (x) the aggregate commitments under the ABL Facility and (y) the aggregate borrowing base and (b) $25.0 million, then we would be subject to an additional covenant requiring us to meet a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0. As of December 28, 2013, our additional borrowing availability under the ABL Facility was above the required amount and we were therefore not subject to the additional covenants.

Senior Secured Notes

On May 28, 2010, ATDI issued Senior Secured Notes (“Senior Secured Notes”) due June 1, 2017 in an aggregate principal amount at maturity of $250.0 million. The Senior Secured Notes were issued at a discount from their principal amount at maturity and generated net proceeds of approximately $240.7 million after debt issuance costs (which represents a non-cash financing activity of $9.3 million). The Senior Secured Notes will accrete based on an effective interest rate of 10% to an aggregate accreted value of $250.0 million, the full principal amount at maturity. The Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 9.75%. Interest on the Senior Secured Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2010. The Senior Secured Notes may be redeemed at any time at the option of ATDI, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price of 107.313% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2013 and May 31, 2014, 104.875% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2014 and May 31, 2015, 102.438% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2015 and May 31, 2016 and 100.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2016 and May 31, 2017.

The Senior Secured Notes are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and substantially all of ATDI’s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic material restricted subsidiaries, other than Tire Pros Francorp and TDI, subject to certain exceptions. The Senior Secured Notes are also collateralized by a second-priority lien on accounts receivable and related assets and a first-priority lien on substantially all other assets (other than inventory), in each case of Holdings, ATDI and the guarantor subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

The indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes contains covenants that, among other things, limits ATDI’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt or issue preferred stock; pay certain dividends or make certain distributions in respect of ATDI’s or repurchase or redeem ATDI’s capital stock; make certain loans, investments or other restricted payments; place restrictions on the ability of ATDI’s subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to ATDI; engage in transactions with stockholders or affiliates; transfer or sell certain assets; guarantee indebtedness or incur other contingent obligations; incur certain liens; consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of ATDI’s assets; enter into certain transactions with ATDI’s affiliates; and designate ATDI’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

Senior Subordinated Notes

In connection with the consummation of the Hercules acquisition, on January 31, 2014, ATDI completed the sale to certain purchasers of $225.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 11.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 (the “Additional Subordinated Notes”). The net proceeds to ATDI from the sale of the Additional Subordinated Notes were approximately $221.1 million.

The Additional Subordinated Notes were issued pursuant to the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2014, among ATDI, the Guarantors and the Trustee (the “Seventh Supplemental Indenture”) to the Senior Subordinated Indenture. The Additional Subordinated Notes have identical terms to the Initial Subordinated Notes, except the Additional Subordinated Notes will accrue interest from January 31, 2014. The Additional Subordinated Notes and the Initial Subordinated Notes, as defined below, will be treated as a single class of securities for all purposes under the Subordinated Indenture. However, the Additional Subordinated

36

Notes will be issued with separate CUSIP numbers from the Initial Subordinated Notes and will not be fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the Initial Subordinated Notes. Interest on the Additional Subordinated Notes will be paid semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on June 1, 2014. The Additional Subordinated Notes will mature on June 1, 2018.

On May 28, 2010, ATDI issued $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 11.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due June 1, 2018, (the “Initial Subordinated Notes” and, collectively with the Additional Subordinated Notes, the “Senior Subordinated Notes”). Interest on the Initial Subordinated Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2010.

The Senior Subordinated Notes may be redeemed at any time at the option of ATDI, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price of 104.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2013 and May 31, 2014, 102.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2014 and May 31, 2015 and 100.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2015 and May 31, 2016.

The Senior Subordinated Notes are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and substantially all of ATDI’s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic material restricted subsidiaries, other than Tire Pros Francorp, subject to certain exceptions.

The indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes contains covenants that, among other things, limits ATDI’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt or issue preferred stock; pay certain dividends or make certain distributions in respect of ATDI’s or repurchase or redeem ATDI’s capital stock; make certain loans, investments or other restricted payments; place restrictions on the ability of ATDI’s subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to ATDI; engage in transactions with stockholders or affiliates; transfer or sell certain assets; guarantee indebtedness or incur other contingent obligations; incur certain liens without securing the Senior Subordinated Notes; consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of ATDI’s assets; enter into certain transactions with ATDI’s affiliates; and designate ATDI’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

Contractual Commitments

As of December 28, 2013, we had certain cash obligations associated with contractual commitments. The amounts due under these commitments are as follows:

In millions	Total		Less than 1 year		1 - 3 years			4 - 5 years		After 5 years
Long-term debt (variable rate)	$	505.4	$	—	$	—		$	505.4	$	—
Long-term debt (fixed rate)		449.4		0.3		0.4			448.5		0.2
Estimated interest payments (1)		265.0		68.0		129.9			59.4		7.7
Operating leases, net of sublease income		524.3		88.9		147.7			112.6		175.1
Capital leases		12.3		0.3		0.7			0.9		10.4
Uncertain tax positions		0.7		0.4		(0.2	)		0.8		(0.3	)
Deferred compensation obligation		3.4		—		—			—		3.4
Total contractual cash obligations	$	1,760.5	$	157.9	$	278.5		$	1,127.6	$	196.5

(1) Represents the annual interest expense on fixed and variable rate debt. Projections of interest expense on variable rate debt are based on current interest rates.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no significant off balance sheet arrangements other than liabilities related to certain leases of the Winston Tire Company (“Winston”). These leases were guaranteed when we sold Winston in 2001. As of December 28, 2013, our total obligations as guarantor on these leases are approximately $2.0 million extending over five years. However, we have secured assignments or sublease agreements for the vast majority of these commitments with contractually assigned or subleased rentals of approximately $1.8 million. A provision has been made for the net present value of the estimated shortfall. The accrual for lease liabilities could be materially affected by factors such as the credit worthiness of lessors, assignees and sublessees and our success at negotiating early termination agreements with lessors. These factors are significantly dependent on general economic conditions. While we believe that our current estimates of these liabilities are adequate, it is possible that future events could require significant adjustments to those estimates.

37

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with those accounting principles requires management to use judgment in making estimates and assumptions based on the relevant information available at the end of each period. These estimates and assumptions have a significant effect on reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities because they result primarily from the need to make estimates and assumptions on matters that are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ from estimates. The following is a summary of certain accounting estimates and assumptions made by management that we consider critical.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts represents the best estimate of probable loss inherent within our accounts receivable balance. Estimates are based upon both the creditworthiness of specific customers and the overall probability of losses based upon an analysis of the overall aging of receivables as well as past collection trends and general economic conditions. Estimating losses from doubtful accounts is inherently uncertain because the amount of such losses depends substantially on the financial condition of our customers. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate beyond estimates, and impair their ability to make payments, we would be required to write off additional accounts receivable balances, which would adversely impact our financial position.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method, or fair market value and consist primarily of automotive tires, custom wheels, and related tire supplies and tools. We perform periodic assessments to determine the existence of obsolete, slow-moving and non-saleable inventories and record necessary provisions to reduce such inventories to net realizable value. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, we could be required to reduce the value of our inventory or record additional reserves, which would adversely impact our financial position.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are no longer amortized, but are tested and reviewed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or whenever there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the asset may be less than the carrying amount of the asset.

Recoverability of goodwill is determined using a two step process. The first step compares the carrying amount of the reporting unit to its estimated fair value. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. To the extent that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, a second step is performed, wherein the reporting unit’s carrying value of goodwill is compared to the implied fair value of goodwill. To the extent that the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value, impairment exists and must be recognized.

Recoverability of other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the intangible assets to the estimated fair value of the respective intangible assets. Any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value is recognized as an impairment loss equal to that excess.

The determination of estimated fair value requires management to make assumptions about estimated cash flows, including profit margins, long-term forecasts, discount rates, royalty rates and terminal growth rates. Management developed these assumptions based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment. We completed our assessment of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives as of November 30, 2013 and determined that no impairment existed at that date. Although no impairment has been recorded to date, there can be no assurances that future impairments will not occur. Future adverse developments in market conditions or our current or projected operating results could cause the fair value of our goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives to fall below carrying value, which would result in an impairment charge that would adversely affect our financial position.

38

Long-Lived Assets

Management reviews long-lived assets, which consist of property, leasehold improvements, equipment and definite-lived intangibles, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. For long-lived assets to be held and used, management evaluates recoverability by comparing the carrying value of the asset to future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. For long-lived assets for which we have committed to a disposal plan, we report such assets at the lower of the carrying value or fair value less the cost to sell.

In determining the fair value of long-lived assets, we make judgments relating to the expected useful lives of long-lived assets and our ability to realize any undiscounted cash flows in excess of the carrying amounts of such assets. Factors that impact these judgments include the ongoing maintenance and improvements of the assets, changes in the expected use of the assets, changes in economic conditions, changes in operating performance and anticipated future cash flows. If actual fair value is less than our estimates, long-lived assets may be overstated on the balance sheet, which would adversely impact our financial position.

Self-Insured Reserves

We are self-insured for automobile liability, workers’ compensation and the health care claims of our team members, although we maintain stop-loss coverage with third-party insurers to limit our total liability exposure. We establish reserves for losses associated with claims filed, as well as claims incurred but not yet reported, using actuarial methods followed in the insurance industry and our historical claims experience. If amounts ultimately paid differ significantly from our estimates, it could adversely impact our financial position.

Exit Cost Reserves

During the normal course of business, we continually assess the location and size our distribution centers in order to determine our optimal geographic footprint and overall structure. As a result, we have certain facilities that we have closed or intend to close and we record reserves for certain exit costs associated with these facilities. These exit cost reserves are recorded in an amount equal to future minimum lease payments and related ancillary costs from the date of closure to the end of the lease term, net of estimated sublease rentals we reasonably expect to obtain for the property. We estimate future cash flows based on contractual lease terms, the geographic market in which the facility is located, inflation, the ability to sublease the property and other economic conditions. We estimate sublease rentals based on the geographic market in which the property is located, our experience subleasing similar properties and other economic conditions. If actual exit costs associated with closing these facilities differ from our estimates, it could adversely impact our financial position.

Income Taxes and Valuation Allowances

We record a tax provision for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations. The provision is computed using the asset and liability method of accounting, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. In addition, we recognize future tax benefits, such as net operating losses and tax credits, to the extent that realizing these benefits is considered in our judgment to be more likely than not. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax items are expected to be realized or settled. We regularly review the recoverability of our deferred tax assets considering historic profitability, projected future taxable income, and timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences as well as the feasibility of our tax planning strategies. Where appropriate, we record a valuation allowance if available evidence suggests that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Changes to valuation allowances are recognized in earnings in the period such determination is made.

The application of income tax law is inherently complex and involves a significant amount of management judgment regarding interpretation of relevant facts and laws in the jurisdiction in which we operate. In addition, we are required to make certain assumptions regarding our income tax positions and the likelihood that such tax positions will be sustained if challenged. Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with management’s expectations could have a material impact on amounts we recognize in our consolidated balance sheets and adversely impact our financial position.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized and earned when all of the following criteria are satisfied: (a) persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists; (b) price is fixed or determinable; (c) collectability is reasonably assured; and (d) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered. We recognize revenue when the title and the risk and rewards of ownership have substantially transferred to the customer, which is upon delivery under free-on-board destination terms.

39

We permit customers from time to time to return certain products but there is no contractual right of return. We continuously monitor and track such returns and record an estimate of such future returns, based on historical experience and recent trends. While such returns have historically been within management’s expectations and the provisions established have been adequate, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience the same return rates that we have in the past. If future returns increase significantly, it could adversely impact our results of operations.

Manufacturer Rebates

We receive rebates from tire manufacturers pursuant to a variety of rebate programs. These rebates are recorded in accordance with accounting standards applicable to cash consideration received from vendors. Many of the tire manufacturer programs provide that we receive rebates when certain measures are achieved, generally related to the volume of our purchases. We account for these rebates as a reduction to the price of the product, which reduces the carrying value of our inventory, and our cost of goods sold when product is sold. During the year, we record amounts earned for annual rebates based on purchases management considers probable for the full year. These estimates are periodically revised to reflect rebates actually earned based on actual purchase levels. Tire manufacturers may change the terms of some or all of these programs, which could increase our cost of goods sold and decrease our net income, particularly if these changes are not passed along to the customer.

Customer Rebates

We offer rebates to our customers under a number of different programs. These rebates are recorded in accordance with authoritative guidance related to accounting for consideration given by a vendor to a customer. These programs typically provide customers with rebates, generally in the form of a reduction to the amount they owe us, when certain measures are achieved, generally related to the volume of product purchased from us. We record these rebates through a reduction in the related price of the product, which decreases our net sales. During the year, we estimate rebate amounts based on the rebate rates we expect customers will achieve for the full year. These estimates are periodically revised to reflect rebates actually earned by customers.

Cooperative Advertising and Marketing Programs

We participate in cooperative advertising and marketing programs, or co-op advertising, with our vendors. Co-op advertising funds are provided to us generally based on the volume of purchases made with vendors that offer such programs. A portion of the funds received must be used for specific advertising and marketing expenditures incurred by us or our customers. The co-op advertising funds received by us from our vendors are accounted for in accordance with authoritative guidance related to accounting for cash consideration received from a vendor, which requires that we record the funds received as a reduction of cost of sales or as an offset to specific costs incurred in selling the vendor’s products. The co-op advertising funds that are provided to our customers are accounted for in accordance with authoritative guidance related to accounting for cash consideration given by a vendor to a customer, which requires that we record the funds paid as a reduction of revenue since no separate identifiable benefit is received by us.

Stock Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation awards in accordance with ASC 718 — Compensation, which requires a fair-value based method for measuring the value of stock-based compensation. Fair value is measured once at the date of grant and is not adjusted for subsequent changes. Our stock-based compensation plans include programs for stock options and restricted stock units. Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of stock-based payment awards require the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the awards and stock price volatility. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based payment awards represent our best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our equity-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

Foreign Currency Translation

All foreign currency denominated balance sheet accounts are translated at year end exchange rates and revenue and expense accounts are translated at weighted average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Gains and losses resulting from the translation of foreign currency are recorded in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of stockholder’s equity. Transactional foreign currency gains and losses are included in other expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

40

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2012-02, “Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment” which amended the guidance on the annual impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill. The amended guidance will allow a company the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If, based on the qualitative assessment, it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, quantitative impairment testing is required. However, if a company concludes otherwise, quantitative impairment testing is not required. This new guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this guidance on December 30, 2012 (the first day of our 2013 fiscal year); however, we performed our annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2013.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income” which amended the guidance for reporting reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The amended guidance requires an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is entirely reclassified to net income, as required by U.S. GAAP. For other amounts, that are not required by U.S. GAAP to be entirely reclassified to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures that will provide additional detail concerning these amounts. The amendments are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. We adopted this guidance on December 30, 2012 and its adoption did not have an effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exits.” ASU 2013-11 clarifies guidance and eliminates diversity in practice on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists at the reporting date. This new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2013 and subsequent interim periods. We are currently assessing the impact, if any, on our consolidated financial statements.

41

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Interest Rate Risk

Our ABL Facility and our FILO Facility are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates which could impact our results of operations and financial condition. Interest on the U.S. ABL Facility and the U.S. FILO Facility are tied to Base Rate, as defined, or LIBOR. Interest on the Canadian ABL Facility is tied to Base Rate, as defined, or Prime Rate, as defined. At December 28, 2013, the total amount outstanding under our U.S. ABL Facility, Canadian ABL Facility and U.S. FILO Facility that was subject to interest rate changes was $505.4 million. In connection with our acquisition of Hercules on January 31, 2014, approximately $40.4 million was drawn under the U.S. ABL Facility to finance a portion of the Hercules Closing Purchase Price and thus subject to interest rate changes.

To manage this exposure, we use interest rate swap agreements in order to hedge the changes in our variable interest rate debt. Interest rate swap agreements utilized by us in our hedging programs are viewed as risk management tools, involve little complexity and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. To minimize the risk of counterparty non-performance, interest rate swap agreements are made only through major financial institutions with significant experience in such instruments.

At December 28, 2013, $105.4 million of the total outstanding balance of our U.S. and Canadian ABL Facilities and our U.S. FILO Facility is not hedged by an interest rate swap agreement and thus subject to interest rate changes. Based on this amount, a hypothetical increase of 1% in such interest rate percentages would result in an increase to our annual interest expense by $1.1 million.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

The financial position and results of operations for TriCan, RTD and WTD are impacted by movements in the exchange rates between the Canadian dollar and the U.S. dollar. As of December 28, 2013, we do not have any foreign currency derivatives in place.

42

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. — Consolidated Financial Statements
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting		44
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		45
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012		46
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013,  December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011		47
Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity for the fiscal years ended December  28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011		48
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December  29, 2012 and December 31, 2011		49
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		50

43

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

• Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

• Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded and necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company;

• Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management conducted an assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2013. In making this assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective at a reasonable assurance level as of December 28, 2013.

44

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, of stockholder’s equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 28, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina

March 7, 2014

45

AMERICAN TIRE DISTRIBUTORS HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

In thousands, except share amounts	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	35,760		$	25,951
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,169 and $950 in fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively		305,247			301,303
Inventories		772,733			721,672
Deferred income taxes		15,719			16,458
Income tax receivable		369			369
Assets held for sale		910			7,151
Other current assets		19,684			20,695
Total current assets		1,150,422			1,093,599
Property and equipment, net		147,856			129,882
Goodwill		504,333			483,143
Other intangible assets, net		713,294			738,698
Other assets		43,421			58,680
Total assets	$	2,559,326		$	2,504,002
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	563,691		$	502,221
Accrued expenses		47,723			44,916
Current maturities of long-term debt		564			493
Total current liabilities		611,978			547,630
Long-term debt		966,436			950,711
Deferred income taxes		270,576			285,345
Other liabilities		17,362			14,662
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 13)
Stockholder’s equity:
Common stock, par value $.01 per share; 1,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding		—			—
Additional paid-in capital		758,972			756,338
Accumulated earnings (deficit)		(56,898	)		(50,541	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(9,100	)		(143	)
Total stockholder’s equity		692,974			705,654
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity	$	2,559,326		$	2,504,002

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

46

AMERICAN TIRE DISTRIBUTORS HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

In thousands	Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2013			Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012			Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
Net sales	$	3,839,269		$	3,455,864		$	3,050,240
Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below		3,188,409			2,887,421			2,535,020
Selling, general and administrative expenses		574,987			506,408			437,110
Transaction expenses		6,719			5,246			3,946
Operating income (loss)		69,154			56,789			74,164
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(74,284	)		(72,918	)		(67,580	)
Other, net		(5,172	)		(3,895	)		(2,110	)
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes		(10,302	)		(20,024	)		4,474
Income tax provision (benefit)		(3,945	)		(5,678	)		4,357
Net income (loss)	$	(6,357	)	$	(14,346	)	$	117
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation	$	(9,131	)	$	(344	)	$	—
Unrealized gain (loss) on rabbi trust assets, net of tax		174			138			(158	)
Other comprehensive income (loss)		(8,957	)		(206	)		(158	)
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	(15,314	)	$	(14,552	)	$	(41	)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

47

AMERICAN TIRE DISTRIBUTORS HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

	Total Stockholder’s Equity			Common Stock				Additional Paid-In Capital			Accumulated Earnings (Deficit)			Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
In thousands, except share amounts				Shares		Amount
Balance, January 1, 2011	$	651,446			1,000	$	—	$	687,537		$	(36,312	)	$	221
Net income (loss)		117			—		—		—			117			—
Unrealized gain (loss) on rabbi trust assets, net of tax of $0.0 million		(158	)		—		—		—			—			(158	)
Equity contributions		500			—		—		500			—			—
Repurchase of common stock		(200	)		—		—		(200	)		—			—
Stock-based compensation		4,114			—		—		4,114			—			—
Balance, December 31, 2011		655,819			1,000		—		691,951			(36,195	)		63
Net income (loss)		(14,346	)		—		—		—			(14,346	)		—
Unrealized gain (loss) on rabbi trust assets, net of tax of $0.1 million		138			—		—		—			—			138
Foreign currency translation		(344	)												(344	)
Equity contributions		60,038			—		—		60,038			—			—
Stock-based compensation		4,349			—		—		4,349			—			—
Balance, December 29, 2012		705,654			1,000		—		756,338			(50,541	)		(143	)
Net income (loss)		(6,357	)		—		—		—			(6,357	)		—
Unrealized gain (loss) on rabbi trust assets, net of tax of $0.1 million		174			—		—		—			—			174
Foreign currency translation		(9,131	)												(9,131	)
Stock-based compensation		2,634			—		—		2,634			—			—
Balance, December 28, 2013	$	692,974			1,000		—	$	758,972		$	(56,898	)	$	(9,100	)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

48

AMERICAN TIRE DISTRIBUTORS HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

In thousands	Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2013			Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012			Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	(6,357	)	$	(14,346	)	$	117
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles		105,458			89,167			78,071
Amortization of other assets		4,456			7,487			4,758
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes		(25,657	)		(11,879	)		(6,280	)
Provision for doubtful accounts		2,237			1,996			1,911
Non-cash inventory step-up amortization		5,379			4,074			—
Stock-based compensation		2,634			4,349			4,114
Other, net		3,292			2,601			1,286
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable		7,401			5,134			(47,363	)
Inventories		(27,639	)		(32,170	)		(151,945	)
Income tax receivable		644			1,232			8,045
Other current assets		1,160			(5,971	)		(1,729	)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		29,916			(38,257	)		19,082
Other, net		6,807			(3,391	)		(1,073	)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		109,731			10,026			(91,006	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(77,017	)		(115,334	)		(59,694	)
Purchase of property and equipment		(47,127	)		(52,388	)		(31,044	)
Purchase of assets held for sale		(2,239	)		(3,939	)		(2,993	)
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale		7,751			3,738			1,403
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		197			102			79
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(118,435	)		(167,821	)		(92,249	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings from revolving credit facility		2,973,584			3,333,642			2,760,364
Repayments of revolving credit facility		(2,955,576	)		(3,217,298	)		(2,577,380	)
Outstanding checks		6,599			(1,754	)		9,981
Payments of other long-term debt		(503	)		(1,987	)		(822	)
Payments of deferred financing costs		(1,106	)		(3,779	)		(5,880	)
Equity contribution		—			60,000			—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		22,998			168,824			186,263
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		(4,485	)		(57	)		—
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		9,809			10,972			3,008
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period		25,951			14,979			11,971
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	35,760		$	25,951		$	14,979
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash payments for interest	$	68,179		$	64,324		$	61,732
Cash (receipts) payments for taxes, net	$	23,740		$	6,510		$	(8,101	)
Supplemental disclosures of noncash activities:
Capital expenditures financed by debt	$	128		$	515		$	—

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

49

AMERICAN TIRE DISTRIBUTORS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Description of Company:

American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. (also referred to herein as “Holdings”) is a Delaware corporation that owns 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of American Tire Distributors, Inc. (“ATDI”), a Delaware corporation. Holdings has no significant assets or operations other than its ownership of ATDI. The operations of ATDI and its subsidiaries constitute the operations of Holdings presented under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Unless the context otherwise requires, “Company” herein refers to Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries.

The Company is primarily engaged in the wholesale distribution of tires, custom wheels and accessories, and related tire supplies and tools, representing 97.4%, 2.0% and 0.6%, respectively, of our net sales. Operating as one operating and reportable segment through a network of 133 distribution centers, including three redistribution centers in the United States, the Company offers access to an extensive breadth and depth of inventory, representing approximately 40,000 stock-keeping units (SKUs) to approximately 72,000 customers (approximately 64,000 in the U.S. and 8,000 in Canada). The Company’s customer base is comprised primarily of independent tire dealers with the remainder of other customers representing various national and corporate accounts. The Company serves a majority of the contiguous United States as well as Canada.

The Company’s fiscal year is based on either a 52- or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to each December 31. Therefore, the financial results of 53-week fiscal years will not be exactly comparable to the prior and subsequent 52-week fiscal years. The fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 each contain operating results for 52 weeks. It should be noted that, prior to fiscal 2013, the Company and its TriCan Tire Distributors (“TriCan”) subsidiary had different year-end reporting dates. For fiscal 2012, TriCan had a calendar year-end reporting date of December 31. The impact from this difference on the consolidated financial statements was not material. TriCan converted to the Company’s fiscal year reporting date during fiscal 2013.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

A summary of significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements follows:

Basis of Preparation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the consolidated operations of the Company and have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) as defined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) within the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”). In the opinion of management, the accompanying consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the consolidated results for the periods presented. Certain changes in classification of amounts reported in prior years have been made to conform to the 2013 classification.

On May 28, 2010, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 20, 2010, the Company was acquired by TPG Capital, L.P. (“TPG” or the “Sponsor”) and certain co-investors (the “Merger”). Under the guidance provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5J, “New Basis of Accounting Required in Certain Circumstances,” push-down accounting is required when such transactions result in an entity becoming substantially wholly-owned. Under push-down accounting, certain transactions incurred by the buyer, which would otherwise be accounted for in the accounts of the parent, are “pushed down” and recorded on the financial statements of the subsidiary. Therefore, the basis in shares of the Company’s common stock has been pushed down from the buyer to the Company.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Holdings and its 100% owned subsidiaries. Partially-owned investments are accounted for under the equity method. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial

50

statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are based on several factors including the facts and circumstances available at the time the estimates are made, historical experience, risk of loss, general economic conditions and trends, and the assessment of the probable future outcome. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of changes, if any, are reflected in the statement of comprehensive income (loss) in the period that they are determined.

Foreign currency translation

All foreign currency denominated balance sheet accounts are translated at year end exchange rates and revenue and expense accounts are translated at weighted average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Gains and losses resulting from the translation of foreign currency are recorded in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of stockholder’s equity. Transactional foreign currency gains and losses are included in other expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all deposits with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents in its consolidated financial statements. Outstanding checks are presented as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows because they are funded by drawing on the revolving credit facility as they are presented for payment.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts represents the best estimate of probable loss inherent within the Company’s accounts receivable balance. Estimates are based upon both the creditworthiness of specific customers and the overall probability of losses based upon an analysis of the overall aging of receivables as well as past collection trends and general economic conditions.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method, or fair market value and consist primarily of automotive tires, custom wheels, and related tire supply and tool products. The Company performs periodic assessments to determine the existence of obsolete, slow-moving and non-saleable inventories and records necessary provisions to reduce such inventories to net realizable value. A majority of the Company’s tire vendors allow for the return of tire products, subject to certain limitations, specified in supply arrangements with the vendors.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. For financial reporting purposes, assets placed in service are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method at annual rates sufficient to amortize the cost of the assets less estimated salvage values over the assets’ estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their economic useful life or the related lease term. The range of useful lives used to depreciate property and equipment is as follows:

Buildings	25 to 31 years
Leasehold improvements	2 to 10 years
Machinery and equipment	2 to 10 years
Furniture and fixtures	3 to 8 years
Internal use software	1 to 5 years
Vehicles and other	3 to 6 years

Major expenditures for replacements and significant improvements that increase asset values and extend useful lives are capitalized. Repairs and maintenance expenditures that do not extend the useful life of the asset are charged to expense as incurred. The carrying amounts of assets that are sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts in the year of disposal, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the statement of comprehensive income (loss).

The Company capitalizes costs, including interest, incurred to develop or acquire internal-use software. These costs are capitalized subsequent to the preliminary project stage once specific criteria are met. Costs incurred in the preliminary project planning stage are expensed. Other costs, such as maintenance and training, are also expensed as incurred. Capitalized costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method.

51

The Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value of its property and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested and reviewed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or whenever there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the asset may be less than the carrying amount of the asset.

Recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level and determined using a two step process. The first step compares the carrying amount of the reporting unit to its estimated fair value. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. To the extent that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, a second step is performed, wherein the reporting unit’s carrying value of goodwill is compared to the implied fair value of goodwill. To the extent that the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value, impairment exists and must be recognized.

Recoverability of other indefinite-lived intangible assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the intangible assets to the estimated fair value of the respective intangible assets. Any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value is recognized as an impairment loss equal to that excess.

Intangible assets such as customer-related intangible assets and noncompete agreements with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line or accelerated basis over their estimated economic lives. The weighted-average useful lives approximate the following:

Customer list	16 to 19 years
Tradenames	1 to 7 years
Noncompete agreements	1 to 5 years
Favorable leases	4 to 6 years

The Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value of its intangible assets with finite useful lives whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs are expenditures associated with obtaining financings that are capitalized in the consolidated balance sheets and amortized over the term of the loans to which such costs relate. Amounts capitalized are recorded within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and amortized to interest expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). At December 28, 2013, the unamortized balance of deferred financing costs was $16.3 million, which includes $1.1 million incurred to increase the borrowing capacity of the Company’s Canadian ABL Facility and FILO Facility during fiscal 2013 (See Note 9 for additional information). At December 29, 2012, the unamortized balance of deferred financing costs was $19.7 million. Amortization for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 was $4.5 million, $7.5 million and $4.8 million, respectively. Amortization for fiscal 2012 included $2.8 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs associated with a lender that is not participating in the new syndication group.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

For derivative instruments, the Company applies FASB authoritative guidance which establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. This statement requires that changes in the derivative’s fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met and that a company must formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment.

52

Self Insurance

The Company is self-insured with respect to employee health liability claims and maintains a large deductible program on both workers’ compensation and auto insurance. The Company has stop-loss insurance coverage for individual claims in excess of $0.3 million for employee health insurance and deductibles of $0.3 million on the workers’ compensation and auto on a per claim basis. Aggregate stop-loss limits for workers’ compensation and auto are $9.0 million. There is no aggregate stop-loss limit on employee health insurance. A reserve for liabilities associated with losses is established for claims filed and claims incurred but not yet reported using actuarial methods followed in the insurance industry as well as the Company’s historical claims experience.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized and earned when all of the following criteria are satisfied: (a) persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists; (b) price is fixed or determinable; (c) collectability is reasonably assured; and (d) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered. The Company recognizes revenue when the title and the risks and rewards of ownership have substantially transferred to the customer, which is upon delivery under free on board (“FOB”) destination terms. The Company permits customers from time to time to return certain products, but there is no contractual right of return. The Company continuously monitors and tracks such returns and records an estimate of such future returns, which is based on historical experience and recent trends.

In the normal course of business, the Company extends credit, on open accounts, to its customers after performing a credit analysis based on a number of financial and other criteria. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and does not normally require collateral; however, letters of credit and other security are occasionally required for certain new and existing customers.

Customer Rebates

The Company offers rebates to its customers under a number of different programs. These rebates are recorded in accordance with the accounting standards for consideration given by a vendor to a customer. The majority of these programs provide for the customer to receive rebates, generally in the form of a reduction in the related accounts receivable balance, when certain measures are achieved, generally related to the volume of product purchased from the Company. These rebates are recorded as a reduction of the related price of the product, which reduces the amount of revenue recorded. Throughout the year, the amount of rebates is estimated based on the expected level of purchases to be made by customers that participate in the rebate programs. These estimates are periodically revised to reflect rebates earned by customers based on actual purchases made.

Manufacturer Rebates

The Company receives rebates from its vendors under a number of different programs. These rebates are recorded in accordance with the accounting standards for cash consideration received from a vendor. Many of the vendor programs provide for the Company to receive rebates when any of a number of measures are achieved, generally related to the volume of purchases. These rebates are accounted for as a reduction to the price of the product, which reduces the carrying value of our inventory, and our cost of goods sold when product is sold. Throughout the year, the amount recognized for annual rebates is based on purchases management considers probable for the full year. These estimates are continually revised to reflect rebates earned based on actual purchase levels.

Cooperative Advertising and Marketing Programs

The Company participates in cooperative advertising and marketing programs (“co-op”) with its vendors. Co-op funds are provided to the Company generally based on the volume of purchases made with vendors that offer such programs. A portion of the funds received must be used for specific advertising and marketing expenditures incurred by the Company or its customers. The co-op funds received by the Company from its vendors are accounted for in accordance with the accounting standards related to accounting for cash consideration received from a vendor, which requires that the Company record the funds received as a reduction of cost of sales or as an offset to specific costs incurred in selling the vendor’s products. The co-op funds that are provided to the Company’s customers are accounted for in accordance with authoritative guidance related to accounting for cash consideration given by a vendor to a customer, which requires that the Company record the funds paid as a reduction of revenue since no separate identifiable benefit is received by the Company.

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

In accordance with current accounting standards, the Company determined that shipping fees shall be reported on a gross basis. As a result, all amounts billed to a customer in a sale transaction related to shipping fees represent revenues earned for the goods provided and therefore recorded within net sales in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss). Handling costs

53

include expenses incurred to store, move, and prepare products for shipment. The Company classifies these costs as selling, general and administrative expenses within the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss), and includes a portion of internal costs such as salaries and overhead related to these activities. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company incurred $213.8 million, $171.1 million and $140.8 million, respectively, related to these expenses.

Income Taxes

The Company records a tax provision for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations. The provision is computed using the asset and liability method of accounting, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. In addition, the Company recognizes future tax benefits, such as net operating losses and tax credits, to the extent that realizing these benefits is considered in its judgment to be more likely than not. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax items are expected to be realized or settled. The Company regularly reviews the recoverability of its deferred tax assets considering historic profitability, projected future taxable income, and timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences as well as the feasibility of our tax planning strategies. Where appropriate, a valuation allowance is recorded if available evidence suggests that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Changes to valuation allowances are recognized in earnings in the period such determination is made.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position only when, based upon the technical merits, it is more-likely-than-not that the position will be sustained upon examination. The tax impacts recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest impact that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. The Company recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions as a component of the provision for income taxes.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2012-02, “Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment” which amended the guidance on the annual impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill. The amended guidance will allow a company the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If, based on the qualitative assessment, it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, quantitative impairment testing is required. However, if a company concludes otherwise, quantitative impairment testing is not required. This new guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this guidance on December 30, 2012 (the first day of its 2013 fiscal year); however, the Company performed its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2013.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income” which amended the guidance for reporting reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The amended guidance requires an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is entirely reclassified to net income, as required by U.S. GAAP. For other amounts, that are not required by U.S. GAAP to be entirely reclassified to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures that will provide additional detail concerning these amounts. The amendments are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company adopted this guidance on December 30, 2012 and its adoption did not have an effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exits.” ASU 2013-11 clarifies guidance and eliminates diversity in practice on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists at the reporting date. This new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2013 and subsequent interim periods. The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Acquisitions:

2013 Acquisitions

On December 13, 2013, TriCan entered into a Share Purchase Agreement with Wholesale Tire Distributors Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the Province of Ontario (“WTD”), Allan Bishop, an individual resident in the Province of Ontario (“Allan”)

54

and The Bishop Company Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the Province of Ontario (“BishopCo”) (Allan and BishopCo each, a “Seller” and collectively, the “Sellers”), pursuant to which TriCan agreed to acquire from the Sellers all of the issued and outstanding shares of WTD. WTD owned and operated two distribution centers serving over 2,300 customers. The acquisition of WTD strengthened the Company’s market presence in the Southern Ontario region of Canada. The acquisition was completed on December 13, 2013 and was funded through cash on hand. The Company does not believe the acquisition of WTD is a material transaction, individually or when aggregated with the other non-material acquisition discussed herein, subject to the disclosures and supplemental pro forma information required by ASC 805 — Business Combinations. As a result, the information is not presented.

The acquisition of WTD was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. The purchase price has been preliminarily allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. A majority of the net assets acquired relate to a customer list intangible asset, which had an acquisition date fair value of $4.4 million. The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities is included in goodwill, and amounted to $1.1 million. The premium in the purchase price paid for the acquisition of WTD reflects the anticipated realization of operational and cost synergies. As additional information is obtained about these assets and liabilities within the measurement period, the Company expects to refine its estimates of fair value to allocate the purchase price more accurately.

On August 30, 2013, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Tire Distributors, Inc. (“TDI”) to acquire 100% of the outstanding capital stock of TDI. TDI owned and operated one distribution center serving over 1,700 customers across Maryland and northeastern Virginia. The acquisition was completed on August 30, 2013 and was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The Company does not believe the acquisition of TDI is a material transaction, individually or when aggregated with the other non-material acquisition discussed herein, subject to the disclosures and supplemental pro forma information required by ASC 805 — Business Combinations. As a result, the information is not presented.

The acquisition of TDI was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. A majority of the net assets acquired relate to a customer list intangible asset, which had an acquisition date fair value of $3.4 million. The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities is included in goodwill, and amounted to $2.4 million. The premium in the purchase price paid for the acquisition of TDI reflects the anticipated realization of operational and cost synergies.

On March 22, 2013, TriCan and ATDI entered into a Share Purchase Agreement with Regional Tire Holdings Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the Province of Ontario (“Holdco”), Regional Tire Distributors Inc. (“RTD”), a corporation formed under the laws of the Province of Ontario and a 100% owned subsidiary of Holdco, and the shareholders of Holdco, pursuant to which TriCan agreed to acquire from the shareholders of Holdco all of the issued and outstanding shares of Holdco for a purchase price of $62.5 million. Holdco has no significant assets or operations, other than its ownership of RTD. The operations of RTD constitute the operations of Holdco. RTD is a wholesale distributor of tires, tire parts, tire accessories and related equipment in the Ontario and Atlantic provinces of Canada. The acquisition of RTD significantly expanded the Company’s presence in the Ontario and Atlantic Provinces of Canada and complements the Company’s current operations in Canada.

The acquisition of RTD was completed on April 30, 2013 for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $64.9 million (the “Adjusted Purchase Price”) which includes initial working capital adjustments. The acquisition of RTD was funded by borrowings under the Company’s ABL Facility and FILO Facility, as more fully described in Note 9. The Adjusted Purchase Price was subject to certain post-closing adjustments, including, but not limited to, the finalization of working capital adjustments. Of the $64.9 million Adjusted Purchase Price, $6.3 million is held in escrow pending the resolution of the post-closing adjustments and other escrow release conditions in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement and escrow agreement. During third quarter 2013, the Company and the shareholders of Holdco agreed on the post-closing working capital adjustments in accordance with the purchase agreement. This adjustment increased the Adjusted Purchase Price by $1.0 million to $65.9 million with a corresponding increase to goodwill of $1.0 million.

55

The acquisition of RTD was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with current accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. As a result, the Adjusted Purchase Price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. The allocation of the Adjusted Purchase Price is a follows:

In thousands
Cash	$	904
Accounts receivable		10,093
Inventory		21,685
Other current assets		998
Property and equipment		1,050
Intangible assets		42,990
Other assets		52
Total assets acquired		77,772
Debt		—
Accounts payable		7,817
Accrued and other liabilities		12,740
Deferred income taxes		11,692
Total liabilities assumed		32,249
Net assets acquired		45,523
Goodwill		20,375
Purchase price	$	65,898

The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities is included in goodwill, and amounted to $20.4 million. The premium in the purchase price paid for the acquisition of RTD primarily relates to growth opportunities from expanding the Company’s distribution footprint into Eastern Canada and through operating synergies available via the consolidation of certain distribution centers in Eastern Canada.

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable were stated at their historical carrying values, which approximate their fair value, given the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. Inventory was recorded at fair value, based on computations which considered many factors including the estimated selling price of the inventory, the cost to dispose the inventory as well as the replacement cost of the inventory, where applicable.

The Company recorded intangible assets based on their estimated fair value which consisted of the following:

In thousands	Estimated Useful Life	Estimated Fair Value
Customer list	16 years	$	40,720
Tradenames	5 years		1,900
Favorable leases	4 years		370
Total		$	42,990

RTD contributed net sales of approximately $143.4 million to the Company for the period from May 1, 2013 to December 28, 2013. Net income contributed by RTD since the acquisition date was approximately $4.0 million which included non-cash amortization of the inventory step-up of $2.7 million and non-cash amortization expense on acquired intangible assets of $4.9 million.

2012 Acquisitions

On November 30, 2012, ATDI and ATD Acquisition Co. V Inc. (“Canada Acquisition”), a newly-formed direct 100% owned Canadian subsidiary of ATDI, entered into a Share Purchase Agreement with 1278104 Alberta Inc. (“Seller”), Triwest Trading (Canada) Ltd., a 100% owned subsidiary of Seller (“Triwest”) and certain shareholders of Seller pursuant to which Canada Acquisition agreed to acquire from Seller all of the issued and outstanding common shares of Triwest along with an outstanding loan owed to Seller by Triwest for approximately $97.5 million, subject to certain post-closing adjustments, including, but not limited to,

56

working capital adjustments. Of the $97.5 million purchase price, $15.0 million is held in escrow pending the resolution of the post-closing adjustments and other escrow release conditions in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement and escrow agreement. As a result of the acquisition, Triwest became a direct 100% owned subsidiary of Canada Acquisition. Triwest (dba: TriCan Tire Distributors, or “TriCan”) is a wholesale distributor of tires, tire parts, tire accessories and related equipment in Canada with distribution centers stretching across the country. The acquisition of TriCan expanded the Company’s footprint and distribution services into Canada for the first time. During second quarter 2013, the Company and the Seller agreed on the post-closing working capital adjustment in accordance with the purchase agreement. This adjustment reduced the purchase price by $3.4 million to $94.1 million with a corresponding decrease to goodwill of $3.4 million.

The acquisition of TriCan was completed on November 30, 2012 and funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The acquisition of TriCan was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with current accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. As a result, the total purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. The allocation of the purchase price is as follows:

In thousands
Cash	$	1,344
Accounts receivable		35,518
Inventory		45,445
Other current assets		495
Property and equipment		1,191
Intangible assets		49,940
Other assets		755
Total assets acquired		134,688
Debt		—
Accounts payable		37,576
Accrued and other liabilities		14,609
Deferred income taxes		13,003
Other liabilities		475
Total liabilities assumed		65,663
Net assets acquired		69,025
Goodwill		25,044
Purchase price	$	94,069

The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities is included in goodwill, and amounted to $25.0 million. The premium in the purchase price paid for the acquisition of TriCan primarily relates to growth opportunities from expanding the Company’s distribution footprint into Canada.

Cash, and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable were stated at their historical carrying values, which approximate their fair value, given the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. Inventory was recorded at fair value, based on computations which considered many factors including the estimated selling price of the inventory, the cost to dispose the inventory as well as the replacement cost of the inventory, where applicable.

57

The Company recorded intangible assets based on their estimated fair value and consisted of the followings:

In thousands	Estimated Useful Life	Estimated Fair Value
Customer list	16 years	$	44,621
Tradenames	7 years		4,958
Favorable leases	6 years		361
Total		$	49,940

The following unaudited pro forma supplementary data for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 gives effect to the acquisition of RTD as if it had occurred on January 1, 2012 (the first day of the Company’s 2012 fiscal year) and gives effect to the acquisition of TriCan as if it had occurred on January 2, 2011 (the first day of the Company’s 2011 fiscal year). The pro forma supplementary data is provided for informational purposes only and should not be construed to be indicative of the Company’s results of operations had the TriCan and RTD acquisitions been consummated on the date assumed and does not project the Company’s results of operations for any future date.

	Pro Forma
In thousands	Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2013			Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012			Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
Net sales	$	3,873,469		$	3,767,037		$	3,234,331
Net income (loss)		(9,007	)		(9,289	)		5,596

The pro forma supplementary data for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 includes $1.9 million, $11.7 million and $5.9 million, respectively, as an adjustment to historical amortization expense as a result of acquired intangible assets.

On May 24, 2012, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Firestone of Denham Springs, Inc. d/b/a Consolidated Tire & Oil (“CTO”) to acquire 100% of the outstanding capital stock of CTO. CTO owned and operated three distribution centers in Baton Rouge, Slidell and Lafayette, Louisiana serving over 500 customers. The acquisition was completed on May 24, 2012 and was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The Company does not believe the acquisition of CTO is a material transaction subject to the disclosures and supplemental pro forma information required by ASC 805 — Business Combinations. As a result, the information is not presented.

The acquisition of CTO was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. A majority of the net assets acquired relate to a customer list intangible asset, which had an acquisition date fair value of $15.9 million. The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities is included in goodwill, and amounted to $10.1 million. The premium in the purchase price paid for the acquisition of CTO reflects the anticipated realization of operational and cost synergies.

2011 Acquisition

On April 15, 2011, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with the Bowlus Service Company d/b/a North Central Tire (“NCT”) to acquire 100% of the outstanding capital stock of NCT. NCT owned and operated three distribution centers in Canton, Ohio, Cincinnati, Ohio and Rochester, New York, serving over 2,700 customers. The acquisition was completed on April 29, 2011 and was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The Company does not believe the acquisition of NCT is a material transaction subject to the disclosures and supplemental pro forma information required by ASC 805 — Business Combinations. As a result, the information is not presented.

The acquisition of NCT was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. A majority of the net assets acquired relates to a customer list intangible asset, which had an acquisition date fair value of $38.2 million. The excess of the

58

purchase price over the amounts allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities is included in goodwill, and amounted to $27.0 million. The premium in the purchase price paid for the acquisition of NCT reflects the anticipated realization of significant operational and cost synergies. The purchase of NCT expanded the Company’s market position in Ohio and Western New York.

4. Inventories:

Inventories consist primarily of automotive tires, custom wheels, tire supplies and tools and are valued at the lower of cost, determined on the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method, or fair market value. The Company performs periodic assessments to determine the existence of obsolete, slow-moving and non-saleable inventories and records necessary provisions to reduce such inventories to net realizable value. A majority of the Company’s tire vendors allow for the return of tire products, subject to certain limitations, specified in supply arrangements with the vendors. In addition, the Company’s inventory is collateral under the ABL Facility and FILO Facility. See Note 9 for further information.

As a result of the TriCan, RTD, TDI and WTD acquisitions, the carrying value of the acquired inventory was increased by $6.3 million, $2.7 million, $0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively, to adjust to estimated fair value in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations. The step-up in inventory value is amortized into cost of goods sold over the period of the Company’s normal inventory turns, which approximates two months. Amortization of the inventory step-up included in cost of goods sold in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 was $5.4 million and $4.1 million, respectively.

5. Assets Held for Sale:

In accordance with current accounting standards, the Company classifies assets as held for sale in the period in which all held for sale criteria is met. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell and are no longer depreciated. At December 28, 2013, assets held for sale totaled $0.9 million, of which $0.5 million were residential properties that were acquired as part of employee relocation packages. The Company is actively marketing these properties and anticipates that they will be sold within a twelve-month period from the date in which they are classified as held for sale.

As part of the Am-Pac Tire Dist., Inc. (“Am-Pac”) acquisition in 2008, the Company acquired a distribution center in California which contained office space that served as Am-Pac’s headquarters. The facility was used as a warehouse within the Company’s distribution operations until its activities were absorbed into nearby existing locations during 2011. During the first quarter of 2013, the Company determined that the carrying value of the facility exceeded its fair value due to current market conditions. As a result, the Company recorded a $0.5 million adjustment related to the fair value of this facility. During the third quarter of 2013, the Company received $3.9 million in cash for the sale of this facility. The carrying value of the facility was $4.0 million. Accordingly, the Company has recognized a pre-tax loss on the sale of this facility of $0.1 million within the accompanying consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

On February 1, 2012, the Company reacquired one of three facilities originally included in a sale-leaseback transaction completed in 2002 that had an initial lease term of 20 years, followed by two 10 year renewal options. The facility was used as a distribution center within the Company’s operations until its activities were relocated to an expanded location during the second quarter of 2012. As a result, the Company classified the facility as held for sale during the third quarter of 2012 when the appropriate criteria was met. During the third quarter of 2013, the Company determined that the carrying value of this facility exceeded its fair value due to current market conditions. As a result, the Company recorded a $0.3 million adjustment related to the fair value of this facility which reduced the carrying value to $1.5 million. In October 2013, the Company received $1.5 million in cash for the sale of this facility.

During third quarter 2013, the Company classified a facility located in Georgia as held for sale. The facility was previously used as a distribution center within the Company’s operations until its activities were relocated to an expanded facility. During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company determined that the carrying value of this facility exceeded its fair value due to current market conditions. As a result, the Company recorded a $0.3 million adjustment related to the fair value of this facility. As of December 28, 2013, the carrying value of this facility was $0.4 million. The Company is actively marketing this property and anticipates that it will be sold within a twelve-month period.

59

6. Property and Equipment:

The following table represents the major classes of property and equipment at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
Land	$	1,665		$	2,108
Buildings and leasehold improvements		22,811			21,554
Machinery and equipment		27,515			21,745
Furniture and fixtures		46,459			39,863
Software		117,607			88,021
Vehicles and other		3,111			3,649
Total property and equipment		219,168			176,940
Less - Accumulated depreciation		(71,312	)		(47,058	)
Property and equipment, net	$	147,856		$	129,882

Depreciation expense was $29.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, $23.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2012 and $16.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. Depreciation expense is classified in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Included in the above table within Land and Buildings and leasehold improvements are assets under capital leases related to the sale and leaseback of two of the Company’s owned facilities (see Note 9). The net book value of these assets at December 28, 2013 and December 29 2012 was $6.9 million and $7.2 million, respectively. Accumulated depreciation was $1.1 million and $0.8 million for the respective periods. Depreciation expense was $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

7. Goodwill:

The Company records as goodwill the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Once the final valuation has been performed for each acquisition, adjustments may be recorded. Goodwill is tested and reviewed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or whenever there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the asset may be less than the carrying amount of the asset.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
Beginning balance	$	483,143		$	446,787
Purchase accounting adjustments		(1,349	)		—
Acquisitions		25,408			36,457
Currency translation		(2,869	)		(101	)
Ending balance	$	504,333		$	483,143

As of December 28, 2013, the Company has recorded goodwill of $504.3 million, of which approximately $26 million of net goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes in future periods. The balance primarily relates to the Merger on May 28, 2010, in which $418.6 million was recorded as goodwill. The Company does not have any accumulated goodwill impairment losses.

On December 13, 2013, TriCan entered into a Share Purchase Agreement to acquire all of the issued and outstanding common shares of WTD. The acquisition was funded through cash on hand. The purchase price has been preliminarily allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. As a result, the Company recorded $1.1 million as goodwill. See Note 3 for additional information.

60

On August 30, 2013, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement to acquire 100% of the outstanding capital stock of TDI. The acquisition was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. During fourth quarter 2013, the Company finalized the post-closing working capital adjustments in accordance with the purchase agreement which increased goodwill by $0.5 million. In addition, the Company adjusted the fair market value of certain working capital items during fourth quarter 2013. These adjustments increased goodwill by $0.2 million to $2.4 million at December 28, 2013. See Note 3 for additional information.

On April 30, 2013, TriCan completed the acquisition of RTD pursuant to a Share Purchase Agreement entered into on March 22, 2013. The acquisition was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility and FILO Facility. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. During third quarter 2013, the Company finalized the post-closing working capital adjustments in accordance with the purchase agreement. This adjustment increased goodwill by $1.0 million to $20.4 million at December 28, 2013. See Note 3 for additional information.

In addition, the Company acquired the inventory and accounts receivable of a small Canadian distributor in February 2013. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired based on their estimated fair market value, which resulted in an increase to goodwill of $1.6 million.

On November 30, 2012, ATDI and Canada Acquisition entered into a Share Purchase Agreement to acquire all of the issued and outstanding common shares of TriCan. The acquisition was completed on November 30, 2012 and was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. During fiscal 2013, the Company finalized the post-closing working capital adjustments in accordance with the purchase agreement which decreased goodwill by $3.4 million. In addition, the Company adjusted the fair market value of certain working capital items during fiscal 2013. These adjustments increased goodwill by $1.4 million to $25.0 million at December 28, 2013. See Note 3 for additional information.

On May 24, 2012, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement to acquire 100% of the outstanding capital stock of CTO. The acquisition was completed on May 24, 2012 and was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. During fiscal 2013, the Company finalized the post-closing working capital adjustments in accordance with the purchase agreement. This adjustment increase goodwill by $0.6 million to $10.1 million at December 28, 2013. See Note 3 for additional information.

8. Intangible Assets:

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested and reviewed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or whenever there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the asset may be less than the carrying amount of the asset. All other intangible assets with finite lives are being amortized on a straight-line basis or accelerated basis over periods ranging from one to nineteen years.

The following table sets forth the gross amount and accumulated amortization of the Company’s intangible assets at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012:

	December 28, 2013				December 29, 2012
In thousands	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Customer lists	$	677,062	$	226,614	$	632,589	$	156,249
Noncompete agreements		12,007		6,400		7,898		2,841
Favorable leases		688		119		360		5
Tradenames		10,531		3,754		9,043		1,990
Total finite-lived intangible assets		700,288		236,887		649,890		161,085
Tradenames (indefinite-lived)		249,893		—		249,893		—
Total intangible assets	$	950,181	$	236,887	$	899,783	$	161,085

61

At December 28, 2013, the Company had $713.3 million of intangible assets. The balance primarily relates to the Merger on May 28, 2010, in which $781.3 million was recorded as intangible assets. As part of the preliminary purchase price allocation of WTD, the Company allocated $4.4 million to a finite-lived customer list intangible asset with a useful life of sixteen years. As part of the purchase price allocation of TDI, the Company allocated $3.4 million to a finite-lived customer list intangible asset with a useful life of sixteen years. As part of the purchase price allocation of RTD, the Company allocated $40.7 million to a finite-lived customer list intangible asset with a useful life of sixteen years, $1.9 million to a finite-lived tradename with a useful life of five years and $0.4 million to a finite-lived favorable leases intangible asset with a useful life of four years. As part of the purchase price allocation of TriCan, the Company allocated $44.6 million to a finite-lived customer list intangible asset with a useful life of sixteen years, $4.9 million to a finite-lived tradename with a useful life of seven years and $0.4 million to a finite-lived favorable leases intangible asset with a useful life of six years. In connection with the acquisition of CTO on May 24, 2012, the Company allocated $15.9 million to a finite-lived customer list intangible asset with a useful life of sixteen years. During 2011, the Company allocated $43.4 million to finite-lived intangible assets, including $38.2 million associated with a customer list as well as $5.2 million associated with a noncompete agreement, in connection with the acquisition of NCT. These intangible assets had a useful life of nineteen years and five years, respectively. See Note 3 for additional information.

Amortization of intangible assets was $76.2 million in fiscal 2013, $66.2 million in fiscal 2012 and $61.8 million in fiscal 2011. Estimated amortization expense on existing intangible assets is expected to approximate $73.2 million in 2014, $62.7 million in 2015, $52.9 million in 2016, $46.2 million in 2017 and $39.6 million in 2018.

9. Long-term Debt:

The following table presents the Company’s long-term debt at December 28, 2013 and at December 29, 2012:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
U.S. ABL Facility	$	417,066		$	478,616
Canadian ABL Facility		36,424			10,976
FILO Facility		51,863			—
Senior Subordinated Notes		200,000			200,000
Senior Secured Notes		248,219			247,802
Capital lease obligations		12,330			12,469
Other		1,098			1,341
Total debt		967,000			951,204
Less - Current maturities		(564	)		(493	)
Long-term debt	$	966,436		$	950,711

The fair value of the Senior Secured Notes was $265.0 million at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 and is based upon quoted market values (Level 1). The fair value of the Senior Subordinated Notes was $212.0 million at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 and is based upon quoted prices for similar liabilities (Level 2).

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt at December 28, 2013, are as follows:

In thousands
2014	$	564
2015		507
2016		554
2017		754,183
2018		200,595
Thereafter		10,597
Total	$	967,000

62

ABL Facility

See Note 18 regarding recent amendment to the Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

Our Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, our “Credit Agreement”) provides for (i) U.S. revolving credit commitments of $850.0 million (of which up to $50.0 million can be utilized in the form of commercial and standby letters of credit), subject to U.S. borrowing base availability (the “U.S. ABL Facility”) and (ii) Canadian revolving credit commitments of $100.0 million (of which up to $10.0 million can be utilized in the form of commercial and standby letters of credit), subject to Canadian borrowing base availability (the “Canadian ABL Facility” and, collectively with the U.S. ABL Facility, the “ABL Facility”). In addition, the Credit Agreement provides the U.S. borrowers under the agreement with a first-in last-out facility (the “FILO Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of up to $60.0 million, subject to a borrowing base specific thereto. The U.S. ABL Facility provides for revolving loans available to ATDI, its 100% owned subsidiary Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc. and any other U.S. subsidiary that the Company designates in the future in accordance with the terms of the agreement. The Canadian ABL Facility provides for revolving loans available to TriCan, RTD and WTD and any other Canadian subsidiaries that the Company designates in the future in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Provided that no default or event of default then exists or would arise therefrom, the Company has the option to request that the ABL Facility be increased by an amount not to exceed $200.0 million (up to $50.0 million of which may be allocated to the Canadian ABL Facility), subject to certain rights of the administrative agent, swingline lender and issuing banks with respect to the lenders providing commitments for such increase. The maturity date for the ABL Facility is November 16, 2017, provided that if on March 1, 2017, either (i) more than $50.0 million in aggregate principal amount of ATDI’s Senior Secured Notes remains outstanding or (ii) any principal amount of ATDI’s Senior Secured Notes remains outstanding with a scheduled maturity date which is earlier than 91 days after November 16, 2017 and excess availability under the ABL Facility is less than 12.5% of the aggregate revolving commitments, then the maturity date will be March 1, 2017. The maturity date for the FILO Facility is October 30, 2014. See Note 18 for additional information regarding the amendment to the FILO Facility and the new maturity date.

At December 28, 2013, the Company had $417.1 million outstanding under the U.S. ABL Facility. In addition, the Company had certain letters of credit outstanding in the aggregate amount of $8.1 million, leaving $236.1 million available for additional borrowings under the U.S. ABL Facility. The outstanding balance of the Canadian ABL Facility at December 28, 2013 was $36.4 million, leaving $41.2 million available for additional borrowings. As of December 28, 2013, the outstanding balance of the FILO Facility was $51.9 million and was classified as long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheet as the FILO Facility was refinanced on a long-term basis on January 31, 2014. See Note 18 for additional information.

Borrowings under the U.S. ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) an Adjusted LIBOR rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin of 2.0% as of December 28, 2013 or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime commercial lending rate published by the Bank of America, N.A. as its “prime rate” for commercial loans, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  ¹⁄₂ of 1% and (3) the one month-Adjusted LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus an applicable margin of 1.0% as of December 28, 2013. The applicable margins under the U.S. ABL Facility are subject to step ups and step downs based on average excess borrowing availability under the ABL Facility.

Borrowings under the Canadian ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to either (a) a Canadian base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the base rate as published by Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) as its “base rate”, (2) the federal funds rate effective plus  ¹⁄₂ of 1% per annum and (3) the one month-LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus an applicable margin of 1.0% as of December 28, 2013 or (b) a Canadian prime rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime rate as published by Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) as its “prime rate”, (2) the sum of  ¹⁄₂ of 1% plus the Canadian overnight rate and (3) the sum of 1% plus the rate of interest per annum equal to the average rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances as published by Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service for a 30 day interest period, plus an applicable margin of 1.0% as of December 28, 2013. The applicable margins under the Canadian ABL Facility are subject to step ups and step downs based on average excess borrowing availability under the ABL Facility.

Borrowings under the FILO Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) an Adjusted LIBOR rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin of 3.5% as of December 28, 2013 or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime commercial lending rate published by the Bank of America, N.A. as its “prime rate” for commercial loans, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  ¹⁄₂ of 1% and (3) the one month-Adjusted LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus an applicable margin of 2.5% as of December 28, 2013. The applicable margins under the FILO Facility are subject to step ups and step downs based on average excess borrowing availability under the ABL Facility.

63

The U.S. and Canadian borrowing base at any time equals the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of:

• 85% of eligible accounts receivable of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus

• The lesser of (a) 70% of the lesser of cost or fair market value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable, and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus

• The lesser of (a) 50% of the lower of cost or market value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable, and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, applicable.

The FILO borrowing base at any time equals the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of:

• 5% of eligible accounts receivable of the U.S. loan parties, as applicable; plus

• 7.5% of the net orderly liquidation value of the eligible tire and non-tire inventory of the U.S. loan parties, as applicable.

All obligations under the U.S. ABL Facility and the FILO Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and substantially all of ATDI’s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic material restricted subsidiaries, other than Tire Pros Francorp and TDI. The Canadian ABL Facility is unconditionally guaranteed by the U.S. loan parties, TriCan, RTD, WTD and any future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned, material restricted Canadian subsidiaries. Obligations under the U.S. ABL Facility and the FILO Facility are secured by a first-priority lien on inventory, accounts receivable and related assets and a second-priority lien on substantially all other assets of the U.S. loan parties, subject to certain exceptions. Obligations under the Canadian ABL Facility are secured by a first-priority lien on inventory, accounts receivable and related assets and a second-priority lien on substantially all other assets of the U.S. loan parties and the Canadian loan parties, subject to certain exceptions.

The ABL Facility and the FILO Facility contain customary covenants, including covenants that restricts the Company’s ability to incur additional debt, grant liens, enter into guarantees, enter into certain mergers, make certain loans and investments, dispose of assets, prepay certain debt, declare dividends, modify certain material agreements, enter into transactions with affiliates or change the Company’s fiscal year. If the amount available for additional borrowings under the ABL Facility is less than the greater of (a) 10.0% of the lesser of (x) the aggregate commitments under the ABL Facility and (y) the aggregate borrowing base and (b) $25.0 million, then the Company would be subject to an additional covenant requiring them to meet a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0. As of December 28, 2013, the Company’s additional borrowing availability under the ABL Facility was above the required amount and the Company was therefore not subject to the additional covenants.

Senior Secured Notes

On May 28, 2010, ATDI issued Senior Secured Notes (“Senior Secured Notes”) due June 1, 2017 in an aggregate principal amount at maturity of $250.0 million. The Senior Secured Notes were issued at a discount from their principal amount at maturity and generated net proceeds of approximately $240.7 million after debt issuance costs (which represents a non-cash financing activity of $9.3 million). The Senior Secured Notes will accrete based on an effective interest rate of 10% to an aggregate accreted value of $250.0 million, the full principal amount at maturity. The Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 9.75% per annum. Interest on the Senior Secured Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2010. The Senior Secured Notes may be redeemed at any time at the option of ATDI, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price of 107.313% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2013 and May 31, 2014, 104.875% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2014 and May 31, 2015, 102.438% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2015 and May 31, 2016 and 100.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2016 and May 31, 2017.

The Senior Secured Notes are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and substantially all of ATDI’s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic material restricted subsidiaries, other than Tire Pros Francorp and TDI, subject to certain exceptions. The Senior Secured Notes are also collateralized by a second-priority lien on accounts receivable and related assets and a first-priority lien on substantially all other assets (other than inventory), in each case of Holdings, ATDI and the guarantor subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

The indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes contains covenants that, among other things, limits ATDI’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt or issue preferred stock; pay certain dividends or make certain distributions in respect of ATDI’s or repurchase or redeem ATDI’s capital stock; make certain loans, investments or other restricted payments; place restrictions on the ability of ATDI’s subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to ATDI; engage in transactions with stockholders or affiliates; transfer or sell certain assets; guarantee indebtedness or incur other contingent obligations; incur certain liens; consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of ATDI’s assets; enter into certain transactions with ATDI’s affiliates; and designate ATDI’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

64

Senior Subordinated Notes

See Note 18 regarding a recent amendment to the Senior Subordinated Indenture and the issuance of additional Senior Subordinated Notes.

On May 28, 2010, ATDI issued Senior Subordinated Notes due June 1, 2018 (“Senior Subordinated Notes”) in an aggregate principal amount of $200.0 million. The Senior Subordinated Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 11.50% per annum. Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2010. The Senior Subordinated Notes may be redeemed at any time at the option of ATDI, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price of 104.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2013 and May 31, 2014, 102.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2014 and May 31, 2015 and 100.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2015 and May 31, 2016.

The Senior Subordinated Notes are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and substantially all of ATDI’s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic material restricted subsidiaries, other than Tire Pros Francorp and TDI, subject to certain exceptions.

The indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes contains covenants that, among other things, limits ATDI’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt or issue preferred stock; pay certain dividends or make certain distributions in respect of ATDI’s or repurchase or redeem ATDI’s capital stock; make certain loans, investments or other restricted payments; place restrictions on the ability of ATDI’s subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to ATDI; engage in transactions with stockholders or affiliates; transfer or sell certain assets; guarantee indebtedness or incur other contingent obligations; incur certain liens without securing the Senior Subordinated Notes; consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of ATDI’s assets; enter into certain transactions with ATDI’s affiliates; and designate ATDI’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

Capital Lease Obligations

At December 31, 2011, the Company had a capital lease obligation of $14.1 million, which related to the 2002 sale and subsequent leaseback of three of its owned facilities. Due to continuing involvement with the properties, the Company accounted for the transaction as a direct financing lease and recorded the cash received as a financing obligation. The transaction had an initial lease term of 20 years, followed by two 10 year renewal options. No gain or loss was recognized as a result of the initial sales transaction.

On February 1, 2012, the Company reacquired one of the three facilities included in the 2002 sale-leaseback transaction for $1.5 million. Accordingly, the original lease was amended to extend the lease term on the two remaining facilities by 5 years as well as to adjust the future lease payments over the remaining 15 years. Per current accounting guidance, the change in the debt terms was not considered substantial. As a result, the Company treated the amendment as a debt modification for accounting purposes and therefore, reduced the financing obligation by the purchase price. Cash payments to the lessor are allocated between interest expense and amortization of the financing obligation. At the end of the lease term, the Company will recognize the sale of the remaining facilities; however, no gain or loss will be recognized as the financing obligation will equal the expected carrying value of the facilities. At December 28, 2013, the outstanding balance of the financing obligation was $12.2 million.

10. Derivative Instruments:

In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to the risk associated with exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on its variable rate debt. These fluctuations can increase the cost of financing, investing and operating the business. The Company has used derivative financial instruments to help manage this risk and reduce the impacts of these exposures and not for trading or other speculative purposes. All derivatives are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at their fair value as either assets or liabilities. Changes in the fair value of contracts that qualify for hedge accounting treatment are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, and are recognized in net income (loss) in the statement of comprehensive income (loss) at the time earnings are affected by the hedged transaction. For other derivatives, changes in the fair value of the contract are recognized immediately in net income (loss) in the statement of comprehensive income (loss).

On September 4, 2013, the Company entered into a spot interest rate swap and two forward-starting interest rate swaps (collectively the “3Q 2013 Swaps”) each of which are used to hedge a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in its variable interest rate debt. The spot interest rate swap in place covers a notional amount of $100.0 million at a fixed interest rate of 1.145%

65

and expires in September 2016. The forward-starting interest rate swaps in place cover an aggregate notional amount of $100.0 million, of which $50.0 million becomes effective in September 2014 at a fixed interest rate of 1.464% and will expire in September 2016 and $50.0 million becomes effective in September 2015 at a fixed interest rate of 1.942% and will expire in September 2016. The counterparty to each swap is a major financial institution. The 3Q 2013 Swaps do not meet the criteria to qualify for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, changes in the fair value of each contract is recognized in net income (loss) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

On August 1, 2012, the Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements (“3Q 2012 Swaps”) used to hedge a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in its variable interest rate debt. The swaps in place cover an aggregate notional amount of $100.00 million, with each $50.0 million contract having a fixed rate of 0.655% and expiring in June 2016. The counterparty to each swap is a major financial institution. The 3Q 2012 Swaps do not meet the criteria to qualify for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, changes in the fair value of each contract is recognized in net income (loss) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

On September 23, 2011, the Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements (“3Q 2011 Swaps”) used to hedge a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in its variable interest rate debt. The swaps in place cover an aggregate notional amount of $100.0 million, of which $50.0 million is at a fixed rate of 0.74% and will expire in September 2014 and $50.0 million is at a fixed rate of 1.0% and will expire in September 2015. The counterpart to each swap is a major financial institution. The 3Q 2011 Swaps do not meet the criteria to qualify for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, changes in the fair value of each contract is recognized in net income (loss) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

On February 24, 2011, the Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements (“1Q 2011 Swaps”) used to hedge a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in its variable interest rate debt. The swaps in place covered an aggregate notional amount of $75.0 million, of which $25.0 million was at a fixed interest rate of 0.585% and expired in February 2012. The remaining swap covered an aggregate notional amount of $50.0 million at a fixed interest rate of 1.105% and expired in February 2013. The counterparty to each swap was a major financial institution. Neither swap met the criteria to qualify for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, changes in the fair value of each contract were recognized in net income (loss) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

The following table presents the fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments included within the consolidated balance sheets as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012:

		Liability Derivatives
In thousands	Balance Sheet Location	December 28, 2013		December 29, 2012
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
1Q 2011 swap - $50 million notional	Accrued expenses	$	—	$	149
3Q 2011 swaps - $100 million notional	Accrued expenses		792		1,314
3Q 2012 swaps - $100 million notional	Accrued expenses		280		750
3Q 2013 swaps - $200 million notional	Accrued expenses		1,880		—
Total		$	2,952	$	2,213

66

The pre-tax effect of the Company’s derivative instruments on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) was as follows:

		(Gain) Loss Recognized
In thousands	Location of (Gain) Loss Recognized	Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2013			Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012			Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
1Q 2011 swap - $50 million notional	Interest Expense	$	(149	)	$	(154	)	$	303
1Q 2011 swap - $25 million notional	Interest Expense		—			(12	)		12
3Q 2011 swaps - $100 million notional	Interest Expense		(522	)		764			551
3Q 2012 swaps - $100 million notional	Interest Expense		(470	)		750			—
3Q 2013 swaps - $200 million notional	Interest Expense		1,880			—			—
Total		$	739		$	1,348		$	866

11. Fair Value of Financial Instruments:

The accounting standard for fair value measurements establishes a framework for measuring fair value that is based on the inputs market participants use to determine the fair value of an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy to prioritize those inputs. The fair value hierarchy is comprised of three levels that are described below:

• Level 1 — Inputs based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

• Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 quoted prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

• Level 3 — Unobservable inputs based on little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

The fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs are obtained from independent sources and can be validated by a third party, whereas unobservable inputs reflect assumptions regarding what a third party would use in pricing an asset or liability based on the best information available under the circumstances. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The following table presents the fair value and hierarchy levels for the Company’s assets and liabilities, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 28, 2013:

	Fair Value Measurements
In thousands	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Benefit trust assets	$	3,412	$	3,412	$	—	$	—
Total	$	3,412	$	3,412	$	—	$	—
Liabilities:
Derivative instruments	$	2,952	$	—	$	2,952	$	—
Total	$	2,952	$	—	$	2,952	$	—

67

ASC 820 — Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company determines fair value of its financial assets and liabilities using the following methodologies:

• Benefit trust assets — These assets include money market and mutual funds that are the underlying for deferred compensation plan assets, held in a rabbi trust. The fair value of the assets is based on observable market prices quoted in readily accessible and observable markets.

• Derivative instruments — These instruments consist of interest rate swaps. The fair value is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments from a financial institution that is counterparty to the transaction.

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The methodologies used by the Company to determine the fair value of its financial assets and liabilities on a recurring basis at December 28, 2013 are the same as those used at December 29, 2012. As a result, there have been no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 categories.

12. Employee Benefits:

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards in accordance with ASC 718 — Compensation, which requires a fair-value based method for measuring the value of stock-based compensation. Fair value is measured once at the date of grant and is not adjusted for subsequent changes. The Company’s stock-based compensation plans include programs for stock options and restricted stock units.

Stock Options

In August 2010, the Company’s indirect parent company adopted a Management Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”), pursuant to which the indirect parent company will grant options to selected employees and directors of the Company. The 2010 Plan, which includes both time-based and performance-based awards, was amended on February 15, 2013 by the board of directors of the Company’s indirect parent, Accelerate Parent Corp., to increase the maximum number of shares of common stock for which stock options may be granted under the 2010 Plan, from 48.6 million to 52.1 million. In addition to the increase in the maximum number of shares, on February 15, 2013 the board of directors of Accelerate Parent Corp. approved the issuance of stock options to certain members of management. The approved options are for the purchase of up to 3.5 million shares of common stock, have an exercise price of $1.20 per share, and vest over a three to five-year vesting period. As of December 28, 2013, the Company has 2.5 million shares available for future incentive awards.

Changes in options outstanding under the 2010 Plan are as follows:

	Options Outstanding			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Options Exercisable		Weighted Average Exercise Price
January 1, 2011		44,448,000			1.00		—		—
Granted		1,900,000			1.00		n/a		n/a
Cancelled		(1,749,600	)		1.00		n/a		n/a
December 31, 2011		44,598,400		$	1.00		8,710,401	$	1.00
Granted		2,277,600			1.14		n/a		n/a
Exercised		(38,000	)		1.00		n/a		n/a
Cancelled		(156,400	)		1.00		n/a		n/a
December 29, 2012		46,681,600		$	1.01		17,594,936	$	1.00
Granted		3,500,002			1.20		n/a		n/a
Exercised		—			—		n/a		n/a
Cancelled		(665,099	)		1.01		n/a		n/a
December 28, 2013		49,516,503		$	1.02		27,794,844	$	1.01

Options granted under the 2010 Plan expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant and vest based on the passage of time and/or the achievement of certain performance targets in equal installments over three or five years. The weighted-average remaining contractual term for options outstanding and exercisable at December 28, 2013 was 6.9 years and 6.8 years, respectively. The fair value of each of the Company’s time-based stock option awards is expensed on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the three or five-year vesting period of the options. However, for options granted with performance target

68

requirements, compensation expense is recognized when it is probable that both the performance target will be achieved and the requisite service period is satisfied. At December 28, 2013 unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested options granted under the 2010 Plan totaled $7.6 million and the weighted-average period over which this expense will be recognized is 1.3 years.

The weighted average fair value of the stock options granted during the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $0.54, $0.50 and $0.44, respectively, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted average assumptions were used:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Risk-free interest rate		1.38	%		1.48	%		2.41	%
Dividend yield		—			—			—
Expected life		6.0 years			6.5 years			6.4 years
Volatility		45.39	%		42.81	%		40.75	%

As the Company does not have sufficient historical volatility data for the Company’s own common stock, the stock price volatility utilized in the fair value calculation is based on the Company’s peer group in the industry in which it does business. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield curve of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond on the date the award is granted with a maturity equal to the expected term of the award. Because the Company does not have relevant data available regarding the expected life of the award, the expected life of the award is derived from the Simplified Method as allowed under SAB Topic 14.

Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)

In October 2010, the Company’s indirect parent company adopted the Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Plan (the “2010 RSU Plan”), pursuant to which the indirect parent company will grant restricted stock units to non-employee directors of the Company. Upon vesting, these awards entitle the holder to receive one share of common stock for each restricted stock unit granted. The 2010 RSU Plan provides that a maximum of 0.8 million shares of common stock of the indirect parent company may be granted to non-employee directors of the Company, of which 0.3 million remain available at December 28, 2013 for future incentive awards.

The following table summarizes RSU activity under the 2010 RSU Plan:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding and unvested at January 1, 2011		150,000		$	1.00
Granted		100,000			1.00
Vested		(75,000	)		1.00
Cancelled		—			—
Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2011		175,000		$	1.00
Granted		219,298			1.14
Vested		(125,000	)		1.00
Cancelled		—			—
Outstanding and unvested at December 29, 2012		269,298		$	1.11
Granted		—			—
Vested		(159,649	)		1.10
Cancelled		(21,930	)		1.14
Outstanding and unvested at December 28, 2013		87,719		$	1.14

The fair value of each of the RSU awards is measured as the grant-date price of the common stock and is expensed on a straight- line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the two year vesting period. At December 28, 2013, the Company has recognized all compensation expense related to non-vested RSUs granted under the 2010 RSU Plan as all outstanding and unvested RSUs at December 28, 2013 will vest at the beginning of fiscal 2014.

69

Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation expense is included in selling general and administrative expenses within the accompanying consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss). The amount of compensation expense recognized during a period is based on the portion of the granted awards that are expected to vest. Ultimately, the total expense recognized over the vesting period will equal the fair value of the awards as of the grant date that actually vest. The following table summarizes the compensation expense recognized:

	Fiscal Year Ended
In thousands	December 28, 2013		December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Stock Options	$	2,524	$	4,118	$	3,999
Restricted Stock Units		110		231		115
Total	$	2,634	$	4,349	$	4,114

Deferred Compensation Plan

The Company has a deferred compensation plan for its top executives and divisional employees covered by the executive bonus plan to encourage each participant to promote the long-term interests of the Company. Each participant is allowed to defer portions of their annual salary as well as bonuses received into the plan. In addition to employee deferrals, the Company makes contributions on behalf of its top executives and certain of the divisional employees in varying amounts. The plan provides that an employee who becomes a participant on or before November 23, 1998, shall be fully vested in all amounts credited to such participant’s account. An employee who becomes a participant after November 23, 1998 shall be at all times fully vested in elective deferrals into such participant’s account and, as to contributions made by the Company, shall vest at a rate of twenty percent (20%) per year as long as such participant is an employee on January 1 of each year. The deferred compensation plan may be altered and amended by the Company’s Board of Directors.

At December 28, 2013, the Company’s obligation related to its deferred compensation plan was $3.4 million, recorded in the consolidated balance sheet within other non-current liabilities. At December 29, 2012, the Company’s obligation related to its deferred compensation plan was $2.7 million. The Company provides for funding of the obligation through a Rabbi Trust, which holds various investments, including mutual funds and money market funds. Amounts related to the Rabbi Trust were $3.4 million and $2.7 million at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively, and are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets within other non-current assets. Contributions made by the Company on behalf of its employees were less than $0.1 million during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011.

401(k) Plans

The Company maintains a qualified profit sharing and 401(k) plan for eligible employees. All accounts are funded based on employee contributions to the plan, with the limits of such contributions determined by the Board of Directors. Effective January 1, 2002, the benefit formula for all participants was determined to be a match of 50% of participant contributions, up to 6% of their compensation. The plan also provides for contributions in such amounts as the Board of Directors may annually determine for the profit sharing portion of the plan. Employees vest in the 401(k) match and profit sharing contribution over a 5-year period.

The Company match of participant contributions is recorded within selling, general and administrative expense. For the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company contributed $2.8 million, $2.0 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

70

13. Commitments and Contingencies:

Leases

The Company leases land, buildings, equipment and vehicles under various noncancellable operating leases, which expire between 2014 and 2027. Future minimum lease commitments, net of sublease income, at December 28, 2013 are as follows:

In thousands
2014	$	88,941
2015		79,087
2016		68,646
2017		60,772
2018		51,786
Thereafter		175,115
Total	$	524,347

The Company’s rent expense, net of sublease income, under these operating leases was $92.9 million in fiscal 2013, $75.1 million in fiscal 2012 and $59.1 million in fiscal 2011.

On March 27, 2002, the Company completed an agreement for the sale and leaseback of three of its owned facilities. On February 1, 2012, the Company reacquired one of the three facilities included in the 2002 sale-leaseback transaction. Accordingly, the original lease was amended to extend the lease term on the two remaining facilities by 5 years as well as to adjust the future lease payments over the remaining 15 years. The Company reports this transaction as a capital lease using direct financing lease accounting. As such, the Company has a capital lease obligation of $12.2 million at December 28, 2013. See Note 9 for more information on this capital lease. Obligations under the Company’s other capital leases are not material.

The Company remains liable as a guarantor on certain leases related to Winston Tire Company. As of December 28, 2013, the Company’s total obligations, as guarantor on these leases, are approximately $2.0 million extending over five years. However, the Company has secured assignments or sublease agreements for the vast majority of these commitments with contractually assigned or subleased rentals of approximately $1.8 million. A provision has been made for the net present value of the estimated shortfall.

Legal and Tax Proceedings

The Company is involved from time to time in various lawsuits, including class action lawsuits as well as various audits and reviews regarding its federal, state and local tax filings, arising out of the ordinary conduct of its business. Management does not expect that any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business or financial condition. As to tax filings, the Company believes that the various tax filings have been made in a timely fashion and in accordance with applicable federal, state, foreign and local tax code requirements. Additionally, the Company believes that it has adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable resolution of any tax disputes, but will adjust its reserves if events so dictate in accordance with FASB authoritative guidance. To the extent that the ultimate results differ from the original or adjusted estimates of the Company, the effect will be recorded in accordance with the accounting standards for income taxes. See Note 14 for further description of the accounting standards for income taxes and the related impacts.

71

14. Income Taxes:

The Company’s income tax provision (benefit) consisted of the following components:

	Fiscal Year Ended
In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Federal:
Current provision (benefit)	$	13,944		$	5,420		$	8,668
Deferred provision (benefit)		(18,141	)		(9,802	)		(7,327	)
Total		(4,197	)		(4,382	)		1,341
State:
Current provision (benefit)		3,707			1,884			3,278
Deferred provision (benefit)		(3,644	)		(2,037	)		(262	)
Total		63			(153	)		3,016
Foreign:
Current provision (benefit)		1,963			49			—
Deferred provision (benefit)		(1,774	)		(1,192	)		—
Total		189			(1,143	)		—
Total provision (benefit)	$	(3,945	)	$	(5,678	)	$	4,357

The provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the amount of income taxes computed by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to pretax income (loss), as a result of the following differences:

	Fiscal Year Ended
In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Income tax provision (benefit) computed at the federal statutory rate	$	(3,608	)	$	(7,008	)	$	1,566
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit		676			(100	)		613
Benefit of lower foreign rate		(84	)		395			—
Increase in state effective tax rate		—			—			2,073
Permanent differences		652			437			505
Debt issuance costs		(244	)		(221	)		(200	)
Non-deductible transaction costs		566			430			—
Tax settlements and other adjustments to uncertain tax positions		(1,542	)		138			(376	)
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance		(281	)		132			176
Other		(80	)		119			—
Income tax provision (benefit)	$	(3,945	)	$	(5,678	)	$	4,357

72

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of (a) temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax reporting purposes and (b) operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. As of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, amounts related to deferred income taxes have been classified in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as follows:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
Deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Current	$	15,719		$	16,458
Noncurrent		(270,576	)		(285,345	)
Total	$	(254,857	)	$	(268,887	)

The tax effects of the significant temporary differences that comprise deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 for the Company are as follows:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued expenses and liabilities	$	8,686		$	8,490
Net operating loss carry-forwards		1,233			2,059
Employee benefits		9,622			7,594
Inventory cost capitalization		6,359			7,633
Other assets		(925	)		954
Other		5,214			5,534
Gross deferred tax assets		30,189			32,264
Less: Deferred tax valuation allowances		(750	)		(762	)
Net deferred tax assets		29,439			31,502
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles		(283,033	)		(299,262	)
Other		(1,263	)		(1,127	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(284,296	)		(300,389	)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)	$	(254,857	)	$	(268,887	)

As part of the Merger, the Company generated substantial tax deductions relating to the exercise of stock options and payments made for transaction expenses. At December 28, 2013, the balance of this acquired non-current deferred tax asset is $5.9 million, which represents the anticipated tax benefits that the Company expects to achieve in future years from such deductions. The remaining net deferred tax liability primarily relates to the expected future tax liability associated with the non-deductible, identified, intangible assets that were recorded during the Merger less existing tax deductible intangibles, assuming an effective tax rate of 39.6%. It is the Company’s intention to indefinitely reinvest all undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries. As these earnings are considered permanently reinvested, no provisions for U.S. federal or state income taxes are required under ASC 740-30. Determination of the amount of unrecognized U.S. federal and state deferred tax liabilities on these unremitted earnings is not practicable.

Management regularly reviews the recoverability of deferred tax assets, and where appropriate, establishes a valuation allowance against them. The Company concluded that certain deferred tax assets related to certain capital losses do not meet the requirement of being more likely than not that they will be realized. As a result, the Company established a valuation allowance against them.

At December 28, 2013, the Company had $1.6 million of NOLs available for federal tax purposes as well as $14.2 million available for state tax purposes. The NOLs are available to offset taxable income in future years and expire between 2014 and 2029. The Company expects to utilize these NOLs prior to their expiration date.

At December 28, 2013, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $0.7 million, of which $0.4 million is included within accrued expenses and $0.3 million is included within other liabilities within the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate is $0.2 million as of December 28, 2013. In addition, $0.5 million related to temporary timing differences.

73

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Beginning balance	$	1,953		$	1,815	$	2,181
(Reductions) additions based on tax positions related to the current year, net		(688	)		138		(366	)
Settlements		—			—		—
Reductions for lapse in statute of limitations		(559	)		—		—
Ending balance	$	706		$	1,953	$	1,815

During the next 12 months, management does not believe it is reasonably possible that there will be a significant change in the Company’s uncertain tax benefits.

While the Company believes that it has adequately provided for all tax positions, amounts asserted by taxing authorities could be greater than the Company’s accrued position. Accordingly, additional provisions of federal and state-related matters could be recorded in the future as revised estimates are made or the underlying matters are settled or otherwise resolved.

The Company files federal income tax returns, as well as multiple state jurisdiction tax returns. The tax years 2010 — 2012 remain open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service. The tax years 2010 — 2012 remain open to examination by other major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject (primarily Canada and other state and local jurisdictions).

In September 2013, the Internal Revenue Service released final Tangible Property Regulations (the “Final Regulations”). The Final Regulations provide guidance on applying Section 263(a) of the Code to amounts paid to acquire, produce or improve tangible property, as well as rules for materials and supplies (Code Section 162). These regulations contain certain changes from the temporary and proposed tangible property regulations that were issued on December 27, 2011. The Final Regulations are generally effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2014. In addition, taxpayers are permitted to early adopt the Final Regulations for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2012. The Company does not expect the Final Regulations to have a material effect on its results of operations. The Company is currently evaluating the impact on its financial condition.

15. Stockholder’s Equity

See Note 18 regarding recent equity contribution received from TPG and certain co-investors.

In connection with the Merger on May 28, 2010, TPG and certain co-investors contributed $675.4 million through the purchase of common stock in Holdings indirect parent company. In accordance with push-down accounting, the basis in these shares of common stock has been pushed down from the indirect parent company to Holdings and recorded in additional paid-in capital. Subsequent to May 28, 2010, certain members of Holdings management and certain board members purchased common stock in Holdings indirect parent company. At December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, these amounts totaled $8.7 million. Accordingly, the Company recorded the basis in these shares in additional paid-in capital.

On November 30, 2012, TPG and certain co-investors contributed $60.0 million through the purchase of 50.0 million shares of common stock in Holdings indirect parent company. The proceeds from this equity contribution were used to fund a portion of the purchase price for the acquisition of TriCan. Accordingly, the Company recorded the basis in these shares in additional paid-in capital. See Note 3 for additional information on the TriCan acquisition.

Common Stock

The authorized share capital of Holdings is $10, consisting of 1,000 common shares, par value $0.01. At December 28, 2013, Accelerate Holdings Corp. owns 100% of Holdings issued and outstanding common stock.

74

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company maintains a deferred compensation plan for certain eligible employees, in which the obligation is funded through a Rabbi Trust. Unrealized gains and losses on Rabbi Trust assets are recorded net of tax in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and amounted to a gain of $0.2 and $0.1 million at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively.

In addition, gains and losses resulting from the translation of foreign currency are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and amounted to a loss of $9.1 million and $0.3 million at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively.

16. Related Party Transaction:

Upon the closing of the Merger, the Company entered into a transaction and monitoring fee letter agreement with TPG pursuant to which the Company retained TPG to provide certain management, consulting, and financial services to the Company, when and as requested by the Company. The Company agreed to pay TPG a monitoring fee equal to 2.0% of adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and other adjustments (“Adjusted EBITDA”). The monitoring fee is payable in quarterly installments in arrears at the end of each fiscal quarter. In the event of an initial public offering, sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or a change of control transaction, TPG is entitled to receive, on its request and in lieu of any continuing payment of the monitoring fee, an aggregate termination fee of $12.5 million. For the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company recorded $5.8 million, $7.4 million and $4.6 million, respectively in expense related to the monitoring fee for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 which is included in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

17. Geographic Area Information:

The following table presents net sales and long-lived assets by geographic area. Net sales by country were determined based on the location of the selling subsidiary. Long-lived assets consisted of property and equipment, net

	Fiscal Year Ended
In thousands	December 28, 2013		December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Net sales to external customers:
United States	$	3,499,770		3,443,781		3,050,240
Canada		339,499		12,083		—
Total	$	3,839,269	$	3,455,864	$	3,050,240

	Fiscal Year Ended
In thousands	December 28, 2013		December 29, 2012
Long-lived assets:
United States	$	141,055		128,724
Canada		6,801		1,158
Total	$	147,856	$	129,882

18. Subsequent Event:

Kipling Acquisition

On January 17, 2014, TriCan entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Kipling Tire Co. LTD., a corporation governed by the laws of the Province of Ontario (“Kipling”), pursuant to which TriCan agreed to acquire the wholesale distribution business of Kipling. Kipling has operated as a retail-wholesale business since 1982. Kipling’s wholesale business distributes tires from its Etobicoke facilities to approximately 400 retail customers in Southern Ontario. Kipling’s retail operations were not acquired by TriCan and will continue to operate under its current ownership. This acquisition will further strengthen TriCan’s presence in the

75

Southern Ontario region of Canada. The acquisition was completed on January 17, 2014 and was funded through the Company’s Canadian ABL Facility. The Company does not believe the acquisition of Kipling is a material transaction subject to the disclosures and supplemental pro forma information required by ASC 805 — Business Combinations. As a result, the information is not presented.

Hercules Acquisition

On January 24, 2014, ATD Merger Sub II LLC (“Buyer” or “Merger Sub”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings and ATDI, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Hercules Tire Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Hercules Holdings”), the equityholders of Hercules Holdings (each a “Seller” and, collectively, the “Sellers”) and the Sellers’ Representative, pursuant to which Merger Sub will be merged with and into Hercules Holdings (the “Merger”), with Hercules Holdings being the surviving entity and becoming an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings. Hercules Holdings owns all of the capital stock of The Hercules Tire & Rubber Company, a Connecticut corporation (“Hercules”). Hercules is engaged in the business of purchasing, marketing, distributing and selling after-market replacement tires for passenger cars, trucks, and certain off road vehicles to tire dealers, wholesale distributors, retail distributors and other in the United States, Canada and internationally.

The Merger was completed on January 31, 2014 for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $311.5 million (the “Hercules Closing Purchase Price”), plus up to $10.0 million in additional consideration contingent upon the occurrence of certain performance-related and other post-closing events (to the extent payable, the “Hercules Additional Purchase Price” and, collectively with the Hercules Closing Purchase Price, the “Hercules Purchase Price”). The Hercules Closing Purchase Price is subject to certain post-closing adjustments, including, but not limited to, working capital adjustments.

The Hercules Closing Purchase Price was funded by a combination of the issuance of additional Senior Subordinated Notes, as more fully described below, an equity contribution of $50.0 million from Holdings’ indirect parent and borrowings under Holdings’ credit agreement, as more fully described below. The equity contribution was funded from proceeds of the sale by Accelerate Parent Corp., Holdings’ indirect parent, of 33.3 million shares of common stock to affiliates of TPG Capital L.P. and certain co-investors.

The Merger will be recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the information is not yet available to perform the preliminary purchase price allocation and prepare the supplemental pro forma disclosures. The disclosures and supplemental pro forma information required by ASC 805 — Business Combinations will be made when the information becomes available.

Terry’s Tire Acquisition

On February 17, 2014, ATDI entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with TTT Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Seller”) pursuant to which ATDI agreed to acquire from Seller all of the outstanding capital stock of Terry’s Tire Town Holdings, Inc., an Ohio corporation (“Terry’s Tire”). Terry’s Tire and its subsidiaries are engaged in the business of purchasing, marketing, distributing and selling tires, wheels and related tire and wheel accessories on a wholesale basis to tire dealers, wholesale distributors, retail chains, automotive dealers and others, retreading tires and selling retread and other commercial tires through commercial outlets to end users and selling tires directly to consumers via the internet.

The consummation of the Terry’s Tire acquisition, which is subject to customary closing conditions (including expiration or termination of the applicable waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended), is expected to occur by the end of Holdings’ first quarter or early in the second quarter of 2014. The Stock Purchase Agreement provides for the payment of aggregate cash consideration of approximately $345.0 million, subject to certain customary pre-closing adjustments (the “Terry’s Tire Closing Purchase Price”), plus up to $20.0 million in additional consideration contingent upon the occurrence of certain post-closing events (to the extent payable, the “Terry’s Tire Additional Purchase Price” and, collectively with the Terry’s Tire Closing Purchase Price, the “Terry’s Tire Purchase Price.”) The Terry’s Tire Closing Purchase Price is subject to certain post-closing adjustments, including, but not limited to, working capital adjustments. The Terry’s Tire Purchase Price is expected to be funded by a combination of the issuance of additional debt (as described below) and other resources available to ATDI, including the existing credit agreement. In connection with the entry into the Stock Purchase Agreement, ATDI entered into a debt financing commitment letter (the “Debt Commitment Letter”) with Bank of America, N.A. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (together, the “Lenders”) on February 17, 2014, pursuant to which the Lenders have committed to arrange and provide a $300.0 million senior secured term loan facility on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter. ATDI’s obligations under the Stock Purchase Agreement are not conditioned on receipt of financing.

76

Amendment of Senior Subordinated Indenture

On January 31, 2014, ATDI entered into the Sixth Supplemental Indenture (the “Sixth Supplemental Indenture”) with The Bank of New York Mellon Trust company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”) and the guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”) to the Subordinated Notes Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2010, among ATDI, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Subordinated Indenture”) relating to the $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 11.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 of ATDI initially issued on May 28, 2010 (the “Initial Subordinated Notes”). ATDI received consents from a 100% of the holders of the Initial Subordinated Notes and accepted such consents. The amendments included in the Sixth Supplemental Indenture provide for ATDI’s ability to incur additional senior debt under the Subordinated Indenture under certain circumstances.

Subordinated Notes Offering

In connection with the consummation of the Hercules Merger, on January 31, 2014, ATDI completed the sale to certain purchasers of $225.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 11.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 (the “Additional Subordinated Notes”). The net proceeds to ATDI from the sale of the Additional Subordinated Notes was approximately $221.1 million.

The Additional Subordinated Notes were issued pursuant to the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2014, among ATDI, the Guarantors and the Trustee (the “Seventh Supplemental Indenture”) to the Senior Subordinated Indenture. The Additional Subordinated Notes have identical terms to the Initial Subordinated Notes, except the Additional Subordinated Notes will accrue interest from January 31, 2014. The Additional Subordinated Notes and the Initial Subordinated Notes will be treated as a single class of securities for all purposes under the Subordinated Indenture. However, the Additional Subordinated Notes will be issued with separate CUSIP numbers from the Initial Subordinated Notes and will not be fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the Initial Subordinated Notes.

Interest on the Additional Subordinated Notes will be paid semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on June 1, 2014. The Additional Subordinated Notes will mature on June 1, 2018. The Additional Subordinated Notes may be redeemed at any time at the option of ATDI, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price of 104.0% of the principal amount if the redemption rate occurs between June 1, 2013 and May 31, 2014, 102.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2014 and May 31, 2015 and 100.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs on June 1, 2015 or thereafter.

Credit Agreement Amendment

Also in connection with the Hercules Merger, on January 31, 2014, Holdings entered into the Second Amendment to Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Second Amendment”). The Second Amendment (1) increases the aggregate principal amount available under the Canadian ABL Facility from $100.0 million to $125.0 million, subject to the Canadian borrowing base, (2) increases the aggregate principal amount available under the U.S. first-in last-out facility (the “U.S. FILO Facility”) from $60.0 million to $80.0 million, subject to the borrowing base specific thereto as modified by the Second Amendment (3) extends the maturity date for the U.S. FILO Facility to 36 months from January 31, 2014, (4) increases the inventory advance rate under the U.S. FILO Facility borrowing base from 7.5% to 10.0% of net orderly liquidation value, and (5) provides the Canadian Borrowers under the agreement with a new first-in last-out facility (the “Canadian FILO Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of up to $15.0 million, subject to a borrowing base specific thereto. The Canadian FILO borrowing base at any time equals the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of (i) 5% of eligible accounts receivable of the Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus (ii) 10.0% of the net orderly liquidation value of the eligible tire and non-tire inventory of the Canadian loan parties, as applicable. The maturity date for the Canadian FILO Facility is the date that is 36 months from January 31, 2014. Hercules, and certain of its subsidiaries, was made a party to, and its equity interests were pledged as collateral under, the Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement upon closing of the Merger. The Second Amendment also made certain other changes to the Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. The Second Amendment did not change the maturity dates of the U.S. ABL Facility or the Canadian ABL Facility or the material terms under which either facility may be accelerated or the U.S. ABL Facility may be increased. Approximately $40.4 million, net of cash received in the Merger, was drawn under the U.S. ABL Facility to finance a portion of the Hercules Closing Purchase Price. Immediately following the closing of the Merger, $5.6 million was drawn on the Canadian FILO Facility with a corresponding decrease to the Canadian ABL Facility.

77

19. Subsidiary Guarantor Financial Information:

ATDI is the issuer of $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes and $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Secured Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes (collectively, the “Notes”) are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by Holdings, Am-Pac and Tire Wholesalers, Inc. (“Tire Wholesalers”). ATDI is a direct 100% owned subsidiary of Holdings and Am-Pac and Tire Wholesalers are indirect 100% owned subsidiaries of Holdings. None of the Company’s other subsidiaries guarantees the Notes. The guarantees provided by Holdings, Am-Pac and Tire Wholesalers can be released in certain customary circumstances.

In accordance with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, the following presents condensed consolidating financial information for:

• Holdings, under the column heading “Parent Company”;

• ATDI, under the column heading “Subsidiary Issuer”;

• Am-Pac and Tire Wholesalers, on a combined basis, under the column heading “Guarantor Subsidiaries”;

• The Company’s other subsidiaries, on a combined basis, under the column heading “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”;

• Consolidating entries and eliminations, under the column heading “Eliminations”; and

• Holdings, ATDI and their subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, under the column heading “Consolidated.”

At the beginning of 2013, the Company merged a subsidiary that previously guaranteed the Notes, Firestone of Denham Springs, Inc. d/b/a Consolidated Tire & Oil, into ATDI.

78

The condensed consolidating financial information for the Company is as follows:

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 are as follows:

In thousands	As of December 28, 2013
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	21,712		$	—		$	14,048		$	—		$	35,760
Accounts receivable, net		—			265,573			—			40,309			(635	)		305,247
Inventories		—			713,377			—			59,466			(110	)		772,733
Assets held for sale		—			910			—			—			—			910
Income tax receivable		—			369			—			—			—			369
Intercompany receivables		45,052			—			60,188			12,086			(117,326	)		—
Other current assets		—			24,495			4,877			6,031			—			35,403
Total current assets		45,052			1,026,436			65,065			131,940			(118,071	)		1,150,422
Property and equipment, net		—			140,554			343			6,959			—			147,856
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net		418,592			662,464			1,450			135,121			—			1,217,627
Investment in subsidiaries		229,330			202,325			—			—			(431,655	)		—
Other assets		—			42,468			308			645			—			43,421
Total assets	$	692,974		$	2,074,247		$	67,166		$	274,665		$	(549,726	)	$	2,559,326
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	526,664		$	2,255		$	35,407		$	(635	)	$	563,691
Accrued expenses		—			43,200			48			4,475			—			47,723
Current maturities of long-term debt		—			558			6			—			—			564
Intercompany payables		—			84,251			1,110			32,006			(117,367	)		—
Total current liabilities		—			654,673			3,419			71,888			(118,002	)		611,978
Long-term debt		—			930,012			3			36,421			—			966,436
Deferred income taxes		—			246,897			587			23,092			—			270,576
Other liabilities		—			13,266			18			4,078			—			17,362
Stockholder’s equity:
Intercompany investment		—			280,622			64,935			166,041			(511,598	)		—
Common stock		—			—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital		758,972			14,706			—			—			(14,706	)		758,972
Accumulated earnings (deficit)		(56,898	)		(56,829	)		(1,796	)		(17,381	)		76,006			(56,898	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(9,100	)		(9,100	)		—			(9,474	)		18,574			(9,100	)
Total stockholder’s equity		692,974			229,399			63,139			139,186			(431,724	)		692,974
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity	$	692,974		$	2,074,247		$	67,166		$	274,665		$	(549,726	)	$	2,559,326

79

In thousands	As of December 29, 2012
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	12,346		$	—		$	13,605		$	—		$	25,951
Accounts receivable, net		—			278,557			38			22,708			—			301,303
Inventories		—			682,159			—			39,513			—			721,672
Assets held for sale		—			7,151			—			—			—			7,151
Income tax receivable		—			369			—			—			—			369
Intercompany receivables		36,323			—			60,616			—			(96,939	)		—
Other current assets		—			28,299			4,899			3,955			—			37,153
Total current assets		36,323			1,008,881			65,553			79,781			(96,939	)		1,093,599
Property and equipment, net		—			128,259			455			1,168			—			129,882
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net		418,592			724,681			1,636			76,932			—			1,221,841
Investment in subsidiaries		242,010			146,615			—			—			(388,625	)		—
Other assets		8,729			48,430			317			1,204			—			58,680
Total assets	$	705,654		$	2,056,866		$	67,961		$	159,085		$	(485,564	)	$	2,504,002
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	469,717		$	2,255		$	30,249		$	—		$	502,221
Accrued expenses		—			38,524			126			6,266			—			44,916
Current maturities of long-term debt		—			487			6			—			—			493
Intercompany payables		—			82,420			1,290			13,229			(96,939	)		—
Total current liabilities		—			591,148			3,677			49,744			(96,939	)		547,630
Long-term debt		—			939,719			9			10,983			—			950,711
Deferred income taxes		—			269,857			587			14,901			—			285,345
Other liabilities		—			14,132			46			484			—			14,662
Stockholder’s equity:
Intercompany investment		—			280,622			64,935			97,454			(443,011	)		—
Common stock		—			—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital		756,338			12,072			—			—			(12,072	)		756,338
Accumulated earnings (deficit)		(50,541	)		(50,541	)		(1,293	)		(14,137	)		65,971			(50,541	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(143	)		(143	)		—			(344	)		487			(143	)
Total stockholder’s equity		705,654			242,010			63,642			82,973			(388,625	)		705,654
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity	$	705,654		$	2,056,866		$	67,961		$	159,085		$	(485,564	)	$	2,504,002

80

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2013
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	3,496,781		$	3		$	343,886		$	(1,401	)	$	3,839,269
Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below		—			2,907,138			—			282,562			(1,291	)		3,188,409
Selling, general and administrative expenses		—			512,047			770			62,170			—			574,987
Transaction expenses		—			5,377			—			1,342			—			6,719
Operating income (loss)		—			72,219			(767	)		(2,188	)		(110	)		69,154
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense		—			(72,456	)		(33	)		(1,795	)		—			(74,284	)
Other, net		—			(3,797	)		2			(1,377	)		—			(5,172	)
Equity earnings of subsidiaries		(6,357	)		(3,747	)		—			—			10,104			—
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes		(6,357	)		(7,781	)		(798	)		(5,360	)		9,994			(10,302	)
Income tax provision (benefit)		—			(1,493	)		(295	)		(2,116	)		(41	)		(3,945	)
Net income (loss)	$	(6,357	)	$	(6,288	)	$	(503	)	$	(3,244	)	$	10,035		$	(6,357	)
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	(15,314	)	$	(15,245	)	$	(503	)	$	(12,375	)	$	28,123		$	(15,314	)

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	3,445,419		$	—		$	10,445		$	—	$	3,455,864
Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below		—			2,873,576			—			13,845			—		2,887,421
Selling, general and administrative expenses		—			493,898			994			11,516			—		506,408
Transaction expenses		—			5,246			—			—			—		5,246
Operating income (loss)		—			72,699			(994	)		(14,916	)		—		56,789
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense		—			(72,857	)		—			(61	)		—		(72,918	)
Other, net		—			(3,871	)		6			(30	)		—		(3,895	)
Equity earnings of subsidiaries		(14,346	)		(11,293	)		—			—			25,639		—
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes		(14,346	)		(15,322	)		(988	)		(15,007	)		25,639		(20,024	)
Income tax provision (benefit)		—			(976	)		(304	)		(4,398	)		—		(5,678	)
Net income (loss)	$	(14,346	)	$	(14,346	)	$	(684	)	$	(10,609	)	$	25,639	$	(14,346	)
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	(14,552	)	$	(14,552	)	$	(684	)	$	(10,609	)	$	25,845	$	(14,552	)

81

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	3,052,718		$	488		$	(2,966	)	$	—	$	3,050,240
Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below		—			2,534,697			282			41			—		2,535,020
Selling, general and administrative expenses		—			430,095			906			6,109			—		437,110
Transaction expenses		—			3,946			—			—			—		3,946
Operating income (loss)		—			83,980			(700	)		(9,116	)		—		74,164
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense		—			(67,580	)		—			—			—		(67,580	)
Other, net		—			(2,109	)		(1	)		—			—		(2,110	)
Equity earnings of subsidiaries		117			(255	)		—			—			138		—
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes		117			14,036			(701	)		(9,116	)		138		4,474
Income tax provision (benefit)		—			13,919			(683	)		(8,879	)		—		4,357
Net income (loss)	$	117		$	117		$	(18	)	$	(237	)	$	138	$	117
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	(41	)	$	(41	)	$	(18	)	$	(237	)	$	296	$	(41	)

82

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2013
	Parent Company		Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operations	$	—	$	51,644		$	2		$	58,085		$	—	$	109,731
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		—		(2,404	)		—			(74,613	)		—		(77,017	)
Purchase of property and equipment		—		(41,340	)		—			(5,787	)		—		(47,127	)
Purchase of assets held for sale		—		(2,239	)		—			—			—		(2,239	)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		—		136			4			57			—		197
Proceeds from disposal of assets held for sale		—		7,751			—			—			—		7,751
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		—		(38,096	)		4			(80,343	)		—		(118,435	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings from revolving credit facility		—		2,863,844			—			109,740			—		2,973,584
Repayments of revolving credit facility		—		(2,873,531	)		—			(82,045	)		—		(2,955,576	)
Outstanding checks		—		6,599			—			—			—		6,599
Payments of other long-term debt		—		(497	)		(6	)		—			—		(503	)
Payments of deferred financing costs		—		(597	)		—			(509	)		—		(1,106	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		—		(4,182	)		(6	)		27,186			—		22,998
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		—		—			—			(4,485	)		—		(4,485	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		—		9,366			—			443			—		9,809
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period		—		12,346			—			13,605			—		25,951
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	—	$	21,712		$	—		$	14,048		$	—	$	35,760

83

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operations	$	(60,000	)	$	69,243		$	16		$	767		$	—	$	10,026
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		—			(116,678	)		—			1,344			—		(115,334	)
Purchase of property and equipment		—			(52,388	)		—			—			—		(52,388	)
Purchase of assets held for sale		—			(3,939	)		—			—			—		(3,939	)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		—			96			—			6			—		102
Proceeds from disposal of assets held for sale		—			3,738			—			—			—		3,738
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		—			(169,171	)		—			1,350			—		(167,821	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings from revolving credit facility		—			3,322,159			—			11,483			—		3,333,642
Repayments of revolving credit facility		—			(3,216,797	)		—			(501	)		—		(3,217,298	)
Outstanding checks		—			(1,754	)		—			—			—		(1,754	)
Payments of other long-term debt		—			(1,971	)		(16	)		—			—		(1,987	)
Equity contribution from TPG		60,000			—			—			—			—		60,000
Payments of deferred financing costs		—			(3,481	)		—			(298	)		—		(3,779	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		60,000			98,156			(16	)		10,684			—		168,824
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		—			—			—			(57	)		—		(57	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		—			(1,772	)		—			12,744			—		10,972
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period		—			14,118			—			861			—		14,979
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	—		$	12,346		$	—		$	13,605		$	—	$	25,951

84

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
	Parent Company		Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries		Eliminations		Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operations	$	—	$	(91,233	)	$	(99	)	$	326	$	—	$	(91,006	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		—		(59,694	)		—			—		—		(59,694	)
Purchase of property and equipment		—		(31,044	)		—			—		—		(31,044	)
Purchase of assets held for sale		—		(2,975	)		(18	)		—		—		(2,993	)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		—		72			7			—		—		79
Proceeds from disposal of assets held for sale		—		1,403			—			—		—		1,403
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		—		(92,238	)		(11	)		—		—		(92,249	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings from revolving credit facility		—		2,760,364			—			—		—		2,760,364
Repayments of revolving credit facility		—		(2,577,380	)		—			—		—		(2,577,380	)
Outstanding checks		—		9,981			—			—		—		9,981
Payments of other long-term debt		—		(800	)		(22	)		—		—		(822	)
Payments of deferred financing costs		—		(5,880	)		—			—		—		(5,880	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		—		186,285			(22	)		—		—		186,263
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		—		2,814			(132	)		326		—		3,008
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period		—		11,304			132			535		—		11,971
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	—	$	14,118		$	—		$	861	$	—	$	14,979

85

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

(a) We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, recognizes that any set of controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.

(b) As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective at a reasonable assurance level.

Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended December 28, 2013, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

86

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The following table contains information regarding our current directors and executive officers. The table also contains information regarding the current directors of Accelerate Parent, our indirect parent. We have included information about the directors of Accelerate Parent because certain decisions relating to our business are made by the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent, or the Accelerate Parent Board. Certain of our executive officers also serve in the same capacity as executive officers of ATDI, Accelerate Parent and Accelerate Holdings Corp., our direct parent. Directors hold their positions until the annual meeting of the stockholders at which their term expires or until their respective successors are elected and qualified. Executive officers hold their positions until the annual meeting of the board of directors or until their respective successors are elected and qualified.

Name	Age	Position
William E. Berry	59	President and Chief Executive Officer; Director, Accelerate Parent and Holdings
J. Michael Gaither	61	Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary; Director, Holdings
David L. Dyckman	49	Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; Director, Holdings
Jason T. Yaudes	40	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Director, Holdings
Phillip E. Marrett	63	Executive Vice President, Product Planning and Positioning
James M. Micali	65	Director, Accelerate Parent
Kevin Burns	49	Director, Accelerate Parent
Peter McGoohan	32	Director, Accelerate Parent
W. James Farrell	71	Director, Accelerate Parent
Gary M. Kusin	62	Director, Accelerate Parent
David Krantz	44	Director, Accelerate Parent

Director and Nominee Experience and Qualifications

The Board of Directors of Holdings, or Holdings Board and Accelerate Parent Board each believe that they should possess a combination of skills, professional experience, and diversity of viewpoints necessary to oversee our business. In addition, the Holdings Board and Accelerate Parent Board believe that there are certain attributes that every director should possess, as reflected in its membership criteria. Accordingly, the Holdings Board and Accelerate Parent Board consider the qualifications of directors and director candidates individually and in the broader context of its overall composition and our current and future needs.

Among other things, the Holdings Board and Accelerate Parent Board have determined that it is important to have individuals with the following skills and experiences:

• Leadership experience, as directors with experience in significant leadership positions possess strong abilities to motivate and manage others and to identify and develop leadership qualities in others.

• Knowledge of our industry, particularly distribution strategy and vendor and customer relations, which is relevant to understanding our business and strategy.

• Operations experience, as it gives directors a practical understanding of developing, implementing and assessing our business strategy and operating plan.

• Risk management experience, which is relevant to oversight of the risks facing our business.

• Financial/accounting experience, particularly knowledge of finance and financial reporting processes, which is relevant to understanding and evaluating our capital structure, financial statements and reporting requirements.

• Strategic planning experience, which is relevant to the Holdings Board’s and Accelerate Parent Board’s review of our strategies and monitoring their implementation and results.

87

William E. Berry — President and Chief Executive Officer; Director, Accelerate Parent and Holdings. Mr. Berry has served on the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent since May 2010 and has served on the Holdings Board and as our Chief Executive Officer since April 2009 and has been our President since May 2003. He was our Chief Operating Officer from May 2003 to April 2009, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from January 2002 to May 2003, and Senior Vice President of Finance for the Southeast Division from May 1998 to January 2002. Mr. Berry joined us in May 1998 as a result of our merger with Itco, where he served as Controller from 1984 to 1998, Executive Vice President in charge of business development and sales and marketing from 1996 to 1998 and prior to that was Senior Vice President of Finance. Prior to that, Mr. Berry held a variety of financial management positions for a subsidiary of the Dr Pepper Company and also spent three years in a public accounting firm. He holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration from Virginia Tech. As our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Berry brings to the Holdings Board and Accelerate Parent Board leadership, industry, operations, risk management, financial and accounting and strategic planning experience, as well as in-depth knowledge of our business.

J. Michael Gaither — Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary; Director, Holdings. Mr. Gaither has served on the Holdings Board since May 2010 and has been our General Counsel and Secretary since 1991 and has been an Executive Vice President since May 1999. He was our Treasurer from February 2001 to June 2003, and Senior Vice President from 1991 to May 1999. Prior to joining us, he was a lawyer in private practice. He holds a bachelor’s degree from Duke University and a JD from the University of North Carolina-Chapel Hill. Mr. Gaither brings to the Holdings Board industry, legal and risk management experience, as well as in-depth knowledge of our business. Mr. Gaither serves as a member of the Board of Advisers for the Duke University Divinity School.

David L. Dyckman — Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; Director, Holdings. Mr. Dyckman has served on the Holdings Board since May 2010 and has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since January 2012. He was our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from January 2006 to January 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. Dyckman was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Thermadyne Holdings Corporation from January 2005 to December 2005, and Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Corporate Development for NN, Inc. from April 1998 to December 2004. Mr. Dyckman holds a bachelor’s degree and an MBA from Cornell University. Mr. Dyckman brings to the Holdings Board financial and accounting and strategic planning experience, as well as in-depth knowledge of our business. Mr. Dyckman, effective December 2012, serves on the Board of Directors for PetroChoice Holdings, Inc.

Jason T. Yaudes — Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Director, Holdings. Mr. Yaudes has served on the Holdings Board and has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2012. Mr. Yaudes joined us in September 2006 as Vice President and Controller and has been Senior Vice President and Controller since December 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Yaudes worked with Timco Aviation Services, Inc. holding several positions ranging from Senior Financial Reporting Manager to Chief Accounting Officer. Between 1996 and 2002, Mr. Yaudes worked with the accounting firm of Arthur Andersen as a Manager in the Audit and Business Advisory Services group. Mr. Yaudes holds a bachelor’s degree from Appalachian State University. Mr. Yaudes brings to the Holdings Board financial and accounting and strategic planning experience, as well as in-depth knowledge of our business.

Phillip E. Marrett — Executive Vice President, Product Planning and Positioning. Mr. Marrett has been our Executive Vice President, Product Planning and Positioning since July 2011. He was our Executive Vice President of Procurement from March 2008 until June 2011 and our Regional Vice President in the Southeast Division from 1998 to March 2008. Prior to joining American Tire, he was employed by Itco from 1997 to 1998 and Dunlop Tire from 1976 to 1996.

James M. Micali — Director, Accelerate Parent. Mr. Micali has served on the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent since May 2010 and was previously a member of the Holdings Board from February 2009 until his resignation on May 28, 2010. Mr. Micali has been Senior Advisor to, and limited partner of, Azalea Fund III of the private equity firm Azalea Capital LLC since 2008. He served as “Of Counsel” with the law firm Ogletree Deakins LLC in Greenville, SC, from 2008 to 2011. He was Chairman and President of Michelin North America, Inc. from 1996 until his retirement in August 2008 and was a member of Michelin Group’s Executive Council from 2001 to 2008. Prior to that time, he was Executive Vice President, Legal and Finance, of Michelin North America from 1990 to 1996 and General Counsel and Secretary from 1985 to 1990. Mr. Micali is a director of SCANA Corporation and Sonoco Products Company. Mr. Micali holds a bachelor’s degree from Lake Forest College and a JD from Boston College Law School. Through his executive positions, including as Chairman and President of Michelin North America and his work as a lawyer, Mr. Micali brings to the Accelerate Parent Board leadership, industry, legal, risk management, financial and strategic planning experience. Mr. Micali also possesses company board experience.

Kevin Burns — Director, Accelerate Parent. Mr. Burns has served on the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent since May 2010. Mr. Burns has been a partner in TPG Capital since 2003. In March 2008, he became the Partner responsible for TPG Capital’s Manufacturing/Industrials Sector within the North American Buyout Group. Prior to joining TPG Capital, from 1998 to 2003 he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Materials Officer of Solectron Corporation, a $12 billion electronics manufacturing services provider. Prior to joining Solectron, Mr. Burns served as Vice President of Worldwide Operations of the Power Generation

88

Business Unit of Westinghouse Corporation, and President of Westinghouse Security Systems. Prior to Westinghouse, Mr. Burns was a consultant at McKinsey & Co., Inc. and spent three years at the General Electric Corporation in various operating roles. Mr. Burns holds a B.S. in Mechanical and Metallurgical Engineering (cum laude) from the University of Connecticut and an MBA from the Wharton School of Business. He currently serves as Chairman of the Board of Isola Group and is on the Board of Freescale Semiconductor and Graphic Packaging. Mr. Burns brings to the Accelerate Parent Board leadership, operations, financial and strategic planning experience. Mr. Burns also possesses company board experience.

Peter McGoohan — Director, Accelerate Parent. Mr. McGoohan has served on the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent since January 2013. Mr. McGoohan is a Vice President of TPG Capital. He is focused on the firm’s industrials/manufacturing, energy and financial services investing efforts. Prior to joining TPG Capital in 2007, Mr. McGoohan was an investment banker at Goldman Sachs. Mr. McGoohan received his M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business and is a summa cum laude graduate of Vanderbilt University. Mr. McGoohan brings to the Accelerate Parent Board risk management, financial and strategic planning experience.

W. James Farrell — Director, Accelerate Parent. Mr. Farrell has served on the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent since October 2010. Mr. Farrell retired as Chairman & CEO of Illinois Tool Works Inc. (ITW), based in Glenview, Illinois on May 5, 2006. ITW is a multi-national manufacturer of highly engineered fasteners, components, assemblies and systems. ITW is comprised of approximately 875 decentralized operations in 54 countries with more than 65,000 employees and 2008 Revenues of approximately $16 billion. Mr. Farrell currently serves on the board of directors of Abbott, Allstate Insurance Company, and 3M. Mr. Farrell holds a bachelor’s degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Detroit. Mr. Farrell brings to the Accelerate Parent Board leadership, risk management, operations, financial and strategic planning experience. Mr. Farrell also possesses company board experience.

Gary M. Kusin — Director, Accelerate Parent. Mr. Kusin has served on the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent since October 2010. Mr. Kusin has been a Senior Advisor at TPG Capital since 2006. Mr. Kusin previously served as a President and Chief Executive Officer of FedEx Kinko’s Office and Print Services from 2001 to 2006. Mr. Kusin was responsible for the strategic growth and transformation of Kinko’s and oversaw the ultimate sale to FedEx. Mr. Kusin then assisted FedEx in the transition of Kinko’s into FedEx Kinko’s. During that two year transition Mr. Kusin served on the nine person Strategic Management Committee for FedEx Corporation worldwide. Prior to joining Kinko’s in 2001, Mr. Kusin was chief executive officer of HQ Global Workplaces, the world leader in serviced offices, now a part of Regus. In 1995, Mr. Kusin co-founded Laura Mercier Cosmetics, a makeup line now sold through leading specialty and department stores worldwide, which he sold to Neiman-Marcus in 1998. Prior to co-founding Laura Mercier Cosmetics, starting in 1983, Mr. Kusin was president and co-founder of Babbage’s Inc., the leading consumer software specialty store chain in the United States, which now operates under the name GameStop. Earlier in his career, he was vice president and general merchandise manager for the Sanger-Harris division of Federated Department Stores, today operating as Macy’s. Mr. Kusin currently serves on the board of directors of Petco, Sabre Holdings, Savers and Fleetpride. Mr. Kusin served as a Director of Electronic Arts Inc. from 1995 to 2011 and as a Director of RadioShack Corporation from 2004 to 2005. Mr. Kusin holds a bachelor’s degree from the University of Texas and an MBA from the Harvard Business School. Mr. Kusin brings to the Accelerate Parent Board leadership, risk management, operations, financial and strategic planning experience. Mr. Kusin also possesses company board experience.

David Krantz — Director, Accelerate Parent. Mr. Krantz has served on the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent since March 2011. He is CEO of YP Holdings LLC. Prior to YP Holdings LLC, Mr. Krantz was President & CEO of AT&T Interactive. In addition to AT&T Interactive, Mr. Krantz has held several other senior leadership positions with AT&T. Prior to joining AT&T, Mr. Krantz held senior leadership positions at GoDigital Networks, a telecommunications equipment company, AOL/Netscape, Pacific Bell, and Sprint. Mr. Krantz holds a bachelor’s degree in Finance and Management from the University of Virginia’s McIntire School of Commerce and earned an MBA from Harvard University. Mr. Krantz brings to the Accelerate Parent Board leadership, industry, financial and strategic planning experience.

Board Composition and Independence

The Holdings Board consists of four directors, all of whom are executive officers of Holdings and so are not independent. The Accelerate Parent Board consists of seven directors. Our Sponsor has the right to nominate, and has nominated, all of the directors that serve on the Accelerate Parent Board. Because of their affiliations with the Sponsor and us, none of the directors of the Accelerate Parent Board other than Mr. Micali, Mr. Farrell and Mr. Krantz are independent.

89

Code of Conduct

We have adopted a code of conduct that applies to all of our employees, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer. A copy of our code of conduct is available, free of charge, upon written request sent to the legal department at our corporate offices located at 12200 Herbert Wayne Court, Suite 150, Huntersville, NC 28078.

90

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Introduction

All executive compensation and related decisions related to us are made by the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent, which is the indirect parent of Holdings. The Accelerate Parent Board does not currently have a compensation committee; rather, the Accelerate Parent Board as a whole performs equivalent functions of a compensation committee.

91

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview

This section provides an analysis of our compensation program and policies, the material compensation decisions made under those programs and policies, and the material factors considered in making those decisions. This section also includes a series of tables containing specific information about the compensation earned in fiscal 2013 by the following individuals, referred to as our named executive officers:

• William E. Berry, President and Chief Executive Officer;

• Jason T. Yaudes, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer;

• J. Michael Gaither, Executive Vice President and General Counsel;

• David L. Dyckman, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; and

• Phillip E. Marrett, Executive Vice President, Product Planning and Positioning.

The discussion below is intended to help you understand the detailed information provided in those tables and put that information into context within our overall compensation program.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

The overall goal of the Accelerate Parent Board in compensating our executive officers is to attract, retain and motivate key executives of superior ability who are critical to our future success. The Accelerate Parent Board believes that both short-term and long-term incentive compensation paid to executive officers should be directly aligned with our performance, and that compensation should be structured to ensure that a significant portion of executives’ compensation opportunities is directly related to achievement of financial and operational goals and other factors that impact stockholder value.

The compensation decisions of the Accelerate Parent Board with respect to executive officer salaries, annual incentives and long-term incentive compensation opportunities are influenced by: (i) our executive’s level of responsibility and function, (ii) our overall performance and profitability and (iii) its assessment of the competitive marketplace. Its philosophy is to focus on total direct compensation opportunities through a mix of base salary, annual cash bonus and long-term incentives, including stock-based awards.

The Accelerate Parent Board also believe that the best way to directly align the interests of our executives with the interests of our stockholders is to make sure that our executives retain an appropriate level of equity ownership throughout their tenure with us. Our compensation program pursues this objective through our equity-based long-term incentive awards.

These programs are continually evaluated for effectiveness in achieving the stated objectives of the Accelerate Parent Board as well as to reflect the economic environment within which we operate. In this vein, recent events roiling the world’s economies provide a backdrop for the continued review of our compensation strategies. Accordingly, we have adjusted shorter term compensation and incentives in the past to help manage through the difficult economic environment while at the same time addressing alternative long-term strategies to reward long-term success and execution.

92

Overview of Executive Compensation Components

In fiscal 2013, our executive compensation program consisted of several compensation elements, as illustrated in the table below.

Pay Element	What the Pay Element Rewards	Purpose of the Pay Element
Base Salary	Core competence of the executive relative to skills, experience and contributions to us.	Provides fixed compensation based on competitive market practice.
Annual Cash Incentive	Contributions toward our achievement of specified financial targets and other key performance criteria.	Provides focus on meeting annual goals that lead to our long-term success. •      Provides annual performance-based cash incentive compensation. •      Motivates achievement of critical annual performance metrics.
Long-Term Incentives	Stock Option Program
	Vesting program based primarily on achievement of specified financial targets, thereby aligning executive’s interests with those of stockholders. Continued employment with us during a 3 or 5-year vesting period.	Provides focus on our performance. •      Executive ownership of equity securities of Accelerate Parent. •      Retention of the executives.
Retirement Benefits	Our executive officers are eligible to participate in employee benefit plans available to our eligible employees, including both tax qualified and nonqualified retirement plans. The Deferred Compensation Plan is a nonqualified plan comprised of a voluntary deferral program that allows the named executive officers to defer a portion of their annual salary and bonus and a noncontributory program that provides for certain contributions to be made on behalf of certain executives by us according to a Board approved schedule. While our funds are set aside to fund this plan, they remain available to our general creditors.	Provides a tax-deferred retirement savings alternative to certain eligible executives.

93

Pay Element	What the Pay Element Rewards	Purpose of the Pay Element
Welfare Benefits	Executives participate in employee benefit plans generally available to our employees, including medical, health, life insurance and disability plans. Continuation of welfare benefits may occur as part of severance upon certain terminations of employment. In addition, we sponsor an executive medical program for our executive officers, which provides for reimbursement for certain executive officers and eligible dependents for medical expenses not covered by the Group Medical Plan.	These benefits are part of our broad-based total compensation program. We believe we benefit from these perquisites by encouraging our executive officers to protect their health.
Additional Benefits and Perquisites	Certain executive officers: Three club memberships. Vehicle Allowance	Consistent with offering our executives a competitive compensation program.
Termination Benefits	Termination benefits are agreements with certain officers, including our named executive officers. The agreements provide severance benefits if an officer’s employment is terminated without cause or the officer leaves for good reason, each defined in the agreements.	Termination benefits are designed to retain executives and provide continuity to management.

The use of these programs enables us to reinforce our pay for performance philosophy, as well as strengthen our ability to attract and retain highly qualified executives. We believe that this combination of programs provides an appropriate mix of fixed and variable pay, balances short-term operations performance with long-term stockholder value, and encourages executive recruitment and retention.

94

Determination of Appropriate Pay Levels

Pay Philosophy and Competitive Standing

In general, the Accelerate Parent Board seeks to provide an overall compensation package that rewards for performance above specified targets. Our executive compensation package consists of salary, target annual bonus, and long-term incentives, as well as additional benefits and perquisites. To achieve competitive positioning for the annual cash compensation component, the Accelerate Parent Board sets base salaries to be competitive but provide high target annual bonus opportunities. Thus, our compensation is focused less on fixed pay and more on performance-based opportunities, while still remaining competitive overall. Targeted annual cash bonus opportunities are based on, among other things, our budgeted financial goals and other factors, which may fluctuate from year to year.

The Accelerate Parent Board also focuses on the executive’s tenure, individual performance and changes in responsibility as well as our overall annual budget goals. Additionally, it takes factors such as changes in cost of living into account.

Base Salary

Historically, base salary levels have reflected a combination of factors including the executive’s experience and tenure, our overall annual budget, the executive’s individual performance, and changes in responsibility. The Accelerate Parent Board does not target base salary at any particular percent of total compensation. The Accelerate Parent Board reviews salary levels annually using the factors described above. The Chief Executive Officer and other senior management participate in preparing salary recommendations for presentation to the Accelerate Parent Board. In fiscal 2013, there were no base pay increases granted to our named executive officers.

Annual Incentive Plan

Our annual incentive plan, which we refer to as the annual incentive plan, provides our executive officers an opportunity to earn annual cash bonuses based on our achievement of certain pre-established performance goals.

As in setting base salaries, the Accelerate Parent Board considers a combination of factors in establishing the annual target bonus opportunities for our named executive officers. Budgeted Adjusted EBITDA is a primary factor, as target bonus opportunities are adjusted annually when we set our budgeted Adjusted EBITDA goals for the year. Adjusted EBITDA refers to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization further adjusted to exclude certain non-cash, non-recurring, cost reduction and other adjustment items permitted in calculating covenant compliance under the indentures governing our senior notes. We do not target annual bonus opportunities at any particular percentage of total compensation.

Once the performance goals have been set and approved, the Accelerate Parent Board then sets a bonus pool for all executives covered by the annual incentive plan, whose size is equal to a designated percentage of Adjusted EBITDA actually achieved by us. No bonus pool is funded if actual performance falls below 90% of the Adjusted EBITDA goal. The pool grows pro-rata for actual performance between 90% and 100% of the Adjusted EBITDA goal. Above 100% of the Adjusted EBITDA goal, the pool grows by approximately 20% of each incremental Adjusted EBITDA dollar. The bonus pool is divided among participants in the annual incentive plan based on each participant’s designated percentage of the bonus pool, which percentages were established by the Accelerate Parent Board.

Payment under the annual incentive plan for fiscal 2013 was based on achievement of performance goals relating to Adjusted EBITDA. We set the Adjusted EBITDA goals for fiscal 2013 bonus opportunities at levels that were intended to reflect improvement in performance over the prior fiscal year, specific market conditions and better than average growth within our competitive industry. For fiscal 2013, the targeted bonus pool was $10.1 million, subject to adjustment, based upon an Adjusted EBITDA target of $214.8 million. The percentage of the targeted bonus pool designated for each named executive officer for fiscal 2013 was: Mr. Berry, 15.3%; Mr. Dyckman, 6.9%; Messrs. Yaudes, Gaither and Marrett, 5.3% each. For fiscal 2013, we achieved 91.0% of the Adjusted EBITDA goal, which resulted in a total bonus pool paid of $5.6 million. Actual bonuses to be paid to the named executive officers are included in the Summary Compensation Table under the heading “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation”.

Stock Option Plans

On August 30, 2010, Accelerate Parent adopted the Accelerate Parent Corp. Management Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2010 Plan. The 2010 Plan was amended and restated on October 14, 2010 and further amended on February 15, 2013. The 2010 Plan is designed to promote the interests of Accelerate Parent and its direct and indirect affiliates and stockholders by providing key employees, directors, service providers and consultants incentives to encourage them (i) to continue working for Accelerate Parent and its affiliates; and (ii) to work to improve Accelerate Parent’s growth and profitability.

95

As amended, the 2010 Plan authorizes Accelerate Parent to issue options to purchase up to 52,100,000 shares of common stock of Accelerate Parent, or Accelerate Common Stock. As of March 3, 2014, Accelerate Parent has granted 49,516,503 options to our key employees and certain directors. The named executive officers have received the following stock option grants: 9,301,973 options to Mr. Berry, 2,661,398 to Mr. Yaudes, 5,232,360 to Mr. Dyckman, and 4,650,987 to each of Messrs. Gaither and Marrett.

Options granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan may be either (i) time-based or (ii) performance-based. In general, subject to certain exceptions, time-based options vest ratably over three or five years on the anniversary of the grant date until 100% of the time-based options are fully vested and exercisable, provided the participant remains continuously employed by us through each such vesting date. In general, subject to certain exceptions, each performance-based option vests ratably over three or five years on the anniversary of the grant date if, as of the end of the most recent fiscal year ending on or prior to each such anniversary, we have achieved the EBITDA target established for such fiscal year by the terms of the option. If the EBITDA target is not met for the relevant fiscal year, the performance-based option remains outstanding until terminated and immediately vests upon (i) achievement of cumulative EBITDA targets for the fiscal year and the first fiscal year following that fiscal year; or (ii) the occurrence of a liquidity event in which the Sponsor receives a cash return on its investment of at least 220%. Similar to the time-based options, the participant must remain employed through the vesting date in order to exercise the performance-based options. Under the 2010 Plan, all options, vested or not, expire on the tenth anniversary of their grant date unless otherwise provided.

Under the 2010 Plan, upon termination of a participant’s employment for any reason, subject to the terms of the participant’s option agreement, all unvested options are forfeited and the vested portion of any options expire on the earlier of (i) the date the participant is terminated for cause; (ii) 30 days after the date employment is terminated by the participant for other than good reason; (iii) 90 days after (A) the date the participant is terminated by the Company for any reason other than cause, death or disability; or (B) the date employment is terminated by the participant for good reason; (iv) one year after the date the participant’s employment is terminated by reason of death or disability; and (v) the tenth anniversary of the grant date for the options. However, if a participant’s employment is terminated within two years of a change of control transaction either by us without cause or by the participant for good reason, 100% of the participant’s outstanding time-based options become immediately vested and exercisable. In addition, the option grant agreements for each of the named executive officers provide that in the event of termination by us without cause or by the participant for good reason, whether following a change of control transaction or not, (i) any time-based options that would have vested within six months of termination will become immediately vested on the termination date; and (ii) any performance-based options that would have vested within six months of termination if the employee had continued to be employed will vest upon the date the applicable performance criteria are determined to have been achieved.

96

Compensation Committee Report

The Accelerate Parent Board performs equivalent functions of a compensation committee since the Accelerate Parent Board does not have a compensation committee. The Accelerate Parent Board has reviewed and discussed with management the following Compensation Discussion and Analysis. Based on such review and discussions, the Accelerate Parent Board approved the inclusion of the following Compensation Discussion and Analysis in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013.

THE ACCELERATE PARENT BOARD

William E. Berry

James M. Micali

Kevin Burns

Peter McGoohan

W. James Farrell

Gary M. Kusin

David Krantz

97

Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011

The following table summarizes compensation for our named executive officers for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Name and Principal Position	Fiscal Year	Salary ($)		Option Awards ($) (3)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)		All Other Compensation ($)		Total ($)
William E. Berry President and Chief Executive Officer	2013 2012 2011	$	750,000 750,000 600,000	$	353,997 —   —	$	849,000 600,000 1,584,000	$	59,909 55,533 57,959	$	2,012,906 1,405,533 2,241,959
Jason T. Yaudes (1) Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	2013 2012		350,000 342,308		103,585 758,275		293,000 215,000		24,421 21,634		771,006 1,337,217
J. Michael Gaither Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary	2013 2012 2011		400,000 400,000 350,000		176,999 —   —		293,000 215,000 545,000		58,981 59,193 56,276		928,980 674,193 951,276
David L. Dyckman (2) Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer	2013 2012 2011		550,000 550,000 350,000		199,123 —   —		384,000 280,000 727,000		27,455 27,499 28,430		1,160,578 857,499 1,105,430
Phillip E. Marrett Executive Vice President, Product Planning and Positioning	2013 2012 2011		350,000 350,000 325,000		176,999 —   —		293,000 215,000 545,000		42,557 40,295 39,051		862,556 605,295 909,051

(1) Jason T. Yaudes was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer effective January 23, 2012. Mr. Yaudes was not a “named executive officer” of the Company during fiscal 2011 and therefore his compensation is not required to be reported for that year.

(2) Effective January 23, 2012, Mr. Dyckman was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Prior to January 23, 2012, Mr. Dyckman was our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.

(3) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted during the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. The fair value of the options was calculated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. For a discussion of the assumptions used in the valuation, see Note 12 in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

98

All Other Compensation from Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011

The following table contains a breakdown of the compensation and benefits included under “All Other Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table above.

Name	Fiscal Year	Registrant Contributions to Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan		Vehicle Allowance		401K Company Match		Club Dues		Life Insurance		Executive Medical Benefits		Long- term Disability		Total ($)
William E. Berry	2013 2012 2011	$	20,000 20,000 20,000	$	19,200 19,200 19,200	$	11,500 5,628 8,250	$	5,082 5,544 5,544	$	3,612 3,612 3,612	$	—   994 596	$	515 555 757	$	59,909 55,533 57,959
Jason T. Yaudes	2013 2012		—   —		14,400 14,900		8,750 5,423		—   —		756 756		—   —		515 555		24,421 21,634
J. Michael Gaither	2013 2012 2011		17,000 17,000 17,000		16,800 16,800 16,800		11,500 7,776 8,250		6,000 6,000 6,000		5,544 3,612 3,612		1,622 7,450 3,757		515 555 857		58,981 59,193 56,276
David L. Dyckman	2013 2012 2011		—   —   —		14,400 14,400 14,400		8,750 7,238 8,250		2,530 2,760 2,760		1,260 1,260 1,260		—   1,286 903		515 555 857		27,455 27,499 28,430
Phillip E. Marrett	2013 2012 2011		10,000 10,000 10,000		14,400 14,400 14,400		8,750 7,714 8,250		—   —   —		5,544 5,544 5,544		3,348 2,082 —		515 555 857		42,557 40,295 39,051

99

Grants of Plan-Based Awards During Fiscal 2013

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the grant of plan-based awards made during fiscal 2013 to the named executive officers:

												All Other
												Options:
												Number of		Exercise
		Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards						Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards (4)				Securities Underlying		Price of Option		Grant Date Fair Value
Name	Grant Date	Threshold ($) (1)		Target ($) (2)		Maximum ($) (3)		Threshold (#)	Target (#)		Maximum (#)	Options (#) (5)		Awards ($/Sh)		of Option Awards
William E. Berry		$	772,038	$	1,544,076	$	—
	2/15/2013									330,986			330,987	$	1.20	$	353,997
Jason T. Yaudes			267,438		534,876		—
	2/15/2013									94,699			94,699		1.20		103,585
J. Michael Gaither			268,438		534,876		—
	2/15/2013									165,493			165,494		1.20		176,999
David L. Dyckman			34,874		696,348		—
	2/15/2013									186,180			186,180		1.20		199,123
Phillip E. Marrett			267,438		534,876		—
	2/15/2013									165,493			165,494		1.20		176,999

(1) Represents the minimum payment under the annual incentive plan if the threshold level of 90% of the Adjusted EBITDA target has been achieved during fiscal 2013.

(2) Represents payments under the annual incentive plan if 100% of plan performance was achieved during fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2013, plan targets were not reached but we did exceed the threshold level discussed in footnote (1) above. Actual bonuses to be paid to the named executive officers are included in the Summary Compensation Table under the heading “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

(3) There is no limit to the maximum amount payable under the annual incentive plan.

(4) Represents the number of performance-based options granted to our named executive officers under the 2010 Plan in fiscal 2013. Each performance-based option granted to our named executive officers vests ratably over three or five years on the anniversary of the grant date if, as of the end of the most recent fiscal year ending on or prior to each such anniversary, the Company has achieved the EBITDA target established for such fiscal year by the terms of the option. If EBITDA target is not met for the relevant fiscal year, the performance-based option remains outstanding until terminated and immediately vests upon (i) achievement of cumulative EBITDA targets for the relevant fiscal year and the first fiscal year following that fiscal year, or (ii) the occurrence of a liquidity event in which the Sponsor receives a cash return on its investment of at least 220%. The participant must remain employed through the vesting date in order to exercise any performance-based options.

(5) Represents the number of time-based options granted to our named executive officers under the 2010 Plan in fiscal 2013. Time-based options granted to our named executive officers vest ratably over three or five years on the anniversary of the grant date, provided that the participant remains continuously employed by us through each vesting date.

100

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2013 Year End

The following table provides information concerning unexercised options for our named executive officers as of December 28, 2013, the last day of our 2013 fiscal year.

Name	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable (#)		Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Unexercisable (#) (1)		Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#) (2)		Option Exercise Price ($)		Option Expiration Date
William E. Berry		5,184,000 220,658		1,728,000 220,658		1,728,000 220,657	$	1.00 1.20		08/30/20 02/15/23
Jason T. Yaudes		583,200 300,000 47,809		194,400 600,000 70,794		194,400 600,000 70,794		1.00 1.14 1.20		08/30/20 01/23/22 02/15/23
J. Michael Gaither		2,592,000 110,329		864,000 110,329		864,000 110,329		1.00 1.20		08/30/20 02/15/23
David L. Dyckman		2,916,000 124,120		972,000 124,120		972,000 124,120		1.00 1.20		08/30/20 02/15/23
Phillip E. Marrett		2,592,000 110,329		864,000 110,329		864,000 110,329		1.00 1.20		08/30/20 02/15/23

(1) Represents the number of unexercised time-based options held by our named executive officers as of December 28, 2013. These time-based options, all of which were granted under the 2010 Plan, vest ratably over three or five years on the anniversary of the grant date, provided that the participant remains continuously employed by us through each vesting date.

(2) Represents the number of unexercised performance-based options held by our named executive officers as of December 28, 2013. All of these performance-based options were granted under the 2010 Plan. Each performance-based option vests ratably over three or five years on the anniversary of the grant date if, as of the end of the most recent fiscal year ending on or prior to each such anniversary, the Company has achieved the EBITDA target established for such fiscal year by the terms of the options. If the EBITDA target is not met for the relevant fiscal year, the performance-based option remains outstanding until terminated and immediately vest upon (i) achievement of cumulative EBITDA targets for the relevant fiscal year and the first fiscal year following that fiscal year, or (ii) the occurrence of liquidity event in which the Sponsor receives a cash return on its investment of at least 220%. The participant much remain employed through the vesting date in order to exercise any performance-based options.

101

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal Year 2013

The following table sets forth information regarding our nonqualified deferred compensation plans, showing, with respect to each named executive officer, the aggregate contributions made by such executive officer during the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, the aggregate contributions made by the Company during the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, the aggregate earnings accrued during the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, the aggregate value of withdrawals and distributions to the executive officer during the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013 and the balance of account as of December 28, 2013.

Name	Executive Contributions in 2013 ($) (1)		Registrant Contributions in 2013 ($) (2)		Aggregate Earnings in 2013 ($) (3)			Aggregate Withdrawals/ Distributions ($)		Aggregate Balance at December 28, 2013 ($) (4)
William E. Berry	$	30,000	$	20,000	$	119,308		$	—	$	553,966
Jason T. Yaudes		67,250		—		38,592			—		242,618
J. Michael Gaither		—		17,000		(2,153	)		—		329,951
David L. Dyckman		28,747		—		4,226			—		32,973
Phillip E. Marrett		—		10,000		6,745			—		89,595

(1) Amounts in this column are included in the amounts reported as “Salary” or “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2013 for each of the named executive officers.

(2) Amounts in this column reflect company contributions and are included in the Summary Compensation Table under the heading “All Other Compensation.”

(3) Earnings on balances in the nonqualified deferred compensation plan equal the rate of return on investments elected by each participant in the plan. These amounts are not included in the Summary Compensation Table because the earnings are credited at a market rate of return.

(4) The amounts in the table below are also being reported as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table in the years indicated:

Name	Fiscal Year	Reported Amounts ($)
William E. Berry	2013 2012 2011	$	50,000 48,769 43,077
Jason T. Yaudes	2013 2012		67,250 60,740
J. Michael Gaither	2013 2012 2011		17,000 17,000 17,577
David L. Dyckman	2013 2012 2011		28,747 —   —
Phillip E. Marrett	2013 2012 2011		10,000 10,000 10,000

102

Potential Payments upon Termination

Employment Agreements

We currently have employment agreements with each of Messrs. Berry, Yaudes, Gaither, Dyckman and Marrett. The employment agreements provide for the payment of an annual base salary and bonus opportunities, as well as participation by each of them in the benefit plans and programs generally maintained by us for senior executives from time to time.

We or the employee may terminate the applicable employment agreement at any time. Upon termination of employment for any reason other than for “cause,” the employee is entitled to receive (1) a basic termination payment equal to (i) his base salary earned through the date of termination and (ii) the previous year’s bonus if the termination is after December 31 and before bonus has been awarded; and (2) continuation of health benefits for a specified period of time after termination of employment at the same rate that was paid by the employee before termination of employment. In addition, if we terminate the employee without “cause” or if the employee resigns for “good reason” (each as defined in his employment agreement), then he is entitled to an additional severance payment based on a multiple of his base salary and plan bonus. The employment agreements each contain confidentiality and non-compete provisions.

The specific severance payments and continuation periods for health benefits provided by the employment agreements for the named executive officers are as follows:

• Mr. Berry is entitled to receive: (i) a monthly sum equal to his monthly base salary in effect at such time plus $25,000 for a period of two years and (ii) continuation of health benefits for Mr. Berry and his family until he reaches the age of 65.

• Mr. Yaudes is entitled to receive: (i) a monthly sum equal to his monthly base salary in effect at such time for a period of 12 months and (ii) continuation of health benefits for a period of 12 months.

• Mr. Gaither is entitled to receive: (i) a monthly sum equal to his monthly base salary in effect at such time plus $22,222.22 for a period of 18 months and (ii) continuation of health benefits for a period of 18 months.

• Mr. Dyckman is entitled to receive: (i) a monthly sum equal to his monthly base salary in effect at such time plus $20,833.34 for a period of 12 months and (ii) continuation of health benefits for a period of 12 months.

• Mr. Marrett is entitled to receive: (i) a monthly sum equal to his monthly base salary in effect at such time plus $19,583.33 for a period of 12 months and (ii) continuation of health benefits for a period of 12 months.

103

Payment Summary

The table below reflects the amount of compensation payable to each named executive officer in the event of termination of the executive’s employment for various reasons. The table does not include nonqualified deferred compensation for which the named executive officers are fully vested or payments that would be made to a named executive officer under benefit plans or employment terms generally available to other salaried employees similarly situated, such as group life or disability insurance. The amounts shown assume termination of employment or a change in control as of December 28, 2013, the last day of our 2013 fiscal year.

Name	Payments upon Termination	Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason		Termination for Cause or Resignation without Good Reason		Death or Disability (1)		Change in Control (2)
William E. Berry	Severance and Noncompetition Agreement	$	2,100,000	$	—	$	—	$	—
	Bonus		849,000		849,000		849,000		—
	Health Benefits		60,382		—		—		—
	Total	$	3,009,382	$	849,000	$	849,000	$	—
Jason T. Yaudes	Severance and Noncompetition Agreement	$	350,000	$	—	$	—	$	—
	Bonus		293,000		293,000		293,000		—
	Health Benefits		10,064		—		—		—
	Total	$	653,064	$	293,000	$	293,000	$	—
J. Michael Gaither	Severance and Noncompetition Agreement	$	1,000,000	$	—	$	—	$	—
	Bonus		293,000		293,000		293,000		—
	Health Benefits		13,226		—		—		—
	Total	$	1,306,226	$	293,000	$	293,000	$	—
David L. Dyckman	Severance and Noncompetition Agreement	$	800,001	$	—	$	—	$	—
	Bonus		384,000		384,000		384,000		—
	Health Benefits		10,064		—		—		—
	Total	$	1,194,065	$	384,000	$	384,000	$	—
Phillip E. Marrett	Severance and Noncompetition Agreement	$	585,000	$	—	$	—	$	—
	Bonus		293,000		293,000		293,000		—
	Health Benefits		7,258		—		—		—
	Total	$	885,258	$	293,000	$	293,000	$	—

(1) In the event of the death or disability of a named executive officer, the named executive officer will receive benefits under our disability plan or payments under our life insurance plan, as appropriate. These payments are generally available to all employees and are therefore not included in the above table.

(2) We do not provide our named executive officers with change in control benefits. If a named executive officer was terminated following a change in control, such officer would receive payments pursuant to the employment and severance agreements described above.

Compensation of Directors

Holdings Board

The current members of the Holdings Board are employees of Holdings and do not receive separate compensation for their service as directors of Holdings.

Accelerate Parent Board

For their service as members of the Accelerate Parent Board, each of James Farrell, Gary Kusin, James Micali, Carl Sewell, and David Krantz (the “Outside Directors”) will receive an annual fee of $150,000 in cash, payable in quarterly installments. Upon their appointment to the Accelerate Parent Board, each of the Outside Directors also received a one-time grant of options under the 2010 Plan to purchase 200,000 shares of Accelerate Common Stock at the fair market value on the date of grant. These options vest in three equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. In October 2010, we adopted the Accelerate Parent Corp. Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Plan (the “Restricted Stock Plan”). Each Outside Director may receive, at the Accelerate Parent Board’s discretion, an annual grant under the Restricted Stock Plan of restricted shares of Accelerate Common Stock valued at $50,000, with vesting to occur in two equal installments on each of the first two anniversaries of the date of grant. For fiscal 2013, no restricted shares were granted to the Outside Directors. Each Outside Director also received a one-time opportunity to

104

purchase up to $1,000,000 in Accelerate Common Stock, at a per share price equal to the fair market value on the date of purchase. These equity arrangements were to further align our Outside Directors’ interests with the interests of our stockholders. The members of the Accelerate Parent Board other than the Outside Directors do not receive separate compensation for their service as directors of Accelerate Parent. Mr. Sewell resigned from the Accelerate Parent Board on July 10, 2013.

The following table sets forth the compensation paid to the Outside Directors in fiscal 2013:

Name	Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)
James Farrell	$	150,000
Gary Kusin		150,000
James M. Micali		150,000
Carl Sewell (1)		112,500
David Krantz		150,000

(1) Mr. Sewell resigned from the Accelerate Parent Board on July 10, 2013.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Executive compensation and related decisions are made by the Accelerate Parent Board, which does not currently have a compensation committee.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The articles of incorporation of Holdings and Accelerate Parent provide for the release of any person serving as our director from liability to us or our stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty and for the indemnification by us of any person serving as a director, officer, employee or agent or other authorized person to the fullest extent permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, we have purchased a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy covering our officers and directors for liabilities that they may incur as a result of any action, or failure to act, by such officers and directors in their capacity as officers and directors.

105

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Accelerate Holdings Corp., or Accelerate Holdings, directly owns all our issued and outstanding stock. All of Accelerate Holdings’ issued and outstanding stock is directly owned by Accelerate Parent Corp., or Accelerate Parent. All equity interests in Accelerate Parent are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Sponsor, certain co-investors and certain of our employees, including certain of our named executive officers and directors.

The following table sets forth information with respect to the ownership as of March 3, 2014 for (a) each person known by us to own beneficially more than a 5% equity interest in Accelerate Parent, (b) each member of our board of directors, (c) each member of Accelerate Parent’s board of directors, (d) each of our named executive officers, and (e) all of the named executive officers and directors as a group. We have 1,000 shares of common stock outstanding, all of which are owned indirectly by Accelerate Parent. Share amounts indicated below reflect beneficial ownership, through Accelerate Parent, by such entities or individuals of these 1,000 shares of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.

The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.

Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, each of the beneficial owners has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated shares. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., 12200 Herbert Wayne Court, Suite 150, Huntersville, North Carolina 28078.

106

	Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned
	Number			Percent
5% Stockholders
TPG Capital (1)		950.53			95.053	%
Executive Officers and Directors
William E. Berry (2)		3.57				*
Jason T. Yaudes (3)			*			*
J. Michael Gaither (4)			*			*
David L. Dyckman (5)			*			*
Phillip E. Marrett (6)			*			*
W. James Farrell (7)		1.49				*
Gary Kusin (8)			*			*
James Micali (9)			*			*
Carl Sewell (10)			*			*
David Krantz (11)			*			*
Kevin Burns (12)		950.53			95.053	%
Peter McGoohan (12)		950.53			95.053	%
All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)		960.16			96.016	%

* Represents less than one percent or one share, as applicable.

(1) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by TPG Capital reflect an aggregate of the following record ownership: (i) 349,137,687 shares of Accelerate Parent held by TPG Accelerate VI, LP and (ii) 349,137,687 shares of Accelerate Parent held by TPG Accelerate V, LP. The address of TPG Capital is 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.

(2) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by William E. Berry reflect (i) 1,833,790 shares of Accelerate Parent held directly by Mr. Berry, (ii) 392,955 shares of Accelerate Parent held by the Trust FBO Meredith Elaine Berry U/A, a trust established for the benefit of Mr. Berry’s minor daughter, and (iii) 392,955 shares of Accelerate Parent held by the Trust FBO Michael Dolan Berry U/A, a trust established for the benefit of Mr. Berry’s minor son. Mr. Berry’s wife, Marianne Dolan Berry, is the trustee of each trust and has sole investment and dispositive power over the shares held by the trusts. Mr. Berry disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

(3) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by Jason T. Yaudes reflect his ownership of 57,500 shares of Accelerate Parent.

(4) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by J. Michael Gaither reflect his ownership of 632,500 shares of Accelerate Parent.

(5) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by David L. Dyckman reflect his ownership of 496,800 shares of Accelerate Parent.

(6) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by Phillip E. Marrett reflect his ownership of 572,700 shares of Accelerate Parent.

(7) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by W. James Farrell reflect his ownership of 1,000,000 shares of Accelerate Parent and 93,860 shares of restricted stock of Accelerate Parent.

(8) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by Gary Kusin reflect his ownership of 500,000 shares of Accelerate Parent and 93,860 shares of restricted stock of Accelerate Parent.

(9) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by James Micali reflect his ownership of 250,000 shares of Accelerate Parent and 93,860 shares of restricted stock of Accelerate Parent.

(10) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by Carl Sewell reflect his ownership of 500,000 shares of Accelerate Parent and 71,930 shares of restricted stock of Accelerate Parent.

(11) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by David Krantz reflect his ownership 93,860 shares of restricted stock of Accelerate Parent.

(12) Includes all shares held by TPG Accelerate V, LP and TPG Accelerate VI, LP. Each of Kevin Burns and Peter McGoohan may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of these interest due to his status as an employee of TPG Capital, and each such person disclaims beneficial ownership of any such interests in which he does not have a pecuniary interest. The address of each of Messrs. Burns and McGoohan is c/o TPG Capital, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.

107

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Plan category	Number of securities to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, warrants  and rights (a)		Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants  and rights (b)		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans excluding securities reflected in column (a) (c)
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders		49,516,503	$	1.02		2,545,497
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders		—		—		—
Total		49,516,503	$	1.02		2,545,497

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence.

See Note 16 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of our related party transactions. During fiscal 2013 and as of December 28, 2013, none of our directors meet the standard of independence as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Management has evaluated all activities and transactions that have transpired with our directors and deem each to be at an arms’ length and no more favorable than transactions that we would have entered into with an independent third party.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The following table sets forth the fees billed by our independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, during fiscal years 2013 and 2012.

In thousands	2013		2012
Audit Fees (a)	$	664	$	615
Audit-Related Fees (b)		74		104
Tax Fees (c)		143		149
Total	$	881	$	868

(a) Audit fees relate to professional services rendered for the audits of the annual consolidated financial statements of the Company and include quarterly reviews, statutory audits, issuance of consents, comfort letters and assistance with, and review of, documents filed with the SEC.

(b) Audit-related fees include payment for services in connection with our acquisitions as well as consultation on accounting standards or transactions.

(c) Tax fees include professional services related to tax compliance, tax planning and the review of federal and state tax returns.

Accelerate Parent Board Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

In accordance with policies adopted by our board of directors, the Accelerate Parent Board has sole authority to approve all audit engagement fees and terms of our independent registered public accounting firm. The Accelerate Parent Board may delegate authority to pre-approve audit and non-audit services to any member of the Accelerate Parent Board whose decisions should be reviewed at the next scheduled meeting. The Accelerate Parent Board may not delegate pre-approval authority to management.

108

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Documents filed as part of this Report:

1. The following items, including our consolidated financial statements, are set forth at Item 8 of this report:

• Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

• Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

• Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

• Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

• Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

• Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

• Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Financial Statement Schedule

109

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the Fiscal Years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

			Additions
In thousands	Balance Beginning of Year		Charged to Costs and Expenses			Charged to Other Accounts		Deductions			Currency Translation			Balance End of Year
2013
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	950	$	1,795		$	—	$	(491	)(1)	$	(85	)	$	2,169
Acquisition exit cost reserves (2)		1,839		636			—		(1,094	)		(171	)		1,210
Inventory reserves		410		611			—		(616	)		(262	)		143
Sales returns and allowances		2,167		1,485			—		(753	)		(55	)		2,844
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets		762		—			—		(12	)		—			750
2012
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	696	$	1,996		$	—	$	(1,740	)(1)	$	(2	)	$	950
Acquisition exit cost reserves (2)		3,865		528			—		(2,549	)		(5	)		1,839
Inventory reserves		514		419			—		(502	)		(21	)		410
Sales returns and allowances		1,982		2,224			—		(2,036	)		(3	)		2,167
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets		840		—			—		(78	)		—			762
2011
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	340	$	1,911		$	—	$	(1,555	)(1)	$	—		$	696
Acquisition exit cost reserves (2)		6,975		(498	)		—		(2,612	)		—			3,865
Inventory reserves		192		480			—		(158	)		—			514
Sales returns and allowances		29		2,996			—		(1,043	)		—			1,982
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets		596		244			—		—			—			840

(1) Accounts written off during the year, net of recoveries.

(2) Amounts represent facilities closing cost of acquired distribution centers due to existing distribution centers being located in close proximity to the acquired distribution facilities.

110

3. Exhibits:

2.1	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 20, 2010, by and among American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Accelerate Holdings Corp., Accelerate Acquisition Corp. and Investcorp International, Inc., in its capacity as a representative of the stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed April 23, 2010).
2.2	Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2013, by and among TriCan Tire Distributors Inc., American Tire Distributors, Inc., as parent guarantor, Regional Tire Holdings Inc., Regional Tire Distributors Inc., and the shareholders of Regional Tire Holdings Inc., and Regional Tire Distributors Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed May 10, 2013).
2.3	Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2012, by and among ATD Acquisition Co. V Inc., American Tire Distributors, Inc., as parent guarantor, 1278104 Alberta Inc, Triwest Trading (Canada) Ltd., and the shareholders of 1278104 Alberta Inc. party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed May 10, 2013).
3.1	Fifth Restated Certificate of Incorporation of American Tire Distributors, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of American Tire Distributors, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
3.3	Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
3.4	Amended and Restated Bylaws of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
3.5	Articles of Incorporation of Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
3.6	Bylaws of Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed January 24, 2011).
4.1	Senior Secured Notes Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2010, among American Tire Distributors, Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., as Subsidiary Guarantor, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, in respect of the 9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed June 2, 2010).
4.2	Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2010 among American Tire Distributors, Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., as Subsidiary Guarantor, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, in respect of the 11.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed June 2, 2010).
4.3	Form of 9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
4.4	Security Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, among American Tire Distributors, Inc. American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc. and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
4.5	Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, among American Tire Distributors, Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., Bank of America, N.A. and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).

111

4.6	Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, among American Tire Distributors, Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
4.7	Form of 11.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.2).
4.8	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, among American Tire Distributors, Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., RBC Capital Markets Corporation and UBS Securities LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.1	Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2012, among American Tire Distributors, Inc., ATD Acquisition Co. V Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., Firestone of Denham Springs, Inc., Tire Wholesalers, Inc., ATD Acquisition Co. IV, Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative and Collateral Agent and Lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 11, 2013).
10.2	First Amendment to Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2013, among American Tire Distributors, Inc., TriCan Tire Distributors Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist, Inc., Tire Wholesalers, Inc., Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative and Collateral Agent and Lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed May 10, 2013).
10.3	Conformed Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2013, among American Tire Distributors, Inc., ATD Acquisition Co. V Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., Firestone of Denham Springs, Inc., Tire Wholesalers, Inc., ATD Acquisition Co. IV, Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative and Collateral Agent and Lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed May 10, 2013).
10.4	Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, among American Tire Distributors, Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc. and the Bank of New York Mellon trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.5	Second Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2012, among American Tire Distributors, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Tire Wholesalers, Inc., Firestone of Denham Springs, Inc., d/b/a Consolidated Tire and Oil, ATD Acquisition Co. IV. and Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 11, 2013).
10.6	Canadian Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2012, among ATD Acquisition Co. V Inc., Triwest Trading (Canada) Ltd. and Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 11, 2013).
10.7	Amended and Restated Accelerate parent Corp. Management Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.8	Form of Option Grant Agreement under the 2010 Amended and Restated Accelerate Parent Corp. Management Equity Incentive Plan for directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.9	Form of Option Grant Agreement under the 2010 Amended and Restated Accelerate Parent Corp. Management Equity Incentive Plan for certain employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).

112

10.10	Accelerate Parent Corp. Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.11	Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under the 2010 Accelerate Parent Corp. Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.12	Transaction and Monitoring Fee Letter Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and TPG Capital, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.13	Indemnification Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, among American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., American Tire Distributors, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., Tire Pros Francorp and TPG Capital, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.14	Accelerate Parent Corp. Management Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2010, among Accelerate Parent Corp., TPG Partners V, L.P. and TPG Partners VI, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.15	Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2005, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and Richard P. Johnson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.16	Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2005, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and J. Michael Gaither (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.17	Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2005, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and Phillip E. Marrett (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.18	Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2005, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and Daniel K. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.19	Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2005, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and David L. Dyckman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Registrant’s Annual Report Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
10.20	First Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2008, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and Richard P. Johnson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 26, 2008).
10.21	Second Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2009, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and Richard P. Johnson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 18, 2009).
10.22	Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of May 21, 2010, between American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. and Richard P. Johnson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.23	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2009, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and William E. Berry (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed June 3, 2009).
10.24	Employment Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2012, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and Jason T. Yaudes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed January 23, 2012).

113

12.1	Statement setting forth the Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.*
21.1	Chart of the subsidiaries of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.*
31.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
31.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
32.1	Certifications of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer furnished pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
101	The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.**

* Filed herewith.

** Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability.

114

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on our behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 7, 2014.

AMERICAN TIRE DISTRIBUTORS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:	/s/    WILLIAM E. BERRY
Name:	William E. Berry
Title:	President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 7, 2014.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/    WILLIAM E. BERRY         William E. Berry	Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principle Executive Officer)	March 7, 2014
/s/    JASON T. YAUDES         Jason T. Yaudes	Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	March 7, 2014
/s/    DAVID L. DYCKMAN         David L. Dyckman	Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer	March 7, 2014
/s/    J. MICHAEL GAITHER         J. Michael Gaither	Director, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary	March 7, 2014

115

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12.1

American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.

Statement Regarding: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

(Amounts in thousands, except ratio amounts)

	Predecessor						Successor
	Twelve months Ended January 2, 2010 (unaudited)			Five months Ended May 28, 2010 (unaudited)			Seven months Ended January 1, 2011 (unaudited)			Twelve months Ended December 31, 2011 (unaudited)			Twelve months Ended December 29, 2012 (unaudited)			Twelve months Ended December 28, 2013 (unaudited)
Consolidated pretax income (loss) from operations	$	12,258		$	(51,303	)	$	(59,607	)	$	4,474		$	(20,024	)	$	(10,302	)
Fixed charges		70,561			39,288			47,144			87,488			98,673			106,502
Interest capitalized		(324	)		(20	)		(15	)		(409	)		(1,103	)		(1,556	)
Amortization of interest capitalized		40			39			67			129			230			391
Earnings	$	82,535		$	(11,995	)	$	(12,410	)	$	91,682		$	77,776		$	95,035
Interest expense	$	54,415		$	32,669		$	37,391		$	67,580		$	72,918		$	74,284
Interest capitalized		324			20			15			409			1,103			1,556
Interest portion of rent expense		15,822			6,599			9,738			19,499			24,652			30,662
Fixed Charges	$	70,561		$	39,288		$	47,144		$	87,488		$	98,673		$	106,502
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges		1.17			—	(a)		—	(b)		1.05			—	(c)		—	(d)

(a) In the five months ended May 28, 2010, earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $51.3 million

(b) In the seven months ended January 1, 2011, earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $59.6 million

(c) In the twelve months ended December 29, 2012 earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $20.9 million

(d) In the twelve months ended December 28, 2013 earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $11.5 million

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

AMERICAN TIRE DISTRIBUTORS HOLDINGS, INC.

Chart of Subsidiaries

Company	Place of Incorporation
American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.	Delaware
American Tire Distributors, Inc.	Delaware
Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc.	California
Tire Pros Francorp	California
Tire Wholesalers, Inc.	Washington
Tire Distributors, Inc.	Maryland
Trican Tire Distributors, Inc.	Canada
Wholesale Tire Distributors Inc.	Canada

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, William E. Berry, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 7, 2014

/s/ WILLIAM E. BERRY

William E. Berry

President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Jason T. Yaudes, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 7, 2014

/s/ JASON T. YAUDES

Jason T. Yaudes

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby certifies that, to his best knowledge:

(a) the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013 (the “Report”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(b) information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: March 7, 2014	By:	/s/ WILLIAM E. BERRY
		Name:	William E. Berry
		Title:	President and Chief Executive Officer
	By:	/s/ JASON T. YAUDES
		Name:	Jason T. Yaudes
		Title:	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Income Tax Provision (Benefit)

The Company’s income tax provision (benefit) consisted of the following components:

	Fiscal Year Ended
In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Federal:
Current provision (benefit)	$	13,944		$	5,420		$	8,668
Deferred provision (benefit)		(18,141	)		(9,802	)		(7,327	)
Total		(4,197	)		(4,382	)		1,341
State:
Current provision (benefit)		3,707			1,884			3,278
Deferred provision (benefit)		(3,644	)		(2,037	)		(262	)
Total		63			(153	)		3,016
Foreign:
Current provision (benefit)		1,963			49			—
Deferred provision (benefit)		(1,774	)		(1,192	)		—
Total		189			(1,143	)		—
Total provision (benefit)	$	(3,945	)	$	(5,678	)	$	4,357

Differences between Amount of Income Taxes Computed by Applying Applicable United States Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate and Pretax Income (Loss)

The provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the amount of income taxes computed by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to pretax income (loss), as a result of the following differences:

	Fiscal Year Ended
In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Income tax provision (benefit) computed at the federal statutory rate	$	(3,608	)	$	(7,008	)	$	1,566
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit		676			(100	)		613
Benefit of lower foreign rate		(84	)		395			—
Increase in state effective tax rate		—			—			2,073
Permanent differences		652			437			505
Debt issuance costs		(244	)		(221	)		(200	)
Non-deductible transaction costs		566			430			—
Tax settlements and other adjustments to uncertain tax positions		(1,542	)		138			(376	)
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance		(281	)		132			176
Other		(80	)		119			—
Income tax provision (benefit)	$	(3,945	)	$	(5,678	)	$	4,357

Amounts Related to Deferred Income Taxes

As of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, amounts related to deferred income taxes have been classified in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as follows:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
Deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Current	$	15,719		$	16,458
Noncurrent		(270,576	)		(285,345	)
Total	$	(254,857	)	$	(268,887	)

Tax Effects of Significant Temporary Differences that Comprise Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

The tax effects of the significant temporary differences that comprise deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 for the Company are as follows:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued expenses and liabilities	$	8,686		$	8,490
Net operating loss carry-forwards		1,233			2,059
Employee benefits		9,622			7,594
Inventory cost capitalization		6,359			7,633
Other assets		(925	)		954
Other		5,214			5,534
Gross deferred tax assets		30,189			32,264
Less: Deferred tax valuation allowances		(750	)		(762	)
Net deferred tax assets		29,439			31,502
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles		(283,033	)		(299,262	)
Other		(1,263	)		(1,127	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(284,296	)		(300,389	)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)	$	(254,857	)	$	(268,887	)

Reconciliation of Beginning and Ending Amount of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Beginning balance	$	1,953		$	1,815	$	2,181
(Reductions) additions based on tax positions related to the current year, net		(688	)		138		(366	)
Settlements		—			—		—
Reductions for lapse in statute of limitations		(559	)		—		—
Ending balance	$	706		$	1,953	$	1,815

XML

Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012
Goodwill [Line Items]
Beginning balance	$ 483,143	$ 446,787
Purchase accounting adjustments	(1,349)
Acquisitions	25,408	36,457
Currency Translation	(2,869)	(101)
Ending balance	$ 504,333	$ 483,143

XML

Intangible Assets Based on Estimated Fair Value (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified		1 Months Ended				1 Months Ended
	Nov. 30, 2012 TriCan Tire Distributors	Nov. 30, 2012 TriCan Tire Distributors Customer list	Nov. 30, 2012 TriCan Tire Distributors Tradenames	Nov. 30, 2012 TriCan Tire Distributors Favorable leases	Apr. 30, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc.	Apr. 30, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc. Customer list	Apr. 30, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc. Tradenames	Apr. 30, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc. Favorable leases
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Life		16 years	7 years	6 years		16 years	5 years	4 years
Intangible Assets, Estimated Fair Value	$ 49,940	$ 44,621	$ 4,958	$ 361	$ 42,990	$ 40,720	$ 1,900	$ 370

XML

Activity under Two Thousand Ten Restricted Stock Units Plan (Detail) (Restricted Stock Units (RSUs), USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)
Number of Shares
Outstanding and unvested, beginning balance	269,298	175,000	150,000
Granted		219,298	100,000
Vested	(159,649)	(125,000)	(75,000)
Cancelled	(21,930)
Outstanding and unvested, ending balance	87,719	269,298	175,000
Weighted Average Exercise price
Outstanding and unvested, beginning balance	$ 1.11	$ 1.00	$ 1.00
Granted		$ 1.14	$ 1.00
Vested	$ 1.10	$ 1.00	$ 1.00
Cancelled	$ 1.14
Outstanding and unvested, ending balance	$ 1.14	$ 1.11	$ 1.00

XML

Goodwill - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended				3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended				3 Months Ended		3 Months Ended
	Feb. 28, 2013	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jun. 29, 2013 TriCan Tire Distributors	Dec. 28, 2013 TriCan Tire Distributors	Nov. 30, 2012 TriCan Tire Distributors	Dec. 28, 2013 TriCan Tire Distributors Post-closing working capital adjustments	Dec. 28, 2013 Consolidated Tire & Oil	May 24, 2012 Consolidated Tire & Oil	May 28, 2010 Acquisition of Holdings	Dec. 28, 2013 Tire Distributors, Inc.	Aug. 30, 2013 Tire Distributors, Inc.	Dec. 28, 2013 Tire Distributors, Inc. Post-closing working capital adjustments	Dec. 28, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc.	Sep. 28, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc.	Apr. 30, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc.	Dec. 13, 2013 Wholesale Tire Distributors Inc.
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill		$ 504,333,000	$ 483,143,000	$ 446,787,000		$ 25,000,000	$ 25,044,000		$ 10,100,000	$ 10,100,000	$ 418,600,000	$ 2,400,000	$ 2,400,000		$ 20,400,000		$ 20,375,000	$ 1,100,000
Net goodwill, deductible for income tax purposes		26,000,000
Change in goodwill, value	$ 1,600,000				$ (3,400,000)	$ 1,400,000		$ (3,400,000)	$ 600,000			$ 200,000		$ 500,000	$ 1,000,000	$ 1,000,000
Percentage of ownership interest acquired		100.00%							100.00%	100.00%			100.00%

XML

Tax Effects of Significant Temporary Differences that Comprise Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued expenses and liabilities	$ 8,686	$ 8,490
Net operating loss carry-forwards	1,233	2,059
Employee benefits	9,622	7,594
Inventory cost capitalization	6,359	7,633
Other assets	(925)	954
Other	5,214	5,534
Gross deferred tax assets	30,189	32,264
Less: Deferred tax valuation allowances	(750)	(762)
Net deferred tax assets	29,439	31,502
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles	(283,033)	(299,262)
Other	(1,263)	(1,127)
Gross deferred tax liabilities	(284,296)	(300,389)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)	$ (254,857)	$ (268,887)

XML

Acquisitions - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended		1 Months Ended		3 Months Ended		8 Months Ended	1 Months Ended		1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	1 Months Ended		1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended		1 Months Ended
	Feb. 28, 2013	Dec. 28, 2013 Customer Store	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Aug. 30, 2013 Tire Distributors, Inc. Customer Store	Dec. 28, 2013 Tire Distributors, Inc.	Aug. 30, 2013 Tire Distributors, Inc. Customer list	Mar. 22, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc.	Apr. 30, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc.	Dec. 28, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc.	Sep. 28, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc.	Dec. 28, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc.	Apr. 30, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc. Purchase Price At Acquisition	Mar. 22, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc. Customer list	Nov. 30, 2012 TriCan Tire Distributors	Jun. 29, 2013 TriCan Tire Distributors	Dec. 28, 2013 TriCan Tire Distributors	Nov. 30, 2012 TriCan Tire Distributors Purchase Price At Acquisition	Nov. 30, 2012 TriCan Tire Distributors Customer list	May 24, 2012 Consolidated Tire & Oil Customer Store	Dec. 28, 2013 Consolidated Tire & Oil	May 24, 2012 Consolidated Tire & Oil Customer list	Mar. 24, 2012 Consolidated Tire & Oil Customer list	Dec. 13, 2013 Wholesale Tire Distributors Inc. Customer Store	Dec. 13, 2013 Wholesale Tire Distributors Inc. Customer list	Apr. 29, 2011 North Central Tire Customer Store	Apr. 29, 2011 North Central Tire Customer list
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Number of customers		72,000			1,700															500				2,300		2,700
Number of distribution centers		133			1															3				2		3
Finite lived intangible assets							$ 3,400,000							$ 40,700,000					$ 44,600,000			$ 15,900,000	$ 15,900,000		$ 4,400,000	$ 43,400,000	$ 38,200,000
Goodwill		504,333,000	483,143,000	446,787,000	2,400,000	2,400,000			20,375,000	20,400,000		20,400,000			25,044,000		25,000,000			10,100,000	10,100,000			1,100,000		27,000,000
Percentage of ownership interest acquired		100.00%			100.00%															100.00%	100.00%					100.00%
Purchase price								62,500,000	65,898,000		65,900,000		64,900,000		94,069,000	94,100,000		97,500,000
Contingent consideration held in escrow									6,300,000						15,000,000
Business Acquisition Increase In Purchase Price											1,000,000
Change in goodwill, value	1,600,000					200,000				1,000,000	1,000,000					(3,400,000)	1,400,000				600,000
Net sales												143,400,000
Net income												4,000,000
Non-cash amortization expense of inventory step-up		5,400,000	4,100,000									2,700,000
Non-cash amortization expense on acquired intangible assets		76,200,000	66,200,000	61,800,000								4,900,000
Purchase price reduction amount																3,400,000
Business acquisition adjustment to historical amortization expense as a result of acquired intangible assets		$ 1,900,000	$ 11,700,000	$ 5,900,000

XML

Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Gross Amount and Accumulated Amortization of Intangible Assets

The following table sets forth the gross amount and accumulated amortization of the Company’s intangible assets at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012:

	December 28, 2013				December 29, 2012
In thousands	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Customer lists	$	677,062	$	226,614	$	632,589	$	156,249
Noncompete agreements		12,007		6,400		7,898		2,841
Favorable leases		688		119		360		5
Tradenames		10,531		3,754		9,043		1,990
Total finite-lived intangible assets		700,288		236,887		649,890		161,085
Tradenames (indefinite-lived)		249,893		—		249,893		—
Total intangible assets	$	950,181	$	236,887	$	899,783	$	161,085

XML

Reconciliation of Beginning and Ending Amount of Unrecognized Tax Benefits (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Beginning balance	$ 1,953	$ 1,815	$ 2,181
(Reductions) additions based on tax positions related to the current year, net	(688)	138	(366)
Settlements
Reductions for lapse in statute of limitations	(559)
Ending balance	$ 706	$ 1,953	$ 1,815

XML

Future Minimum Lease Commitments Net of Sublease Income (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 28, 2013
Operating Leased Assets [Line Items]
2014	$ 88,941
2015	79,087
2016	68,646
2017	60,772
2018	51,786
Thereafter	175,115
Total	$ 524,347

XML

Summary of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013		Dec. 29, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance Beginning of Year	$ 950		$ 696		$ 340
Additions, Charged to Costs and Expenses	1,795		1,996		1,911
Additions, Charged to Other Accounts
Deductions	(491)	[1]	(1,740)	[1]	(1,555)	[1]
Currency Translation	(85)		(2)
Balance End of Year	2,169		950		696
Acquisition exit cost reserves
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance Beginning of Year	1,839	[2]	3,865	[2]	6,975	[2]
Additions, Charged to Costs and Expenses	636	[2]	528	[2]	(498)	[2]
Additions, Charged to Other Accounts		[2]		[2]		[2]
Deductions	(1,094)	[2]	(2,549)	[2]	(2,612)	[2]
Currency Translation	(171)	[2]	(5)	[2]
Balance End of Year	1,210	[2]	1,839	[2]	3,865	[2]
Inventory reserves
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance Beginning of Year	410		514		192
Additions, Charged to Costs and Expenses	611		419		480
Additions, Charged to Other Accounts
Deductions	(616)		(502)		(158)
Currency Translation	(262)		(21)
Balance End of Year	143		410		514
Sales returns and allowances
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance Beginning of Year	2,167		1,982		29
Additions, Charged to Costs and Expenses	1,485		2,224		2,996
Additions, Charged to Other Accounts
Deductions	(753)		(2,036)		(1,043)
Currency Translation	(55)		(3)
Balance End of Year	2,844		2,167		1,982
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance Beginning of Year	762		840		596
Additions, Charged to Costs and Expenses					244
Additions, Charged to Other Accounts
Deductions	(12)		(78)
Balance End of Year	$ 750		$ 762		$ 840

[1] Accounts written off during the year, net of recoveries.

[2] Amounts represent facilities closing cost of acquired distribution centers due to existing distribution centers being located in close proximity to the acquired distribution facilities.

XML

Gross Amount and Accumulated Amortization of Intangible Assets (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-lived intangible assets, Gross Amount	$ 700,288	$ 649,890
Accumulated Amortization	236,887	161,085
Tradenames (indefinite-lived)	249,893	249,893
Total intangible assets, Gross Amount	950,181	899,783
Customer list
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-lived intangible assets, Gross Amount	677,062	632,589
Accumulated Amortization	226,614	156,249
Noncompete agreement
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-lived intangible assets, Gross Amount	12,007	7,898
Accumulated Amortization	6,400	2,841
Favorable leases
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-lived intangible assets, Gross Amount	688	360
Accumulated Amortization	119	5
Tradenames
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-lived intangible assets, Gross Amount	10,531	9,043
Accumulated Amortization	$ 3,754	$ 1,990

XML

Differences between Amount of Income Taxes Computed by Applying Applicable United States Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate and Pretax Income (Loss) (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Schedule of Effective Tax Rate Reconciliation [Line Items]
Income tax provision (benefit) computed at the federal statutory rate	$ (3,608)	$ (7,008)	$ 1,566
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit	676	(100)	613
Benefit of lower foreign rate	(84)	395
Increase in state effective tax rate			2,073
Permanent differences	652	437	505
Debt issuance costs	(244)	(221)	(200)
Non-deductible transaction costs	566	430
Tax settlements and other adjustments to uncertain tax positions	(1,542)	138	(376)
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance	(281)	132	176
Other	(80)	119
Income tax provision (benefit)	$ (3,945)	$ (5,678)	$ 4,357

XML

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 35,760	$ 25,951	$ 14,979	$ 11,971
Accounts receivable, net	305,247	301,303
Inventories	772,733	721,672
Assets held for sale	910	7,151
Income tax receivable	369	369
Other current assets	35,403	37,153
Total current assets	1,150,422	1,093,599
Property and equipment, net	147,856	129,882
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net	1,217,627	1,221,841
Other assets	43,421	58,680
Total assets	2,559,326	2,504,002
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	563,691	502,221
Accrued expenses	47,723	44,916
Current maturities of long-term debt	564	493
Total current liabilities	611,978	547,630
Long-term debt	966,436	950,711
Deferred income taxes	270,576	285,345
Other liabilities	17,362	14,662
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock
Additional paid-in capital	758,972	756,338
Accumulated earnings (deficit)	(56,898)	(50,541)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	(9,100)	(143)
Total stockholder's equity	692,974	705,654	655,819	651,446
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity	2,559,326	2,504,002
Parent Company
Current assets:
Intercompany receivables	45,052	36,323
Total current assets	45,052	36,323
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net	418,592	418,592
Investment in subsidiaries	229,330	242,010
Other assets		8,729
Total assets	692,974	705,654
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock
Additional paid-in capital	758,972	756,338
Accumulated earnings (deficit)	(56,898)	(50,541)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	(9,100)	(143)
Total stockholder's equity	692,974	705,654
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity	692,974	705,654
Subsidiary Issuer
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	21,712	12,346	14,118	11,304
Accounts receivable, net	265,573	278,557
Inventories	713,377	682,159
Assets held for sale	910	7,151
Income tax receivable	369	369
Other current assets	24,495	28,299
Total current assets	1,026,436	1,008,881
Property and equipment, net	140,554	128,259
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net	662,464	724,681
Investment in subsidiaries	202,325	146,615
Other assets	42,468	48,430
Total assets	2,074,247	2,056,866
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	526,664	469,717
Accrued expenses	43,200	38,524
Current maturities of long-term debt	558	487
Intercompany payables	84,251	82,420
Total current liabilities	654,673	591,148
Long-term debt	930,012	939,719
Deferred income taxes	246,897	269,857
Other liabilities	13,266	14,132
Stockholder's equity:
Intercompany investment	280,622	280,622
Common stock
Additional paid-in capital	14,706	12,072
Accumulated earnings (deficit)	(56,829)	(50,541)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	(9,100)	(143)
Total stockholder's equity	229,399	242,010
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity	2,074,247	2,056,866
Guarantors Subsidiaries
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents				132
Accounts receivable, net		38
Intercompany receivables	60,188	60,616
Other current assets	4,877	4,899
Total current assets	65,065	65,553
Property and equipment, net	343	455
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net	1,450	1,636
Other assets	308	317
Total assets	67,166	67,961
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	2,255	2,255
Accrued expenses	48	126
Current maturities of long-term debt	6	6
Intercompany payables	1,110	1,290
Total current liabilities	3,419	3,677
Long-term debt	3	9
Deferred income taxes	587	587
Other liabilities	18	46
Stockholder's equity:
Intercompany investment	64,935	64,935
Common stock
Accumulated earnings (deficit)	(1,796)	(1,293)
Total stockholder's equity	63,139	63,642
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity	67,166	67,961
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	14,048	13,605	861	535
Accounts receivable, net	40,309	22,708
Inventories	59,466	39,513
Intercompany receivables	12,086
Other current assets	6,031	3,955
Total current assets	131,940	79,781
Property and equipment, net	6,959	1,168
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net	135,121	76,932
Other assets	645	1,204
Total assets	274,665	159,085
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	35,407	30,249
Accrued expenses	4,475	6,266
Intercompany payables	32,006	13,229
Total current liabilities	71,888	49,744
Long-term debt	36,421	10,983
Deferred income taxes	23,092	14,901
Other liabilities	4,078	484
Stockholder's equity:
Intercompany investment	166,041	97,454
Common stock
Accumulated earnings (deficit)	(17,381)	(14,137)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	(9,474)	(344)
Total stockholder's equity	139,186	82,973
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity	274,665	159,085
Eliminations
Current assets:
Accounts receivable, net	(635)
Inventories	(110)
Intercompany receivables	(117,326)	(96,939)
Total current assets	(118,071)	(96,939)
Investment in subsidiaries	(431,655)	(388,625)
Total assets	(549,726)	(485,564)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	(635)
Intercompany payables	(117,367)	(96,939)
Total current liabilities	(118,002)	(96,939)
Stockholder's equity:
Intercompany investment	(511,598)	(443,011)
Common stock
Additional paid-in capital	(14,706)	(12,072)
Accumulated earnings (deficit)	76,006	65,971
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	18,574	487
Total stockholder's equity	(431,724)	(388,625)
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity	$ (549,726)	$ (485,564)

XML

Related Party Transaction - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Transaction and monitoring fee agreement, aggregate termination fee	$ 12.5
Transaction and monitoring fee agreement, monitoring fee expense	$ 5.8	$ 7.4	$ 4.6
Transaction and monitoring fee agreement, monitoring fee percentage	2.00%

XML

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 3,839,269	$ 3,455,864	$ 3,050,240
Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below	3,188,409	2,887,421	2,535,020
Selling, general and administrative expenses	574,987	506,408	437,110
Transaction expenses	6,719	5,246	3,946
Operating income (loss)	69,154	56,789	74,164
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense	(74,284)	(72,918)	(67,580)
Other, net	(5,172)	(3,895)	(2,110)
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes	(10,302)	(20,024)	4,474
Income tax provision (benefit)	(3,945)	(5,678)	4,357
Net income (loss)	(6,357)	(14,346)	117
Comprehensive income (loss)	(15,314)	(14,552)	(41)
Parent Company
Other (expense) income:
Equity earnings of subsidiaries	(6,357)	(14,346)	117
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes	(6,357)	(14,346)	117
Net income (loss)	(6,357)	(14,346)	117
Comprehensive income (loss)	(15,314)	(14,552)	(41)
Subsidiary Issuer
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Net sales	3,496,781	3,445,419	3,052,718
Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below	2,907,138	2,873,576	2,534,697
Selling, general and administrative expenses	512,047	493,898	430,095
Transaction expenses	5,377	5,246	3,946
Operating income (loss)	72,219	72,699	83,980
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense	(72,456)	(72,857)	(67,580)
Other, net	(3,797)	(3,871)	(2,109)
Equity earnings of subsidiaries	(3,747)	(11,293)	(255)
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes	(7,781)	(15,322)	14,036
Income tax provision (benefit)	(1,493)	(976)	13,919
Net income (loss)	(6,288)	(14,346)	117
Comprehensive income (loss)	(15,245)	(14,552)	(41)
Guarantors Subsidiaries
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Net sales	3		488
Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below			282
Selling, general and administrative expenses	770	994	906
Operating income (loss)	(767)	(994)	(700)
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense	(33)
Other, net	2	6	(1)
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes	(798)	(988)	(701)
Income tax provision (benefit)	(295)	(304)	(683)
Net income (loss)	(503)	(684)	(18)
Comprehensive income (loss)	(503)	(684)	(18)
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Net sales	343,886	10,445	(2,966)
Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below	282,562	13,845	41
Selling, general and administrative expenses	62,170	11,516	6,109
Transaction expenses	1,342
Operating income (loss)	(2,188)	(14,916)	(9,116)
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense	(1,795)	(61)
Other, net	(1,377)	(30)
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes	(5,360)	(15,007)	(9,116)
Income tax provision (benefit)	(2,116)	(4,398)	(8,879)
Net income (loss)	(3,244)	(10,609)	(237)
Comprehensive income (loss)	(12,375)	(10,609)	(237)
Eliminations
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Net sales	(1,401)
Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below	(1,291)
Operating income (loss)	(110)
Other (expense) income:
Equity earnings of subsidiaries	10,104	25,639	138
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes	9,994	25,639	138
Income tax provision (benefit)	(41)
Net income (loss)	10,035	25,639	138
Comprehensive income (loss)	$ 28,123	$ 25,845	$ 296

XML

Amounts Related to Deferred Income Taxes (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012
Deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Current	$ 15,719	$ 16,458
Noncurrent	(270,576)	(285,345)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)	$ (254,857)	$ (268,887)

XML

Summary of Compensation Expense Recognized (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 2,634	$ 4,349	$ 4,114
Stock Option
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Stock-based compensation expense	2,524	4,118	3,999
Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 110	$ 231	$ 115

XML

Subsequent Event

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Subsequent Event

18. Subsequent Event:

Kipling Acquisition

On January 17, 2014, TriCan entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with Kipling Tire Co. LTD., a corporation governed by the laws of the Province of Ontario (“Kipling”), pursuant to which TriCan agreed to acquire the wholesale distribution business of Kipling. Kipling has operated as a retail-wholesale business since 1982. Kipling’s wholesale business distributes tires from its Etobicoke facilities to approximately 400 retail customers in Southern Ontario. Kipling’s retail operations were not acquired by TriCan and will continue to operate under its current ownership. This acquisition will further strengthen TriCan’s presence in the Southern Ontario region of Canada. The acquisition was completed on January 17, 2014 and was funded through the Company’s Canadian ABL Facility. The Company does not believe the acquisition of Kipling is a material transaction subject to the disclosures and supplemental pro forma information required by ASC 805 — Business Combinations. As a result, the information is not presented.

Hercules Acquisition

On January 24, 2014, ATD Merger Sub II LLC (“Buyer” or “Merger Sub”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings and ATDI, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Hercules Tire Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Hercules Holdings”), the equityholders of Hercules Holdings (each a “Seller” and, collectively, the “Sellers”) and the Sellers’ Representative, pursuant to which Merger Sub will be merged with and into Hercules Holdings (the “Merger”), with Hercules Holdings being the surviving entity and becoming an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings. Hercules Holdings owns all of the capital stock of The Hercules Tire & Rubber Company, a Connecticut corporation (“Hercules”). Hercules is engaged in the business of purchasing, marketing, distributing and selling after-market replacement tires for passenger cars, trucks, and certain off road vehicles to tire dealers, wholesale distributors, retail distributors and other in the United States, Canada and internationally.

The Merger was completed on January 31, 2014 for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $311.5 million (the “Hercules Closing Purchase Price”), plus up to $10.0 million in additional consideration contingent upon the occurrence of certain performance-related and other post-closing events (to the extent payable, the “Hercules Additional Purchase Price” and, collectively with the Hercules Closing Purchase Price, the “Hercules Purchase Price”). The Hercules Closing Purchase Price is subject to certain post-closing adjustments, including, but not limited to, working capital adjustments.

The Hercules Closing Purchase Price was funded by a combination of the issuance of additional Senior Subordinated Notes, as more fully described below, an equity contribution of $50.0 million from Holdings’ indirect parent and borrowings under Holdings’ credit agreement, as more fully described below. The equity contribution was funded from proceeds of the sale by Accelerate Parent Corp., Holdings’ indirect parent, of 33.3 million shares of common stock to affiliates of TPG Capital L.P. and certain co-investors.

The Merger will be recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the information is not yet available to perform the preliminary purchase price allocation and prepare the supplemental pro forma disclosures. The disclosures and supplemental pro forma information required by ASC 805 — Business Combinations will be made when the information becomes available.

Terry’s Tire Acquisition

On February 17, 2014, ATDI entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with TTT Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Seller”) pursuant to which ATDI agreed to acquire from Seller all of the outstanding capital stock of Terry’s Tire Town Holdings, Inc., an Ohio corporation (“Terry’s Tire”). Terry’s Tire and its subsidiaries are engaged in the business of purchasing, marketing, distributing and selling tires, wheels and related tire and wheel accessories on a wholesale basis to tire dealers, wholesale distributors, retail chains, automotive dealers and others, retreading tires and selling retread and other commercial tires through commercial outlets to end users and selling tires directly to consumers via the internet.

The consummation of the Terry’s Tire acquisition, which is subject to customary closing conditions (including expiration or termination of the applicable waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended), is expected to occur by the end of Holdings’ first quarter or early in the second quarter of 2014. The Stock Purchase Agreement provides for the payment of aggregate cash consideration of approximately $345.0 million, subject to certain customary pre-closing adjustments (the “Terry’s Tire Closing Purchase Price”), plus up to $20.0 million in additional consideration contingent upon the occurrence of certain post-closing events (to the extent payable, the “Terry’s Tire Additional Purchase Price” and, collectively with the Terry’s Tire Closing Purchase Price, the “Terry’s Tire Purchase Price.”) The Terry’s Tire Closing Purchase Price is subject to certain post-closing adjustments, including, but not limited to, working capital adjustments. The Terry’s Tire Purchase Price is expected to be funded by a combination of the issuance of additional debt (as described below) and other resources available to ATDI, including the existing credit agreement. In connection with the entry into the Stock Purchase Agreement, ATDI entered into a debt financing commitment letter (the “Debt Commitment Letter”) with Bank of America, N.A. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (together, the “Lenders”) on February 17, 2014, pursuant to which the Lenders have committed to arrange and provide a $300.0 million senior secured term loan facility on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter. ATDI’s obligations under the Stock Purchase Agreement are not conditioned on receipt of financing.

Amendment of Senior Subordinated Indenture

On January 31, 2014, ATDI entered into the Sixth Supplemental Indenture (the “Sixth Supplemental Indenture”) with The Bank of New York Mellon Trust company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”) and the guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”) to the Subordinated Notes Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2010, among ATDI, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Subordinated Indenture”) relating to the $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 11.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 of ATDI initially issued on May 28, 2010 (the “Initial Subordinated Notes”). ATDI received consents from a 100% of the holders of the Initial Subordinated Notes and accepted such consents. The amendments included in the Sixth Supplemental Indenture provide for ATDI’s ability to incur additional senior debt under the Subordinated Indenture under certain circumstances.

Subordinated Notes Offering

In connection with the consummation of the Hercules Merger, on January 31, 2014, ATDI completed the sale to certain purchasers of $225.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 11.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 (the “Additional Subordinated Notes”). The net proceeds to ATDI from the sale of the Additional Subordinated Notes was approximately $221.1 million.

The Additional Subordinated Notes were issued pursuant to the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2014, among ATDI, the Guarantors and the Trustee (the “Seventh Supplemental Indenture”) to the Senior Subordinated Indenture. The Additional Subordinated Notes have identical terms to the Initial Subordinated Notes, except the Additional Subordinated Notes will accrue interest from January 31, 2014. The Additional Subordinated Notes and the Initial Subordinated Notes will be treated as a single class of securities for all purposes under the Subordinated Indenture. However, the Additional Subordinated Notes will be issued with separate CUSIP numbers from the Initial Subordinated Notes and will not be fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the Initial Subordinated Notes.

Interest on the Additional Subordinated Notes will be paid semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on June 1, 2014. The Additional Subordinated Notes will mature on June 1, 2018. The Additional Subordinated Notes may be redeemed at any time at the option of ATDI, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price of 104.0% of the principal amount if the redemption rate occurs between June 1, 2013 and May 31, 2014, 102.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2014 and May 31, 2015 and 100.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs on June 1, 2015 or thereafter.

Credit Agreement Amendment

Also in connection with the Hercules Merger, on January 31, 2014, Holdings entered into the Second Amendment to Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Second Amendment”). The Second Amendment (1) increases the aggregate principal amount available under the Canadian ABL Facility from $100.0 million to $125.0 million, subject to the Canadian borrowing base, (2) increases the aggregate principal amount available under the U.S. first-in last-out facility (the “U.S. FILO Facility”) from $60.0 million to $80.0 million, subject to the borrowing base specific thereto as modified by the Second Amendment (3) extends the maturity date for the U.S. FILO Facility to 36 months from January 31, 2014, (4) increases the inventory advance rate under the U.S. FILO Facility borrowing base from 7.5% to 10.0% of net orderly liquidation value, and (5) provides the Canadian Borrowers under the agreement with a new first-in last-out facility (the “Canadian FILO Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of up to $15.0 million, subject to a borrowing base specific thereto. The Canadian FILO borrowing base at any time equals the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of (i) 5% of eligible accounts receivable of the Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus (ii) 10.0% of the net orderly liquidation value of the eligible tire and non-tire inventory of the Canadian loan parties, as applicable. The maturity date for the Canadian FILO Facility is the date that is 36 months from January 31, 2014. Hercules, and certain of its subsidiaries, was made a party to, and its equity interests were pledged as collateral under, the Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement upon closing of the Merger. The Second Amendment also made certain other changes to the Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. The Second Amendment did not change the maturity dates of the U.S. ABL Facility or the Canadian ABL Facility or the material terms under which either facility may be accelerated or the U.S. ABL Facility may be increased. Approximately $40.4 million, net of cash received in the Merger, was drawn under the U.S. ABL Facility to finance a portion of the Hercules Closing Purchase Price. Immediately following the closing of the Merger, $5.6 million was drawn on the Canadian FILO Facility with a corresponding decrease to the Canadian ABL Facility.

XML

Inventories - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended			8 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 28, 2013 TriCan Tire Distributors	Dec. 28, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc.	Dec. 28, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc.	Dec. 28, 2013 Tire Distributors, Inc.	Dec. 28, 2013 Wholesale Tire Distributors Inc.
Inventory [Line Items]
Inventory, estimated fair value adjustment			$ 6.3		$ 2.7	$ 0.2	$ 0.5
Inventory step-up amortization period	2 months
Inventory step-up amortization expense	$ 5.4	$ 4.1		$ 2.7

XML

Description of Company - Additional Information (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013 Customer Segment Store Item
Nature Of Business [Line Items]
Number of operating and reportable segment	1
Number of distribution centers	133
Number of redistribution centers in the United States	3
Number of stock-keeping units	40,000
Number of customers	72,000
Tires
Nature Of Business [Line Items]
Percentage of net sales from goods	97.40%
Custom wheels and accessories
Nature Of Business [Line Items]
Percentage of net sales from goods	2.00%
Related tire supplies and tools
Nature Of Business [Line Items]
Percentage of net sales from goods	0.60%
United States
Nature Of Business [Line Items]
Number of customers	64,000
Canada
Nature Of Business [Line Items]
Number of customers	8,000
American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.
Nature Of Business [Line Items]
Percentage of ownership interest	100.00%

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Jan. 01, 2011
Income Tax [Line Items]
Statutory federal income tax rate	35.00%
Acquired non-current deferred tax asset	$ 5,900,000
Expected future tax liability associated with non-deductible, identified, intangible assets that were recorded during Merger, effective tax rate	39.60%
Unrecognized tax benefits	706,000	1,953,000	1,815,000	2,181,000
Unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact effective tax rate	200,000
Unrecognized tax benefits related to timing differences	500,000
Minimum
Income Tax [Line Items]
Net operating loss, expiration year	2014
Maximum
Income Tax [Line Items]
Net operating loss, expiration year	2029
Accrued expenses
Income Tax [Line Items]
Unrecognized tax benefits	400,000
Other Liabilities
Income Tax [Line Items]
Unrecognized tax benefits	300,000
Federal
Income Tax [Line Items]
Net operating loss available for tax purposes	1,600,000
State
Income Tax [Line Items]
Net operating loss available for tax purposes	$ 14,200,000

XML

Employee Benefits (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Changes in Options Outstanding Under Two Thousand Ten Plan

Changes in options outstanding under the 2010 Plan are as follows:

	Options Outstanding			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Options Exercisable		Weighted Average Exercise Price
January 1, 2011		44,448,000			1.00		—		—
Granted		1,900,000			1.00		n/a		n/a
Cancelled		(1,749,600	)		1.00		n/a		n/a
December 31, 2011		44,598,400		$	1.00		8,710,401	$	1.00
Granted		2,277,600			1.14		n/a		n/a
Exercised		(38,000	)		1.00		n/a		n/a
Cancelled		(156,400	)		1.00		n/a		n/a
December 29, 2012		46,681,600		$	1.01		17,594,936	$	1.00
Granted		3,500,002			1.20		n/a		n/a
Exercised		—			—		n/a		n/a
Cancelled		(665,099	)		1.01		n/a		n/a
December 28, 2013		49,516,503		$	1.02		27,794,844	$	1.01

Assumptions Used to Determine Weighted Average Fair Value of Stock Options

The weighted average fair value of the stock options granted during the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $0.54, $0.50 and $0.44, respectively, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted average assumptions were used:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Risk-free interest rate		1.38	%		1.48	%		2.41	%
Dividend yield		—			—			—
Expected life		6.0 years			6.5 years			6.4 years
Volatility		45.39	%		42.81	%		40.75	%

Activity under Two Thousand Ten Restricted Stock Units Plan

The following table summarizes RSU activity under the 2010 RSU Plan:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding and unvested at January 1, 2011		150,000		$	1.00
Granted		100,000			1.00
Vested		(75,000	)		1.00
Cancelled		—			—
Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2011		175,000		$	1.00
Granted		219,298			1.14
Vested		(125,000	)		1.00
Cancelled		—			—
Outstanding and unvested at December 29, 2012		269,298		$	1.11
Granted		—			—
Vested		(159,649	)		1.10
Cancelled		(21,930	)		1.14
Outstanding and unvested at December 28, 2013		87,719		$	1.14

Summary of Compensation Expense Recognized

The following table summarizes the compensation expense recognized:

	Fiscal Year Ended
In thousands	December 28, 2013		December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Stock Options	$	2,524	$	4,118	$	3,999
Restricted Stock Units		110		231		115
Total	$	2,634	$	4,349	$	4,114

XML

Major Classes of Property and Equipment (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	$ 219,168	$ 176,940
Less - Accumulated depreciation	(71,312)	(47,058)
Property and equipment, net	147,856	129,882
Land
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	1,665	2,108
Building and leasehold improvements
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	22,811	21,554
Machinery and equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	27,515	21,745
Furniture and fixtures
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	46,459	39,863
Internal use software
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	117,607	88,021
Vehicles and other
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	$ 3,111	$ 3,649

XML

Employee Benefits - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended				12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended				1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended		1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Feb. 15, 2013	Dec. 28, 2013 401(k) Plans Selling, general and administrative expense	Dec. 29, 2012 401(k) Plans Selling, general and administrative expense	Dec. 31, 2011 401(k) Plans Selling, general and administrative expense	Feb. 15, 2013 Maximum	Dec. 28, 2013 Maximum	Dec. 29, 2012 Maximum	Dec. 31, 2011 Maximum	Feb. 15, 2013 Before Amendment	Feb. 15, 2013 Stock Option Minimum	Dec. 28, 2013 Stock Option Minimum	Feb. 15, 2013 Stock Option Maximum	Dec. 28, 2013 Stock Option Maximum	Dec. 28, 2013 Stock Options	Oct. 31, 2010 Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)	Dec. 28, 2013 Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares authorized for grant				52,100,000								48,600,000						800,000
Number of shares of common stock approved to purchase for stock options								3,500,000
Stock options, exercise price of shares				$ 1.20
Vesting period													3 years	3 years	5 years	5 years			2 years
Number of shares available for grant	2,500,000																		300,000
Options, expiration period									10 years
Weighted-average remaining contractual term for options outstanding	6 years 10 months 24 days
Weighted-average remaining contractual term for options exercisable	6 years 9 months 18 days
Unrecognized compensation expense																	$ 7.6
Unrecognized compensation expense, weighted-average period for recognition																	1 year 3 months 18 days
Weighted average fair value of stock options granted	$ 0.54	$ 0.50	$ 0.44
Number of common stock for each restricted stock unit																		1
Deferred compensation plan, employer contribution, annual vesting percentage	20.00%
Deferred compensation obligation, non-current	3.4	2.7
Deferred compensation, amount of funding through Rabbi Trust	3.4	2.7
Contribution by company on behalf of employees									0.1	0.1	0.1
Employer matching contribution based on employee contribution	50.00%
Employer matching contribution based on employee compensation	6.00%
401(K) matching and profit sharing contributions, vesting period	5 years
Contributions by employer					$ 2.8	$ 2.0	$ 2.1

XML

Derivative Instruments - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified											1 Months Ended				1 Months Ended								1 Months Ended				1 Months Ended
	Sep. 04, 2013 3Q 2013 Swaps Forward Starting Swap	Dec. 28, 2013 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2012 Swaps	Dec. 29, 2012 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2012 Swaps	Aug. 01, 2012 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2012 Swaps Derivative	Dec. 31, 2011 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2012 Swaps	Dec. 28, 2013 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2011 Swaps	Dec. 29, 2012 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2011 Swaps	Dec. 31, 2011 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2011 Swaps	Sep. 23, 2011 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2011 Swaps Derivative	Feb. 24, 2011 Interest Rate Swap 1Q 2011 Swap Derivative	Sep. 04, 2013 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2013 Swaps Derivative	Dec. 28, 2013 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2013 Swaps	Dec. 29, 2012 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2013 Swaps	Dec. 31, 2011 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2013 Swaps	Aug. 01, 2012 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 0.655% and expire in June 2016 (one) 3Q 2012 Swaps	Aug. 01, 2012 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 0.655% and expire in June 2016 (two) 3Q 2012 Swaps	Sep. 23, 2011 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 0.74% and expire in September 2014 3Q 2011 Swaps	Sep. 23, 2011 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 1.0% and expire in September 2015 3Q 2011 Swaps	Feb. 24, 2011 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 0.585% and expired in February 2012 1Q 2011 Swap	Dec. 28, 2013 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 0.585% and expired in February 2012 1Q 2011 Swap	Dec. 29, 2012 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 0.585% and expired in February 2012 1Q 2011 Swap	Dec. 31, 2011 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 0.585% and expired in February 2012 1Q 2011 Swap	Feb. 24, 2011 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 1.105% and expired in February 2013 1Q 2011 Swap	Dec. 28, 2013 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 1.105% and expired in February 2013 1Q 2011 Swap	Dec. 29, 2012 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 1.105% and expired in February 2013 1Q 2011 Swap	Dec. 31, 2011 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 1.105% and expired in February 2013 1Q 2011 Swap	Sep. 04, 2013 Interest rate swap, fixed interest rate of 1.464% and expires in September 2016 3Q 2013 Swaps Forward Starting Swap	Sep. 04, 2013 Interest rate swap, fixed interest rate of 1.942% and expires in September 2016 3Q 2013 Swaps Forward Starting Swap
Derivative [Line Items]
Notional amount of interest rate swap	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 75.00	$ 100.00	$ 200.00	$ 200.00	$ 200.00	$ 50.00	$ 50.00	$ 50.00	$ 50.00	$ 25.00	$ 25.00	$ 25.00	$ 25.00	$ 50.00	$ 50.00	$ 50.00	$ 50.00	$ 50.00	$ 50.00
Interest rate swap, applicable fixed interest rate											1.145%				0.655%	0.655%	0.74%	1.00%	0.585%				1.105%				1.464%	1.942%
Number of interest rate swap agreements				2					2	2	3
Interest rate swap, expiration date											2016-09				2016-06	2016-06	2014-09	2015-09	2012-02				2013-02				2016-09	2016-09
Interest rate swap, effective date																											2014-09	2015-09

XML

Allocation of Purchase Price (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified				1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended		1 Months Ended		3 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Nov. 30, 2012 TriCan Tire Distributors	Jun. 29, 2013 TriCan Tire Distributors	Dec. 28, 2013 TriCan Tire Distributors	Mar. 22, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc.	Apr. 30, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc.	Sep. 28, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc.	Dec. 28, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc.
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Cash				$ 1,344				$ 904
Accounts receivable				35,518				10,093
Inventory				45,445				21,685
Other current assets				495				998
Property and equipment				1,191				1,050
Intangible assets				49,940				42,990
Other assets				755				52
Total assets acquired				134,688				77,772
Debt
Accounts payable				37,576				7,817
Accrued and other liabilities				14,609				12,740
Deferred income taxes				13,003				11,692
Other liabilities				475
Total liabilities assumed				65,663				32,249
Net assets acquired				69,025				45,523
Goodwill	504,333	483,143	446,787	25,044		25,000		20,375		20,400
Purchase price				$ 94,069	$ 94,100		$ 62,500	$ 65,898	$ 65,900

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

A summary of significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements follows:

Basis of Preparation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the consolidated operations of the Company and have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) as defined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) within the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”). In the opinion of management, the accompanying consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the consolidated results for the periods presented. Certain changes in classification of amounts reported in prior years have been made to conform to the 2013 classification.

On May 28, 2010, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 20, 2010, the Company was acquired by TPG Capital, L.P. (“TPG” or the “Sponsor”) and certain co-investors (the “Merger”). Under the guidance provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5J, “New Basis of Accounting Required in Certain Circumstances,” push-down accounting is required when such transactions result in an entity becoming substantially wholly-owned. Under push-down accounting, certain transactions incurred by the buyer, which would otherwise be accounted for in the accounts of the parent, are “pushed down” and recorded on the financial statements of the subsidiary. Therefore, the basis in shares of the Company’s common stock has been pushed down from the buyer to the Company.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Holdings and its 100% owned subsidiaries. Partially-owned investments are accounted for under the equity method. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are based on several factors including the facts and circumstances available at the time the estimates are made, historical experience, risk of loss, general economic conditions and trends, and the assessment of the probable future outcome. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of changes, if any, are reflected in the statement of comprehensive income (loss) in the period that they are determined.

Foreign currency translation

All foreign currency denominated balance sheet accounts are translated at year end exchange rates and revenue and expense accounts are translated at weighted average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Gains and losses resulting from the translation of foreign currency are recorded in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of stockholder’s equity. Transactional foreign currency gains and losses are included in other expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all deposits with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents in its consolidated financial statements. Outstanding checks are presented as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows because they are funded by drawing on the revolving credit facility as they are presented for payment.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts represents the best estimate of probable loss inherent within the Company’s accounts receivable balance. Estimates are based upon both the creditworthiness of specific customers and the overall probability of losses based upon an analysis of the overall aging of receivables as well as past collection trends and general economic conditions.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method, or fair market value and consist primarily of automotive tires, custom wheels, and related tire supply and tool products. The Company performs periodic assessments to determine the existence of obsolete, slow-moving and non-saleable inventories and records necessary provisions to reduce such inventories to net realizable value. A majority of the Company’s tire vendors allow for the return of tire products, subject to certain limitations, specified in supply arrangements with the vendors.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. For financial reporting purposes, assets placed in service are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method at annual rates sufficient to amortize the cost of the assets less estimated salvage values over the assets’ estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their economic useful life or the related lease term. The range of useful lives used to depreciate property and equipment is as follows:

Buildings	25 to 31 years
Leasehold improvements	2 to 10 years
Machinery and equipment	2 to 10 years
Furniture and fixtures	3 to 8 years
Internal use software	1 to 5 years
Vehicles and other	3 to 6 years

Major expenditures for replacements and significant improvements that increase asset values and extend useful lives are capitalized. Repairs and maintenance expenditures that do not extend the useful life of the asset are charged to expense as incurred. The carrying amounts of assets that are sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts in the year of disposal, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the statement of comprehensive income (loss).

The Company capitalizes costs, including interest, incurred to develop or acquire internal-use software. These costs are capitalized subsequent to the preliminary project stage once specific criteria are met. Costs incurred in the preliminary project planning stage are expensed. Other costs, such as maintenance and training, are also expensed as incurred. Capitalized costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method.

The Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value of its property and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested and reviewed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or whenever there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the asset may be less than the carrying amount of the asset.

Recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level and determined using a two step process. The first step compares the carrying amount of the reporting unit to its estimated fair value. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. To the extent that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, a second step is performed, wherein the reporting unit’s carrying value of goodwill is compared to the implied fair value of goodwill. To the extent that the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value, impairment exists and must be recognized.

Recoverability of other indefinite-lived intangible assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the intangible assets to the estimated fair value of the respective intangible assets. Any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value is recognized as an impairment loss equal to that excess.

Intangible assets such as customer-related intangible assets and noncompete agreements with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line or accelerated basis over their estimated economic lives. The weighted-average useful lives approximate the following:

Customer list	16 to 19 years
Tradenames	1 to 7 years
Noncompete agreements	1 to 5 years
Favorable leases	4 to 6 years

The Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value of its intangible assets with finite useful lives whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs are expenditures associated with obtaining financings that are capitalized in the consolidated balance sheets and amortized over the term of the loans to which such costs relate. Amounts capitalized are recorded within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and amortized to interest expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). At December 28, 2013, the unamortized balance of deferred financing costs was $16.3 million, which includes $1.1 million incurred to increase the borrowing capacity of the Company’s Canadian ABL Facility and FILO Facility during fiscal 2013 (See Note 9 for additional information). At December 29, 2012, the unamortized balance of deferred financing costs was $19.7 million. Amortization for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 was $4.5 million, $7.5 million and $4.8 million, respectively. Amortization for fiscal 2012 included $2.8 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs associated with a lender that is not participating in the new syndication group.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

For derivative instruments, the Company applies FASB authoritative guidance which establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. This statement requires that changes in the derivative’s fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met and that a company must formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment.

Self Insurance

The Company is self-insured with respect to employee health liability claims and maintains a large deductible program on both workers’ compensation and auto insurance. The Company has stop-loss insurance coverage for individual claims in excess of $0.3 million for employee health insurance and deductibles of $0.3 million on the workers’ compensation and auto on a per claim basis. Aggregate stop-loss limits for workers’ compensation and auto are $9.0 million. There is no aggregate stop-loss limit on employee health insurance. A reserve for liabilities associated with losses is established for claims filed and claims incurred but not yet reported using actuarial methods followed in the insurance industry as well as the Company’s historical claims experience.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized and earned when all of the following criteria are satisfied: (a) persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists; (b) price is fixed or determinable; (c) collectability is reasonably assured; and (d) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered. The Company recognizes revenue when the title and the risks and rewards of ownership have substantially transferred to the customer, which is upon delivery under free on board (“FOB”) destination terms. The Company permits customers from time to time to return certain products, but there is no contractual right of return. The Company continuously monitors and tracks such returns and records an estimate of such future returns, which is based on historical experience and recent trends.

In the normal course of business, the Company extends credit, on open accounts, to its customers after performing a credit analysis based on a number of financial and other criteria. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and does not normally require collateral; however, letters of credit and other security are occasionally required for certain new and existing customers.

Customer Rebates

The Company offers rebates to its customers under a number of different programs. These rebates are recorded in accordance with the accounting standards for consideration given by a vendor to a customer. The majority of these programs provide for the customer to receive rebates, generally in the form of a reduction in the related accounts receivable balance, when certain measures are achieved, generally related to the volume of product purchased from the Company. These rebates are recorded as a reduction of the related price of the product, which reduces the amount of revenue recorded. Throughout the year, the amount of rebates is estimated based on the expected level of purchases to be made by customers that participate in the rebate programs. These estimates are periodically revised to reflect rebates earned by customers based on actual purchases made.

Manufacturer Rebates

The Company receives rebates from its vendors under a number of different programs. These rebates are recorded in accordance with the accounting standards for cash consideration received from a vendor. Many of the vendor programs provide for the Company to receive rebates when any of a number of measures are achieved, generally related to the volume of purchases. These rebates are accounted for as a reduction to the price of the product, which reduces the carrying value of our inventory, and our cost of goods sold when product is sold. Throughout the year, the amount recognized for annual rebates is based on purchases management considers probable for the full year. These estimates are continually revised to reflect rebates earned based on actual purchase levels.

Cooperative Advertising and Marketing Programs

The Company participates in cooperative advertising and marketing programs (“co-op”) with its vendors. Co-op funds are provided to the Company generally based on the volume of purchases made with vendors that offer such programs. A portion of the funds received must be used for specific advertising and marketing expenditures incurred by the Company or its customers. The co-op funds received by the Company from its vendors are accounted for in accordance with the accounting standards related to accounting for cash consideration received from a vendor, which requires that the Company record the funds received as a reduction of cost of sales or as an offset to specific costs incurred in selling the vendor’s products. The co-op funds that are provided to the Company’s customers are accounted for in accordance with authoritative guidance related to accounting for cash consideration given by a vendor to a customer, which requires that the Company record the funds paid as a reduction of revenue since no separate identifiable benefit is received by the Company.

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

In accordance with current accounting standards, the Company determined that shipping fees shall be reported on a gross basis. As a result, all amounts billed to a customer in a sale transaction related to shipping fees represent revenues earned for the goods provided and therefore recorded within net sales in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss). Handling costs include expenses incurred to store, move, and prepare products for shipment. The Company classifies these costs as selling, general and administrative expenses within the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss), and includes a portion of internal costs such as salaries and overhead related to these activities. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company incurred $213.8 million, $171.1 million and $140.8 million, respectively, related to these expenses.

Income Taxes

The Company records a tax provision for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations. The provision is computed using the asset and liability method of accounting, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. In addition, the Company recognizes future tax benefits, such as net operating losses and tax credits, to the extent that realizing these benefits is considered in its judgment to be more likely than not. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax items are expected to be realized or settled. The Company regularly reviews the recoverability of its deferred tax assets considering historic profitability, projected future taxable income, and timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences as well as the feasibility of our tax planning strategies. Where appropriate, a valuation allowance is recorded if available evidence suggests that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Changes to valuation allowances are recognized in earnings in the period such determination is made.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position only when, based upon the technical merits, it is more-likely-than-not that the position will be sustained upon examination. The tax impacts recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest impact that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. The Company recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions as a component of the provision for income taxes.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2012-02, “Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment” which amended the guidance on the annual impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill. The amended guidance will allow a company the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If, based on the qualitative assessment, it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, quantitative impairment testing is required. However, if a company concludes otherwise, quantitative impairment testing is not required. This new guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this guidance on December 30, 2012 (the first day of its 2013 fiscal year); however, the Company performed its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2013.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income” which amended the guidance for reporting reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The amended guidance requires an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is entirely reclassified to net income, as required by U.S. GAAP. For other amounts, that are not required by U.S. GAAP to be entirely reclassified to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures that will provide additional detail concerning these amounts. The amendments are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company adopted this guidance on December 30, 2012 and its adoption did not have an effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exits.” ASU 2013-11 clarifies guidance and eliminates diversity in practice on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists at the reporting date. This new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2013 and subsequent interim periods. The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.

XML

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments Included within Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Detail) (Derivatives not designated as hedges, Accrued expenses, USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Fair value of derivative instruments	$ 2,952	$ 2,213
Interest Rate Swap | 1Q 2011 Swaps
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Fair value of derivative instruments		149
Interest Rate Swap | 3Q 2011 Swaps
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Fair value of derivative instruments	792	1,314
Interest Rate Swap | 3Q 2012 Swaps
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Fair value of derivative instruments	280	750
Interest Rate Swap | 3Q 2013 Swaps
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Fair value of derivative instruments	$ 1,880

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Percentage of ownership interest acquired	100.00%
Unamortized balance of deferred financing costs	$ 16.3	$ 19.7
Amortization of financing cost	4.5	7.5	4.8
Write-off of deferred financing costs		2.8
Shipping and handling fees and costs	213.8	171.1	140.8
Measurement of tax benefit, minimum likelihood of largest amount being realized upon ultimate settlement	50.00%
Increase the borrowing capacity and extend the maturity date of the Company's revolving credit facility
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Unamortized balance of deferred financing costs	1.1
Employee health insurance
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Stop-loss insurance coverage, threshold	0.3
Workers' compensation
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Stop-loss insurance coverage, threshold	0.3
Workers' compensation and auto
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Stop-loss insurance coverage, threshold	$ 9.0

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Range of Useful Lives used to Depreciate Property and Equipment

The range of useful lives used to depreciate property and equipment is as follows:

Buildings	25 to 31 years
Leasehold improvements	2 to 10 years
Machinery and equipment	2 to 10 years
Furniture and fixtures	3 to 8 years
Internal use software	1 to 5 years
Vehicles and other	3 to 6 years

Weighted-Average Useful Lives of Intangible Assets

The weighted-average useful lives approximate the following:

Customer list	16 to 19 years
Tradenames	1 to 7 years
Noncompete agreements	1 to 5 years
Favorable leases	4 to 6 years

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Basis of Preparation

Basis of Preparation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the consolidated operations of the Company and have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) as defined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) within the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”). In the opinion of management, the accompanying consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the consolidated results for the periods presented. Certain changes in classification of amounts reported in prior years have been made to conform to the 2013 classification.

On May 28, 2010, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 20, 2010, the Company was acquired by TPG Capital, L.P. (“TPG” or the “Sponsor”) and certain co-investors (the “Merger”). Under the guidance provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5J, “New Basis of Accounting Required in Certain Circumstances,” push-down accounting is required when such transactions result in an entity becoming substantially wholly-owned. Under push-down accounting, certain transactions incurred by the buyer, which would otherwise be accounted for in the accounts of the parent, are “pushed down” and recorded on the financial statements of the subsidiary. Therefore, the basis in shares of the Company’s common stock has been pushed down from the buyer to the Company.

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Holdings and its 100% owned subsidiaries. Partially-owned investments are accounted for under the equity method. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are based on several factors including the facts and circumstances available at the time the estimates are made, historical experience, risk of loss, general economic conditions and trends, and the assessment of the probable future outcome. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of changes, if any, are reflected in the statement of comprehensive income (loss) in the period that they are determined.

Foreign currency translation

Foreign currency translation

All foreign currency denominated balance sheet accounts are translated at year end exchange rates and revenue and expense accounts are translated at weighted average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Gains and losses resulting from the translation of foreign currency are recorded in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of stockholder’s equity. Transactional foreign currency gains and losses are included in other expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all deposits with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents in its consolidated financial statements. Outstanding checks are presented as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows because they are funded by drawing on the revolving credit facility as they are presented for payment.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts represents the best estimate of probable loss inherent within the Company’s accounts receivable balance. Estimates are based upon both the creditworthiness of specific customers and the overall probability of losses based upon an analysis of the overall aging of receivables as well as past collection trends and general economic conditions.

Inventories

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method, or fair market value and consist primarily of automotive tires, custom wheels, and related tire supply and tool products. The Company performs periodic assessments to determine the existence of obsolete, slow-moving and non-saleable inventories and records necessary provisions to reduce such inventories to net realizable value. A majority of the Company’s tire vendors allow for the return of tire products, subject to certain limitations, specified in supply arrangements with the vendors.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. For financial reporting purposes, assets placed in service are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method at annual rates sufficient to amortize the cost of the assets less estimated salvage values over the assets’ estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their economic useful life or the related lease term. The range of useful lives used to depreciate property and equipment is as follows:

Buildings	25 to 31 years
Leasehold improvements	2 to 10 years
Machinery and equipment	2 to 10 years
Furniture and fixtures	3 to 8 years
Internal use software	1 to 5 years
Vehicles and other	3 to 6 years

Major expenditures for replacements and significant improvements that increase asset values and extend useful lives are capitalized. Repairs and maintenance expenditures that do not extend the useful life of the asset are charged to expense as incurred. The carrying amounts of assets that are sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts in the year of disposal, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the statement of comprehensive income (loss).

The Company capitalizes costs, including interest, incurred to develop or acquire internal-use software. These costs are capitalized subsequent to the preliminary project stage once specific criteria are met. Costs incurred in the preliminary project planning stage are expensed. Other costs, such as maintenance and training, are also expensed as incurred. Capitalized costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method.

The Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value of its property and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested and reviewed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or whenever there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the asset may be less than the carrying amount of the asset.

Recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level and determined using a two step process. The first step compares the carrying amount of the reporting unit to its estimated fair value. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. To the extent that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, a second step is performed, wherein the reporting unit’s carrying value of goodwill is compared to the implied fair value of goodwill. To the extent that the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value, impairment exists and must be recognized.

Recoverability of other indefinite-lived intangible assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the intangible assets to the estimated fair value of the respective intangible assets. Any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value is recognized as an impairment loss equal to that excess.

Intangible assets such as customer-related intangible assets and noncompete agreements with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line or accelerated basis over their estimated economic lives. The weighted-average useful lives approximate the following:

Customer list	16 to 19 years
Tradenames	1 to 7 years
Noncompete agreements	1 to 5 years
Favorable leases	4 to 6 years

The Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value of its intangible assets with finite useful lives whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs are expenditures associated with obtaining financings that are capitalized in the consolidated balance sheets and amortized over the term of the loans to which such costs relate. Amounts capitalized are recorded within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and amortized to interest expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). At December 28, 2013, the unamortized balance of deferred financing costs was $16.3 million, which includes $1.1 million incurred to increase the borrowing capacity of the Company’s Canadian ABL Facility and FILO Facility during fiscal 2013 (See Note 9 for additional information). At December 29, 2012, the unamortized balance of deferred financing costs was $19.7 million. Amortization for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 was $4.5 million, $7.5 million and $4.8 million, respectively. Amortization for fiscal 2012 included $2.8 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs associated with a lender that is not participating in the new syndication group.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

For derivative instruments, the Company applies FASB authoritative guidance which establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. This statement requires that changes in the derivative’s fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met and that a company must formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment.

Self Insurance

Self Insurance

The Company is self-insured with respect to employee health liability claims and maintains a large deductible program on both workers’ compensation and auto insurance. The Company has stop-loss insurance coverage for individual claims in excess of $0.3 million for employee health insurance and deductibles of $0.3 million on the workers’ compensation and auto on a per claim basis. Aggregate stop-loss limits for workers’ compensation and auto are $9.0 million. There is no aggregate stop-loss limit on employee health insurance. A reserve for liabilities associated with losses is established for claims filed and claims incurred but not yet reported using actuarial methods followed in the insurance industry as well as the Company’s historical claims experience.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized and earned when all of the following criteria are satisfied: (a) persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists; (b) price is fixed or determinable; (c) collectability is reasonably assured; and (d) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered. The Company recognizes revenue when the title and the risks and rewards of ownership have substantially transferred to the customer, which is upon delivery under free on board (“FOB”) destination terms. The Company permits customers from time to time to return certain products, but there is no contractual right of return. The Company continuously monitors and tracks such returns and records an estimate of such future returns, which is based on historical experience and recent trends.

In the normal course of business, the Company extends credit, on open accounts, to its customers after performing a credit analysis based on a number of financial and other criteria. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and does not normally require collateral; however, letters of credit and other security are occasionally required for certain new and existing customers.

Customer Rebates

Customer Rebates

The Company offers rebates to its customers under a number of different programs. These rebates are recorded in accordance with the accounting standards for consideration given by a vendor to a customer. The majority of these programs provide for the customer to receive rebates, generally in the form of a reduction in the related accounts receivable balance, when certain measures are achieved, generally related to the volume of product purchased from the Company. These rebates are recorded as a reduction of the related price of the product, which reduces the amount of revenue recorded. Throughout the year, the amount of rebates is estimated based on the expected level of purchases to be made by customers that participate in the rebate programs. These estimates are periodically revised to reflect rebates earned by customers based on actual purchases made.

Manufacturer Rebates

Manufacturer Rebates

The Company receives rebates from its vendors under a number of different programs. These rebates are recorded in accordance with the accounting standards for cash consideration received from a vendor. Many of the vendor programs provide for the Company to receive rebates when any of a number of measures are achieved, generally related to the volume of purchases. These rebates are accounted for as a reduction to the price of the product, which reduces the carrying value of our inventory, and our cost of goods sold when product is sold. Throughout the year, the amount recognized for annual rebates is based on purchases management considers probable for the full year. These estimates are continually revised to reflect rebates earned based on actual purchase levels.

Cooperative Advertising and Marketing Programs

Cooperative Advertising and Marketing Programs

The Company participates in cooperative advertising and marketing programs (“co-op”) with its vendors. Co-op funds are provided to the Company generally based on the volume of purchases made with vendors that offer such programs. A portion of the funds received must be used for specific advertising and marketing expenditures incurred by the Company or its customers. The co-op funds received by the Company from its vendors are accounted for in accordance with the accounting standards related to accounting for cash consideration received from a vendor, which requires that the Company record the funds received as a reduction of cost of sales or as an offset to specific costs incurred in selling the vendor’s products. The co-op funds that are provided to the Company’s customers are accounted for in accordance with authoritative guidance related to accounting for cash consideration given by a vendor to a customer, which requires that the Company record the funds paid as a reduction of revenue since no separate identifiable benefit is received by the Company.

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

In accordance with current accounting standards, the Company determined that shipping fees shall be reported on a gross basis. As a result, all amounts billed to a customer in a sale transaction related to shipping fees represent revenues earned for the goods provided and therefore recorded within net sales in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss). Handling costs include expenses incurred to store, move, and prepare products for shipment. The Company classifies these costs as selling, general and administrative expenses within the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss), and includes a portion of internal costs such as salaries and overhead related to these activities. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company incurred $213.8 million, $171.1 million and $140.8 million, respectively, related to these expenses.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The Company records a tax provision for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations. The provision is computed using the asset and liability method of accounting, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. In addition, the Company recognizes future tax benefits, such as net operating losses and tax credits, to the extent that realizing these benefits is considered in its judgment to be more likely than not. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax items are expected to be realized or settled. The Company regularly reviews the recoverability of its deferred tax assets considering historic profitability, projected future taxable income, and timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences as well as the feasibility of our tax planning strategies. Where appropriate, a valuation allowance is recorded if available evidence suggests that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Changes to valuation allowances are recognized in earnings in the period such determination is made.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position only when, based upon the technical merits, it is more-likely-than-not that the position will be sustained upon examination. The tax impacts recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest impact that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. The Company recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions as a component of the provision for income taxes.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2012-02, “Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment” which amended the guidance on the annual impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill. The amended guidance will allow a company the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If, based on the qualitative assessment, it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, quantitative impairment testing is required. However, if a company concludes otherwise, quantitative impairment testing is not required. This new guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this guidance on December 30, 2012 (the first day of its 2013 fiscal year); however, the Company performed its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2013.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income” which amended the guidance for reporting reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The amended guidance requires an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is entirely reclassified to net income, as required by U.S. GAAP. For other amounts, that are not required by U.S. GAAP to be entirely reclassified to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures that will provide additional detail concerning these amounts. The amendments are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company adopted this guidance on December 30, 2012 and its adoption did not have an effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exits.” ASU 2013-11 clarifies guidance and eliminates diversity in practice on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists at the reporting date. This new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2013 and subsequent interim periods. The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.

XML

Intangible Assets - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended				1 Months Ended		8 Months Ended	1 Months Ended									1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	May 28, 2010 Acquisition of Holdings	Dec. 13, 2013 Wholesale Tire Distributors Inc. Customer list	Aug. 30, 2013 Tire Distributors, Inc. Customer list	Dec. 28, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc.	Mar. 22, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc. Customer list	Mar. 22, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc. Tradenames	Mar. 22, 2013 Regional Tire Holdings Inc. Favorable leases	Nov. 30, 2012 TriCan Tire Distributors Customer list	Nov. 30, 2012 TriCan Tire Distributors Tradenames	Nov. 30, 2012 TriCan Tire Distributors Favorable leases	Mar. 24, 2012 Consolidated Tire & Oil Customer list	May 24, 2012 Consolidated Tire & Oil Customer list	Apr. 29, 2011 North Central Tire	Apr. 29, 2011 North Central Tire Customer list	Apr. 29, 2011 North Central Tire Noncompete agreement	Dec. 28, 2013 Minimum	Dec. 28, 2013 Maximum
Indefinite And Finite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite lived intangible assets, useful life					16 years	16 years		16 years	5 years	4 years	16 years	7 years	6 years	16 years			19 years	5 years	1 year	19 years
Intangible assets	$ 713,294,000	$ 738,698,000		$ 781,300,000
Finite-lived intangible assets					4,400,000	3,400,000		40,700,000	1,900,000	400,000	44,600,000	4,900,000	400,000	15,900,000	15,900,000	43,400,000	38,200,000	5,200,000
Intangible asset, amortization expense	76,200,000	66,200,000	61,800,000				4,900,000
Estimated amortization expense in 2014	73,200,000
Estimated amortization expense in 2015	62,700,000
Estimated amortization expense in 2016	52,900,000
Estimated amortization expense in 2017	46,200,000
Estimated amortization expense in 2018	$ 39,600,000

XML

Range of Useful Lives Used to Depreciate Property and Equipment (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013
Buildings | Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful lives	25 years
Buildings | Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful lives	31 years
Leasehold improvements | Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful lives	2 years
Leasehold improvements | Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful lives	10 years
Machinery and equipment | Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful lives	2 years
Machinery and equipment | Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful lives	10 years
Furniture and fixtures | Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful lives	3 years
Furniture and fixtures | Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful lives	8 years
Internal use software | Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful lives	1 year
Internal use software | Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful lives	5 years
Vehicles and other | Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful lives	3 years
Vehicles and other | Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, useful lives	6 years

XML

Acquisitions: (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Unaudited Pro Forma Supplementary Data Related to TriCan and RTD Acquisition

The following unaudited pro forma supplementary data for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 gives effect to the acquisition of RTD as if it had occurred on January 1, 2012 (the first day of the Company’s 2012 fiscal year) and gives effect to the acquisition of TriCan as if it had occurred on January 2, 2011 (the first day of the Company’s 2011 fiscal year). The pro forma supplementary data is provided for informational purposes only and should not be construed to be indicative of the Company’s results of operations had the TriCan and RTD acquisitions been consummated on the date assumed and does not project the Company’s results of operations for any future date.

	Pro Forma
In thousands	Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2013			Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012			Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
Net sales	$	3,873,469		$	3,767,037		$	3,234,331
Net income (loss)		(9,007	)		(9,289	)		5,596

Regional Tire Holdings Inc.

Allocation of Purchase Price

The allocation of the Adjusted Purchase Price is a follows:

In thousands
Cash	$	904
Accounts receivable		10,093
Inventory		21,685
Other current assets		998
Property and equipment		1,050
Intangible assets		42,990
Other assets		52
Total assets acquired		77,772
Debt		—
Accounts payable		7,817
Accrued and other liabilities		12,740
Deferred income taxes		11,692
Total liabilities assumed		32,249
Net assets acquired		45,523
Goodwill		20,375
Purchase price	$	65,898

Intangible Assets Based on Estimated Fair Value

The Company recorded intangible assets based on their estimated fair value which consisted of the following:

In thousands	Estimated Useful Life	Estimated Fair Value
Customer list	16 years	$	40,720
Tradenames	5 years		1,900
Favorable leases	4 years		370
Total		$	42,990

TriCan Tire Distributors

Allocation of Purchase Price

The allocation of the purchase price is as follows:

In thousands
Cash	$	1,344
Accounts receivable		35,518
Inventory		45,445
Other current assets		495
Property and equipment		1,191
Intangible assets		49,940
Other assets		755
Total assets acquired		134,688
Debt		—
Accounts payable		37,576
Accrued and other liabilities		14,609
Deferred income taxes		13,003
Other liabilities		475
Total liabilities assumed		65,663
Net assets acquired		69,025
Goodwill		25,044
Purchase price	$	94,069

Intangible Assets Based on Estimated Fair Value

The Company recorded intangible assets based on their estimated fair value and consisted of the followings:

In thousands	Estimated Useful Life	Estimated Fair Value
Customer list	16 years	$	44,621
Tradenames	7 years		4,958
Favorable leases	6 years		361
Total		$	49,940

XML

Property and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Major Classes of Property and Equipment

The following table represents the major classes of property and equipment at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
Land	$	1,665		$	2,108
Buildings and leasehold improvements		22,811			21,554
Machinery and equipment		27,515			21,745
Furniture and fixtures		46,459			39,863
Software		117,607			88,021
Vehicles and other		3,111			3,649
Total property and equipment		219,168			176,940
Less - Accumulated depreciation		(71,312	)		(47,058	)
Property and equipment, net	$	147,856		$	129,882

XML

Description of Company

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Description of Company

1. Description of Company:

American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. (also referred to herein as “Holdings”) is a Delaware corporation that owns 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of American Tire Distributors, Inc. (“ATDI”), a Delaware corporation. Holdings has no significant assets or operations other than its ownership of ATDI. The operations of ATDI and its subsidiaries constitute the operations of Holdings presented under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Unless the context otherwise requires, “Company” herein refers to Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries.

The Company is primarily engaged in the wholesale distribution of tires, custom wheels and accessories, and related tire supplies and tools, representing 97.4%, 2.0% and 0.6%, respectively, of our net sales. Operating as one operating and reportable segment through a network of 133 distribution centers, including three redistribution centers in the United States, the Company offers access to an extensive breadth and depth of inventory, representing approximately 40,000 stock-keeping units (SKUs) to approximately 72,000 customers (approximately 64,000 in the U.S. and 8,000 in Canada). The Company’s customer base is comprised primarily of independent tire dealers with the remainder of other customers representing various national and corporate accounts. The Company serves a majority of the contiguous United States as well as Canada.

The Company’s fiscal year is based on either a 52- or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to each December 31. Therefore, the financial results of 53-week fiscal years will not be exactly comparable to the prior and subsequent 52-week fiscal years. The fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 each contain operating results for 52 weeks. It should be noted that, prior to fiscal 2013, the Company and its TriCan Tire Distributors (“TriCan”) subsidiary had different year-end reporting dates. For fiscal 2012, TriCan had a calendar year-end reporting date of December 31. The impact from this difference on the consolidated financial statements was not material. TriCan converted to the Company’s fiscal year reporting date during fiscal 2013.

XML

Goodwill (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
Beginning balance	$	483,143		$	446,787
Purchase accounting adjustments		(1,349	)		—
Acquisitions		25,408			36,457
Currency translation		(2,869	)		(101	)
Ending balance	$	504,333		$	483,143

XML

Long-Lived Assets by Geographic Area (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Property and equipment, net	$ 147,856	$ 129,882
United States
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Property and equipment, net	141,055	128,724
Canada
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Property and equipment, net	$ 6,801	$ 1,158

XML

Geographic Area Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Net Sales by Geographic Area

Net sales by country were determined based on the location of the selling subsidiary. 

	Fiscal Year Ended
In thousands	December 28, 2013		December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Net sales to external customers:
United States	$	3,499,770		3,443,781		3,050,240
Canada		339,499		12,083		—
Total	$	3,839,269	$	3,455,864	$	3,050,240

Long-Lived Assets by Geographic Area

Long-lived assets consisted of property and equipment, net

	Fiscal Year Ended
In thousands	December 28, 2013		December 29, 2012
Long-lived assets:
United States	$	141,055		128,724
Canada		6,801		1,158
Total	$	147,856	$	129,882

XML

Property and Equipment - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 28, 2013
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Depreciation expense	$ 29,500,000	$ 23,100,000	$ 16,500,000
Accumulated depreciation	71,312,000	47,058,000
Sale and lease back assets book value, net				1,500,000
Assets Held under Capital Leases
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Depreciation expense	300,000	200,000	300,000
Accumulated depreciation	1,100,000	800,000
Sale and lease back assets book value, net	$ 6,900,000	$ 7,200,000

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	Feb. 01, 2012 Facility	Mar. 31, 2002 Facility	Mar. 27, 2002 Facility	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Line Items]
Operating lease, rent expense net of sublease income				$ 92,900,000	$ 75,100,000	$ 59,100,000
Number of facilities for sale and leaseback		3	3
Number of facility reacquired under sale-leaseback transaction	1
Remaining lease payment term	15 years
Sale-leaseback transaction, renewal option period	5 years	10 years
Capital lease obligation				12,330,000	12,469,000	14,100,000
Total obligation as guarantor on lease				2,000,000
Subleased rentals				1,800,000
Guarantee obligation period				5 years
Sale-Leaseback Capital Lease
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Line Items]
Capital lease obligation				$ 12,200,000
Minimum
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Line Items]
Operating leases, expiration year				2014
Maximum
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Line Items]
Operating leases, expiration year				2027

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 35,760	$ 25,951
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,169 and $950 in fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively	305,247	301,303
Inventories	772,733	721,672
Deferred income taxes	15,719	16,458
Income tax receivable	369	369
Assets held for sale	910	7,151
Other current assets	19,684	20,695
Total current assets	1,150,422	1,093,599
Property and equipment, net	147,856	129,882
Goodwill	504,333	483,143
Other intangible assets, net	713,294	738,698
Other assets	43,421	58,680
Total assets	2,559,326	2,504,002
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	563,691	502,221
Accrued expenses	47,723	44,916
Current maturities of long-term debt	564	493
Total current liabilities	611,978	547,630
Long-term debt	966,436	950,711
Deferred income taxes	270,576	285,345
Other liabilities	17,362	14,662
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 13)
Stockholder's equity:
Common stock, par value $.01 per share; 1,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding
Additional paid-in capital	758,972	756,338
Accumulated earnings (deficit)	(56,898)	(50,541)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	(9,100)	(143)
Total stockholder's equity	692,974	705,654
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity	$ 2,559,326	$ 2,504,002

XML

Weighted-Average Useful Lives of Intangible Assets (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013
Customer list | Minimum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets, weighted average useful life	16 years
Customer list | Maximum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets, weighted average useful life	19 years
Tradenames | Minimum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets, weighted average useful life	1 year
Tradenames | Maximum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets, weighted average useful life	7 years
Noncompete agreement | Minimum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets, weighted average useful life	1 year
Noncompete agreement | Maximum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets, weighted average useful life	5 years
Favorable leases | Minimum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets, weighted average useful life	4 years
Favorable leases | Maximum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets, weighted average useful life	6 years

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Unrealized gain (loss) on rabbi trust assets, tax	$ 0.1	$ 0.1	$ 0

XML

Long-term Debt - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended			12 Months Ended									1 Months Ended			1 Months Ended							1 Months Ended			12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended										12 Months Ended						12 Months Ended				12 Months Ended
	Feb. 01, 2012 Facility	Mar. 31, 2002 Times Facility	Mar. 27, 2002 Facility	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 28, 2013 Sale-Leaseback Capital Lease	Dec. 28, 2013 FILO Facility	Dec. 28, 2013 United States	Dec. 29, 2012 United States	Dec. 28, 2013 Canada	Dec. 29, 2012 Canada	May 28, 2010 Senior Notes	Dec. 28, 2013 Senior Notes	Dec. 29, 2012 Senior Notes	May 28, 2010 Senior Notes Between June 1, 2013 and May 31, 2014	May 28, 2010 Senior Notes Between June 1, 2014 and May 31, 2015	May 28, 2010 Senior Notes Between June 1, 2015 and May 31, 2016	May 28, 2010 Senior Notes Between June 1, 2016 and May 31, 2017	May 28, 2010 Senior Subordinated Notes	Dec. 28, 2013 Senior Subordinated Notes	Dec. 29, 2012 Senior Subordinated Notes	May 28, 2010 Senior Subordinated Notes Between June 1, 2013 and May 31, 2014	May 28, 2010 Senior Subordinated Notes Between June 1, 2014 and May 31, 2015	May 28, 2010 Senior Subordinated Notes Between June 1, 2015 and May 31, 2016	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility Scenario 3 Maximum	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility Scenario 1	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility Scenario 1 Minimum	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility Scenario 2	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility Scenario 2 Maximum	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility FILO Facility	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility FILO Facility Adjusted LIBOR	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility FILO Facility Federal Funds Effective Rate	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility FILO Facility One Month-Adjusted LIBOR	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility FILO Facility One Month-Adjusted LIBOR Plus 1.0%	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility United States	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility United States Tire Inventory	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility United States Non-tire Inventory	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility United States Adjusted LIBOR	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility United States Federal Funds Effective Rate	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility United States One Month-Adjusted LIBOR	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility United States One Month-Adjusted LIBOR Plus 1.0%	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility United States FILO Facility	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility United States Commercial and Standby Letters of Credit	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility Canada	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility Canada Scenario 3 Maximum	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility Canada Tire Inventory	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility Canada Non-tire Inventory	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility Canada Federal Funds Effective Rate	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility Canada One Month-Adjusted LIBOR	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility Canada One Month-Adjusted LIBOR Plus 1.0%	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility Canada Bankers' Acceptance Rate	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility Canada Commercial and Standby Letters of Credit
Debt Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of long-term debt														$ 265,000,000	$ 265,000,000						$ 212,000,000	$ 212,000,000
Revolving credit facility, maximum borrowing capacity																																					850,000,000							60,000,000	50,000,000	100,000,000								10,000,000
Revolving credit facility additional increase in borrowing capacity																											200,000,000																				50,000,000
Debt instrument maturity date													Jun. 01, 2017							Jun. 01, 2018						Nov. 16, 2017		Mar. 01, 2017		Mar. 01, 2017		Oct. 30, 2014
Debt instrument maturity date description																										If on March 1, 2017, either (i) more than $50.0 million in aggregate principal amount of ATDI's Senior Secured Notes remains outstanding or (ii) any principal amount of ATDI's Senior Secured Notes remains outstanding with a scheduled maturity date which is earlier than 91 days after November 16, 2017 and excess availability under the ABL Facility is less than 12.5% of the aggregate revolving commitments, then the maturity date will be March 1, 2017.
Senior Secured Notes				248,219,000	247,802,000																								50,000,000
Senior Secured Notes, maximum scheduled maturity period after November 16, 2017																															91 days
Percentage of aggregate revolving commitments																															12.50%
Revolving credit facility, outstanding amount								51,863,000	417,066,000	478,616,000	36,424,000	10,976,000																				51,900,000					417,100,000									36,400,000
Revolving credit facility, outstanding letters of credit																																					8,100,000
Revolving credit facility remaining additional borrowing capacity																																					236,100,000									41,200,000
Revolving credit facility, interest rate description																																Borrowings under the FILO Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) an Adjusted LIBOR rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin of 3.5% as of December 28, 2013 or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime commercial lending rate published by the Bank of America, N.A. as its “prime rate” for commercial loans, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1⁄2 of 1% and (3) the one month-Adjusted LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus an applicable margin of 2.5% as of December 28, 2013. The applicable margins under the FILO Facility are subject to step ups and step downs based on average excess borrowing availability under the ABL Facility.					Borrowings under the U.S. ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) an Adjusted LIBOR rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin of 2.0% as of December 28, 2013 or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime commercial lending rate published by the Bank of America, N.A. as its “prime rate” for commercial loans, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1⁄2 of 1% and (3) the one month-Adjusted LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus an applicable margin of 1.0% as of December 28, 2013. The applicable margins under the U.S. ABL Facility are subject to step ups and step downs based on average excess borrowing availability under the ABL Facility.									Borrowings under the Canadian ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to either (a) a Canadian base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the base rate as published by Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) as its “base rate”, (2) the federal funds rate effective plus 1⁄2 of 1% per annum and (3) the one month-LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus an applicable margin of 1.0% as of December 28, 2013 or (b) a Canadian prime rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime rate as published by Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) as its “prime rate”, (2) the sum of 1⁄2 of 1% plus the Canadian overnight rate and (3) the sum of 1% plus the rate of interest per annum equal to the average rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances as published by Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service for a 30 day interest period, plus an applicable margin of 1.0% as of December 28, 2013. The applicable margins under the Canadian ABL Facility are subject to step ups and step downs based on average excess borrowing availability under the ABL Facility.
Revolving credit facility, variable rate																																	3.50%	0.05%	1.00%	2.50%				2.00%	0.05%	1.00%	1.00%							0.05%	1.00%	1.00%	1.00%
Revolving credit facility, borrowing base description																																The FILO borrowing base at any time equals the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of 5% of eligible accounts receivable of the U.S. loan parties, as applicable; plus 7.5% of the net orderly liquidation value of the eligible tire and non-tire inventory of the U.S. loan parties, as applicable.					The U.S. and Canadian borrowing base at any time equals the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of 85% of eligible accounts receivable of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus The lesser of (a) 70% of the lesser of cost or fair market value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable, and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus The lesser of (a) 50% of the lower of cost or market value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable, and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, applicable.									The U.S. and Canadian borrowing base at any time equals the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of 85% of eligible accounts receivable of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus The lesser of (a) 70% of the lesser of cost or fair market value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable, and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus The lesser of (a) 50% of the lower of cost or market value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable, and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, applicable.
Eligible accounts receivable																																5.00%					85.00%									85.00%
Lesser of cost or fair market value of eligible inventory																																						70.00%	50.00%									70.00%	50.00%
Net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory																																7.50%						85.00%	85.00%									85.00%	85.00%
Revolving credit facility, covenant description																										The ABL Facility and the FILO Facility contain customary covenants, including covenants that restricts the Company’s ability to incur additional debt, grant liens, enter into guarantees, enter into certain mergers, make certain loans and investments, dispose of assets, prepay certain debt, declare dividends, modify certain material agreements, enter into transactions with affiliates or change the Company’s fiscal year. If the amount available for additional borrowings under the ABL Facility is less than the greater of (a) 10.0% of the lesser of (x) the aggregate commitments under the ABL Facility and (y) the aggregate borrowing base and (b) $25.0 million, then the Company would be subject to an additional covenant requiring them to meet a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0. As of December 28, 2013, the Company’s additional borrowing availability under the ABL Facility was above the required amount and the Company was therefore not subject to the additional covenants.
Percentage available additional borrowing under credit facility																										10.00%
Additional covenant required amount																										25,000,000
Fixed charge coverage ratio																										1.0
Aggregate principal amount senior note													250,000,000							200,000,000
Net proceeds from senior secured notes													240,700,000
Payments of deferred financing costs				1,106,000	3,779,000	5,880,000							9,300,000
Debt instrument, fixed interest rate													9.75%							11.50%
Debt instrument interest payment term													Interest on the Senior Secured Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2010.							Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2010.
Debt instrument first interest payment date													Dec. 01, 2010							Dec. 01, 2010
Debt instrument, effective interest rate													10.00%
Redemption notice period, lower limit													30 days							30 days
Redemption notice period, upper limit													60 days							60 days
Debt redemption price as percentage of principal amount																107.313%	104.875%	102.438%	100.00%				104.00%	102.00%	100.00%
Capital lease obligation				12,330,000	12,469,000	14,100,000	12,200,000
Lease-backed facility, lease term		20 years
Sale-leaseback transaction, number of renewal options		2
Sale-leaseback transaction, renewal option period	5 years	10 years
Number of facilities under sale-leaseback transaction		3	3
Payment to reacquire facility included in sale-leaseback transaction and treated as debt modification for accounting purposes	$ 1,500,000
Number of facilities reacquired under sale-leaseback transaction	1
Remaining lease payment term	15 years

XML

Derivative Instruments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments Included within Consolidated Balance Sheets

The following table presents the fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments included within the consolidated balance sheets as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012:

		Liability Derivatives
In thousands	Balance Sheet Location	December 28, 2013		December 29, 2012
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
1Q 2011 swap - $50 million notional	Accrued expenses	$	—	$	149
3Q 2011 swaps - $100 million notional	Accrued expenses		792		1,314
3Q 2012 swaps - $100 million notional	Accrued expenses		280		750
3Q 2013 swaps - $200 million notional	Accrued expenses		1,880		—
Total		$	2,952	$	2,213

Pre-Tax Effect of Derivative Instruments on Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The pre-tax effect of the Company’s derivative instruments on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) was as follows:

		(Gain) Loss Recognized
In thousands	Location of (Gain) Loss Recognized	Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2013			Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012			Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
1Q 2011 swap - $50 million notional	Interest Expense	$	(149	)	$	(154	)	$	303
1Q 2011 swap - $25 million notional	Interest Expense		—			(12	)		12
3Q 2011 swaps - $100 million notional	Interest Expense		(522	)		764			551
3Q 2012 swaps - $100 million notional	Interest Expense		(470	)		750			—
3Q 2013 swaps - $200 million notional	Interest Expense		1,880			—			—
Total		$	739		$	1,348		$	866

XML

Pre-Tax Effect of Derivative Instruments on Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Parenthetical) (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 28, 2013 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 1.105% and expired in February 2013 1Q 2011 Swap	Dec. 29, 2012 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 1.105% and expired in February 2013 1Q 2011 Swap	Dec. 31, 2011 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 1.105% and expired in February 2013 1Q 2011 Swap	Feb. 24, 2011 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 1.105% and expired in February 2013 1Q 2011 Swap	Dec. 28, 2013 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 0.585% and expired in February 2012 1Q 2011 Swap	Dec. 29, 2012 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 0.585% and expired in February 2012 1Q 2011 Swap	Dec. 31, 2011 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 0.585% and expired in February 2012 1Q 2011 Swap	Feb. 24, 2011 Interest rate swap, fixed rate 0.585% and expired in February 2012 1Q 2011 Swap	Feb. 24, 2011 Interest Rate Swap 1Q 2011 Swap	Dec. 28, 2013 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2011 Swaps	Dec. 29, 2012 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2011 Swaps	Dec. 31, 2011 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2011 Swaps	Sep. 23, 2011 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2011 Swaps	Dec. 28, 2013 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2012 Swaps	Dec. 29, 2012 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2012 Swaps	Aug. 01, 2012 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2012 Swaps	Dec. 31, 2011 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2012 Swaps	Dec. 28, 2013 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2013 Swaps	Sep. 04, 2013 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2013 Swaps	Dec. 29, 2012 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2013 Swaps	Dec. 31, 2011 Interest Rate Swap 3Q 2013 Swaps
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
Notional amount of interest rate swap	$ 50.00	$ 50.00	$ 50.00	$ 50.00	$ 25.00	$ 25.00	$ 25.00	$ 25.00	$ 75.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 200.00	$ 100.00	$ 200.00	$ 200.00

XML

Stockholder's Equity

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Stockholder's Equity

15. Stockholder’s Equity

See Note 18 regarding recent equity contribution received from TPG and certain co-investors.

In connection with the Merger on May 28, 2010, TPG and certain co-investors contributed $675.4 million through the purchase of common stock in Holdings indirect parent company. In accordance with push-down accounting, the basis in these shares of common stock has been pushed down from the indirect parent company to Holdings and recorded in additional paid-in capital. Subsequent to May 28, 2010, certain members of Holdings management and certain board members purchased common stock in Holdings indirect parent company. At December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, these amounts totaled $8.7 million. Accordingly, the Company recorded the basis in these shares in additional paid-in capital.

On November 30, 2012, TPG and certain co-investors contributed $60.0 million through the purchase of 50.0 million shares of common stock in Holdings indirect parent company. The proceeds from this equity contribution were used to fund a portion of the purchase price for the acquisition of TriCan. Accordingly, the Company recorded the basis in these shares in additional paid-in capital. See Note 3 for additional information on the TriCan acquisition.

Common Stock

The authorized share capital of Holdings is $10, consisting of 1,000 common shares, par value $0.01. At December 28, 2013, Accelerate Holdings Corp. owns 100% of Holdings issued and outstanding common stock.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company maintains a deferred compensation plan for certain eligible employees, in which the obligation is funded through a Rabbi Trust. Unrealized gains and losses on Rabbi Trust assets are recorded net of tax in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and amounted to a gain of $0.2 and $0.1 million at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively.

In addition, gains and losses resulting from the translation of foreign currency are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and amounted to a loss of $9.1 million and $0.3 million at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively.

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Fair Value and Hierarchy Levels of Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis

The following table presents the fair value and hierarchy levels for the Company’s assets and liabilities, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 28, 2013:

	Fair Value Measurements
In thousands	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Benefit trust assets	$	3,412	$	3,412	$	—	$	—
Total	$	3,412	$	3,412	$	—	$	—
Liabilities:
Derivative instruments	$	2,952	$	—	$	2,952	$	—
Total	$	2,952	$	—	$	2,952	$	—

XML

Geographic Area Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Geographic Area Information

17. Geographic Area Information:

The following table presents net sales and long-lived assets by geographic area. Net sales by country were determined based on the location of the selling subsidiary. Long-lived assets consisted of property and equipment, net

	Fiscal Year Ended
In thousands	December 28, 2013		December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Net sales to external customers:
United States	$	3,499,770		3,443,781		3,050,240
Canada		339,499		12,083		—
Total	$	3,839,269	$	3,455,864	$	3,050,240

	Fiscal Year Ended
In thousands	December 28, 2013		December 29, 2012
Long-lived assets:
United States	$	141,055		128,724
Canada		6,801		1,158
Total	$	147,856	$	129,882

XML

Changes in Options Outstanding under Two Thousand Ten Plan (Detail) (2010 Plan, USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
2010 Plan
Options Outstanding
Options Outstanding, Beginning balance	46,681,600	44,598,400	44,448,000
Options Outstanding, Granted	3,500,002	2,277,600	1,900,000
Options Outstanding, Exercised		(38,000)
Options Outstanding, Cancelled	(665,099)	(156,400)	(1,749,600)
Options Outstanding, Ending balance	49,516,503	46,681,600	44,598,400
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price, Beginning balance	$ 1.01	$ 1.00	$ 1.00
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price, Granted	$ 1.20	$ 1.14	$ 1.00
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price, Exercised		$ 1.00
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price, Cancelled	$ 1.01	$ 1.00	$ 1.00
Options Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price, Ending balance	$ 1.02	$ 1.01	$ 1.00
Options Exercisable
Options Exercisable, Beginning balance	17,594,936	8,710,401
Options Exercisable, Ending balance	27,794,844	17,594,936	8,710,401
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price, Beginning Balance	$ 1.00	$ 1.00
Options Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price, Ending Balance	$ 1.01	$ 1.00	$ 1.00

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$ (6,357)	$ (14,346)	$ 117
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles	105,458	89,167	78,071
Amortization of other assets	4,456	7,487	4,758
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes	(25,657)	(11,879)	(6,280)
Provision for doubtful accounts	2,237	1,996	1,911
Non-cash inventory step-up amortization	5,379	4,074
Stock-based compensation	2,634	4,349	4,114
Other, net	3,292	2,601	1,286
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	7,401	5,134	(47,363)
Inventories	(27,639)	(32,170)	(151,945)
Income tax receivable	644	1,232	8,045
Other current assets	1,160	(5,971)	(1,729)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	29,916	(38,257)	19,082
Other, net	6,807	(3,391)	(1,073)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	109,731	10,026	(91,006)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(77,017)	(115,334)	(59,694)
Purchase of property and equipment	(47,127)	(52,388)	(31,044)
Purchase of assets held for sale	(2,239)	(3,939)	(2,993)
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale	7,751	3,738	1,403
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	197	102	79
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	(118,435)	(167,821)	(92,249)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings from revolving credit facility	2,973,584	3,333,642	2,760,364
Repayments of revolving credit facility	(2,955,576)	(3,217,298)	(2,577,380)
Outstanding checks	6,599	(1,754)	9,981
Payments of other long-term debt	(503)	(1,987)	(822)
Payments of deferred financing costs	(1,106)	(3,779)	(5,880)
Equity contribution		60,000
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	22,998	168,824	186,263
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	(4,485)	(57)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	9,809	10,972	3,008
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	25,951	14,979	11,971
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	35,760	25,951	14,979
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash payments for interest	68,179	64,324	61,732
Cash (receipts) payments for taxes, net	23,740	6,510	(8,101)
Supplemental disclosures of noncash activities:
Capital expenditures financed by debt	$ 128	$ 515

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012
Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 2,169	$ 950
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	1,000	1,000
Common stock, shares issued	1,000	1,000
Common stock, shares outstanding	1,000	1,000

XML

Derivative Instruments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Derivative Instruments

10. Derivative Instruments:

In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to the risk associated with exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on its variable rate debt. These fluctuations can increase the cost of financing, investing and operating the business. The Company has used derivative financial instruments to help manage this risk and reduce the impacts of these exposures and not for trading or other speculative purposes. All derivatives are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at their fair value as either assets or liabilities. Changes in the fair value of contracts that qualify for hedge accounting treatment are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, and are recognized in net income (loss) in the statement of comprehensive income (loss) at the time earnings are affected by the hedged transaction. For other derivatives, changes in the fair value of the contract are recognized immediately in net income (loss) in the statement of comprehensive income (loss).

On September 4, 2013, the Company entered into a spot interest rate swap and two forward-starting interest rate swaps (collectively the “3Q 2013 Swaps”) each of which are used to hedge a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in its variable interest rate debt. The spot interest rate swap in place covers a notional amount of $100.0 million at a fixed interest rate of 1.145% and expires in September 2016. The forward-starting interest rate swaps in place cover an aggregate notional amount of $100.0 million, of which $50.0 million becomes effective in September 2014 at a fixed interest rate of 1.464% and will expire in September 2016 and $50.0 million becomes effective in September 2015 at a fixed interest rate of 1.942% and will expire in September 2016. The counterparty to each swap is a major financial institution. The 3Q 2013 Swaps do not meet the criteria to qualify for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, changes in the fair value of each contract is recognized in net income (loss) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

On August 1, 2012, the Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements (“3Q 2012 Swaps”) used to hedge a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in its variable interest rate debt. The swaps in place cover an aggregate notional amount of $100.00 million, with each $50.0 million contract having a fixed rate of 0.655% and expiring in June 2016. The counterparty to each swap is a major financial institution. The 3Q 2012 Swaps do not meet the criteria to qualify for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, changes in the fair value of each contract is recognized in net income (loss) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

On September 23, 2011, the Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements (“3Q 2011 Swaps”) used to hedge a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in its variable interest rate debt. The swaps in place cover an aggregate notional amount of $100.0 million, of which $50.0 million is at a fixed rate of 0.74% and will expire in September 2014 and $50.0 million is at a fixed rate of 1.0% and will expire in September 2015. The counterpart to each swap is a major financial institution. The 3Q 2011 Swaps do not meet the criteria to qualify for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, changes in the fair value of each contract is recognized in net income (loss) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

On February 24, 2011, the Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements (“1Q 2011 Swaps”) used to hedge a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in its variable interest rate debt. The swaps in place covered an aggregate notional amount of $75.0 million, of which $25.0 million was at a fixed interest rate of 0.585% and expired in February 2012. The remaining swap covered an aggregate notional amount of $50.0 million at a fixed interest rate of 1.105% and expired in February 2013. The counterparty to each swap was a major financial institution. Neither swap met the criteria to qualify for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, changes in the fair value of each contract were recognized in net income (loss) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

The following table presents the fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments included within the consolidated balance sheets as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012:

		Liability Derivatives
In thousands	Balance Sheet Location	December 28, 2013		December 29, 2012
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
1Q 2011 swap - $50 million notional	Accrued expenses	$	—	$	149
3Q 2011 swaps - $100 million notional	Accrued expenses		792		1,314
3Q 2012 swaps - $100 million notional	Accrued expenses		280		750
3Q 2013 swaps - $200 million notional	Accrued expenses		1,880		—
Total		$	2,952	$	2,213

The pre-tax effect of the Company’s derivative instruments on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) was as follows:

		(Gain) Loss Recognized
In thousands	Location of (Gain) Loss Recognized	Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2013			Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012			Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
1Q 2011 swap - $50 million notional	Interest Expense	$	(149	)	$	(154	)	$	303
1Q 2011 swap - $25 million notional	Interest Expense		—			(12	)		12
3Q 2011 swaps - $100 million notional	Interest Expense		(522	)		764			551
3Q 2012 swaps - $100 million notional	Interest Expense		(470	)		750			—
3Q 2013 swaps - $200 million notional	Interest Expense		1,880			—			—
Total		$	739		$	1,348		$	866

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Mar. 03, 2014	Jun. 29, 2013
Document Information [Line Items]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 28, 2013
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Trading Symbol	ck0001323891
Entity Registrant Name	AMERICAN TIRE DISTRIBUTORS HOLDINGS, INC.
Entity Central Index Key	0001323891
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-28
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		1,000
Entity Public Float			$ 0

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

11. Fair Value of Financial Instruments:

The accounting standard for fair value measurements establishes a framework for measuring fair value that is based on the inputs market participants use to determine the fair value of an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy to prioritize those inputs. The fair value hierarchy is comprised of three levels that are described below:

• Level 1 — Inputs based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

• Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 quoted prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

• Level 3 — Unobservable inputs based on little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

The fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs are obtained from independent sources and can be validated by a third party, whereas unobservable inputs reflect assumptions regarding what a third party would use in pricing an asset or liability based on the best information available under the circumstances. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The following table presents the fair value and hierarchy levels for the Company’s assets and liabilities, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 28, 2013:

	Fair Value Measurements
In thousands	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Benefit trust assets	$	3,412	$	3,412	$	—	$	—
Total	$	3,412	$	3,412	$	—	$	—
Liabilities:
Derivative instruments	$	2,952	$	—	$	2,952	$	—
Total	$	2,952	$	—	$	2,952	$	—

ASC 820 — Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company determines fair value of its financial assets and liabilities using the following methodologies:

• Benefit trust assets — These assets include money market and mutual funds that are the underlying for deferred compensation plan assets, held in a rabbi trust. The fair value of the assets is based on observable market prices quoted in readily accessible and observable markets.

• Derivative instruments — These instruments consist of interest rate swaps. The fair value is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments from a financial institution that is counterparty to the transaction.

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The methodologies used by the Company to determine the fair value of its financial assets and liabilities on a recurring basis at December 28, 2013 are the same as those used at December 29, 2012. As a result, there have been no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 categories.

XML

Stockholder's Equity - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 28, 2013 American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.	Nov. 30, 2012 TPG and certain co-investors	May 28, 2010 TPG and certain co-investors	Dec. 28, 2013 Board and Management	Dec. 29, 2012 Board and Management
Stockholders Equity [Line Items]
Additional paid-in capital				$ 60,000,000	$ 675,400,000	$ 8,700,000	$ 8,700,000
Adjustment to additional paid-in capital				50,000,000
Authorized share capital	10
Common stock, shares authorized	1,000	1,000
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Percentage of ownership interest owned by Accelerated Holding Corp.			100.00%
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), unrealized gain (loss) on deferred compensation plan, net of tax	200,000	100,000
Gain (losses) resulting from foreign currency translation	$ (9,100,000)	$ (300,000)

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Net sales	$ 3,839,269	$ 3,455,864	$ 3,050,240
Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below	3,188,409	2,887,421	2,535,020
Selling, general and administrative expenses	574,987	506,408	437,110
Transaction expenses	6,719	5,246	3,946
Operating income (loss)	69,154	56,789	74,164
Other income (expense):
Interest expense	(74,284)	(72,918)	(67,580)
Other, net	(5,172)	(3,895)	(2,110)
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes	(10,302)	(20,024)	4,474
Income tax provision (benefit)	(3,945)	(5,678)	4,357
Net income (loss)	(6,357)	(14,346)	117
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation	(9,131)	(344)
Unrealized gain (loss) on rabbi trust assets, net of tax	174	138	(158)
Other comprehensive income (loss)	(8,957)	(206)	(158)
Comprehensive income (loss)	$ (15,314)	$ (14,552)	$ (41)

XML

Assets Held for Sale

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Assets Held for Sale

5. Assets Held for Sale:

In accordance with current accounting standards, the Company classifies assets as held for sale in the period in which all held for sale criteria is met. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell and are no longer depreciated. At December 28, 2013, assets held for sale totaled $0.9 million, of which $0.5 million were residential properties that were acquired as part of employee relocation packages. The Company is actively marketing these properties and anticipates that they will be sold within a twelve-month period from the date in which they are classified as held for sale.

As part of the Am-Pac Tire Dist., Inc. (“Am-Pac”) acquisition in 2008, the Company acquired a distribution center in California which contained office space that served as Am-Pac’s headquarters. The facility was used as a warehouse within the Company’s distribution operations until its activities were absorbed into nearby existing locations during 2011. During the first quarter of 2013, the Company determined that the carrying value of the facility exceeded its fair value due to current market conditions. As a result, the Company recorded a $0.5 million adjustment related to the fair value of this facility. During the third quarter of 2013, the Company received $3.9 million in cash for the sale of this facility. The carrying value of the facility was $4.0 million. Accordingly, the Company has recognized a pre-tax loss on the sale of this facility of $0.1 million within the accompanying consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

On February 1, 2012, the Company reacquired one of three facilities originally included in a sale-leaseback transaction completed in 2002 that had an initial lease term of 20 years, followed by two 10 year renewal options. The facility was used as a distribution center within the Company’s operations until its activities were relocated to an expanded location during the second quarter of 2012. As a result, the Company classified the facility as held for sale during the third quarter of 2012 when the appropriate criteria was met. During the third quarter of 2013, the Company determined that the carrying value of this facility exceeded its fair value due to current market conditions. As a result, the Company recorded a $0.3 million adjustment related to the fair value of this facility which reduced the carrying value to $1.5 million. In October 2013, the Company received $1.5 million in cash for the sale of this facility.

During third quarter 2013, the Company classified a facility located in Georgia as held for sale. The facility was previously used as a distribution center within the Company’s operations until its activities were relocated to an expanded facility. During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company determined that the carrying value of this facility exceeded its fair value due to current market conditions. As a result, the Company recorded a $0.3 million adjustment related to the fair value of this facility. As of December 28, 2013, the carrying value of this facility was $0.4 million. The Company is actively marketing this property and anticipates that it will be sold within a twelve-month period.

XML

Inventories

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Inventories

4. Inventories:

Inventories consist primarily of automotive tires, custom wheels, tire supplies and tools and are valued at the lower of cost, determined on the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method, or fair market value. The Company performs periodic assessments to determine the existence of obsolete, slow-moving and non-saleable inventories and records necessary provisions to reduce such inventories to net realizable value. A majority of the Company’s tire vendors allow for the return of tire products, subject to certain limitations, specified in supply arrangements with the vendors. In addition, the Company’s inventory is collateral under the ABL Facility and FILO Facility. See Note 9 for further information.

As a result of the TriCan, RTD, TDI and WTD acquisitions, the carrying value of the acquired inventory was increased by $6.3 million, $2.7 million, $0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively, to adjust to estimated fair value in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations. The step-up in inventory value is amortized into cost of goods sold over the period of the Company’s normal inventory turns, which approximates two months. Amortization of the inventory step-up included in cost of goods sold in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 was $5.4 million and $4.1 million, respectively.

XML

Related Party Transaction

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Related Party Transaction

16. Related Party Transaction:

Upon the closing of the Merger, the Company entered into a transaction and monitoring fee letter agreement with TPG pursuant to which the Company retained TPG to provide certain management, consulting, and financial services to the Company, when and as requested by the Company. The Company agreed to pay TPG a monitoring fee equal to 2.0% of adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and other adjustments (“Adjusted EBITDA”). The monitoring fee is payable in quarterly installments in arrears at the end of each fiscal quarter. In the event of an initial public offering, sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or a change of control transaction, TPG is entitled to receive, on its request and in lieu of any continuing payment of the monitoring fee, an aggregate termination fee of $12.5 million. For the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company recorded $5.8 million, $7.4 million and $4.6 million, respectively in expense related to the monitoring fee for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 which is included in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

XML

Employee Benefits

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Employee Benefits

12. Employee Benefits:

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards in accordance with ASC 718 — Compensation, which requires a fair-value based method for measuring the value of stock-based compensation. Fair value is measured once at the date of grant and is not adjusted for subsequent changes. The Company’s stock-based compensation plans include programs for stock options and restricted stock units.

Stock Options

In August 2010, the Company’s indirect parent company adopted a Management Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”), pursuant to which the indirect parent company will grant options to selected employees and directors of the Company. The 2010 Plan, which includes both time-based and performance-based awards, was amended on February 15, 2013 by the board of directors of the Company’s indirect parent, Accelerate Parent Corp., to increase the maximum number of shares of common stock for which stock options may be granted under the 2010 Plan, from 48.6 million to 52.1 million. In addition to the increase in the maximum number of shares, on February 15, 2013 the board of directors of Accelerate Parent Corp. approved the issuance of stock options to certain members of management. The approved options are for the purchase of up to 3.5 million shares of common stock, have an exercise price of $1.20 per share, and vest over a three to five-year vesting period. As of December 28, 2013, the Company has 2.5 million shares available for future incentive awards.

Changes in options outstanding under the 2010 Plan are as follows:

	Options Outstanding			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Options Exercisable		Weighted Average Exercise Price
January 1, 2011		44,448,000			1.00		—		—
Granted		1,900,000			1.00		n/a		n/a
Cancelled		(1,749,600	)		1.00		n/a		n/a
December 31, 2011		44,598,400		$	1.00		8,710,401	$	1.00
Granted		2,277,600			1.14		n/a		n/a
Exercised		(38,000	)		1.00		n/a		n/a
Cancelled		(156,400	)		1.00		n/a		n/a
December 29, 2012		46,681,600		$	1.01		17,594,936	$	1.00
Granted		3,500,002			1.20		n/a		n/a
Exercised		—			—		n/a		n/a
Cancelled		(665,099	)		1.01		n/a		n/a
December 28, 2013		49,516,503		$	1.02		27,794,844	$	1.01

Options granted under the 2010 Plan expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant and vest based on the passage of time and/or the achievement of certain performance targets in equal installments over three or five years. The weighted-average remaining contractual term for options outstanding and exercisable at December 28, 2013 was 6.9 years and 6.8 years, respectively. The fair value of each of the Company’s time-based stock option awards is expensed on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the three or five-year vesting period of the options. However, for options granted with performance target requirements, compensation expense is recognized when it is probable that both the performance target will be achieved and the requisite service period is satisfied. At December 28, 2013 unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested options granted under the 2010 Plan totaled $7.6 million and the weighted-average period over which this expense will be recognized is 1.3 years.

The weighted average fair value of the stock options granted during the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $0.54, $0.50 and $0.44, respectively, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted average assumptions were used:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Risk-free interest rate		1.38	%		1.48	%		2.41	%
Dividend yield		—			—			—
Expected life		6.0 years			6.5 years			6.4 years
Volatility		45.39	%		42.81	%		40.75	%

As the Company does not have sufficient historical volatility data for the Company’s own common stock, the stock price volatility utilized in the fair value calculation is based on the Company’s peer group in the industry in which it does business. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield curve of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond on the date the award is granted with a maturity equal to the expected term of the award. Because the Company does not have relevant data available regarding the expected life of the award, the expected life of the award is derived from the Simplified Method as allowed under SAB Topic 14.

Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)

In October 2010, the Company’s indirect parent company adopted the Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Plan (the “2010 RSU Plan”), pursuant to which the indirect parent company will grant restricted stock units to non-employee directors of the Company. Upon vesting, these awards entitle the holder to receive one share of common stock for each restricted stock unit granted. The 2010 RSU Plan provides that a maximum of 0.8 million shares of common stock of the indirect parent company may be granted to non-employee directors of the Company, of which 0.3 million remain available at December 28, 2013 for future incentive awards.

The following table summarizes RSU activity under the 2010 RSU Plan:

	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding and unvested at January 1, 2011		150,000		$	1.00
Granted		100,000			1.00
Vested		(75,000	)		1.00
Cancelled		—			—
Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2011		175,000		$	1.00
Granted		219,298			1.14
Vested		(125,000	)		1.00
Cancelled		—			—
Outstanding and unvested at December 29, 2012		269,298		$	1.11
Granted		—			—
Vested		(159,649	)		1.10
Cancelled		(21,930	)		1.14
Outstanding and unvested at December 28, 2013		87,719		$	1.14

The fair value of each of the RSU awards is measured as the grant-date price of the common stock and is expensed on a straight- line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the two year vesting period. At December 28, 2013, the Company has recognized all compensation expense related to non-vested RSUs granted under the 2010 RSU Plan as all outstanding and unvested RSUs at December 28, 2013 will vest at the beginning of fiscal 2014.

Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation expense is included in selling general and administrative expenses within the accompanying consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss). The amount of compensation expense recognized during a period is based on the portion of the granted awards that are expected to vest. Ultimately, the total expense recognized over the vesting period will equal the fair value of the awards as of the grant date that actually vest. The following table summarizes the compensation expense recognized:

	Fiscal Year Ended
In thousands	December 28, 2013		December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Stock Options	$	2,524	$	4,118	$	3,999
Restricted Stock Units		110		231		115
Total	$	2,634	$	4,349	$	4,114

Deferred Compensation Plan

The Company has a deferred compensation plan for its top executives and divisional employees covered by the executive bonus plan to encourage each participant to promote the long-term interests of the Company. Each participant is allowed to defer portions of their annual salary as well as bonuses received into the plan. In addition to employee deferrals, the Company makes contributions on behalf of its top executives and certain of the divisional employees in varying amounts. The plan provides that an employee who becomes a participant on or before November 23, 1998, shall be fully vested in all amounts credited to such participant’s account. An employee who becomes a participant after November 23, 1998 shall be at all times fully vested in elective deferrals into such participant’s account and, as to contributions made by the Company, shall vest at a rate of twenty percent (20%) per year as long as such participant is an employee on January 1 of each year. The deferred compensation plan may be altered and amended by the Company’s Board of Directors.

At December 28, 2013, the Company’s obligation related to its deferred compensation plan was $3.4 million, recorded in the consolidated balance sheet within other non-current liabilities. At December 29, 2012, the Company’s obligation related to its deferred compensation plan was $2.7 million. The Company provides for funding of the obligation through a Rabbi Trust, which holds various investments, including mutual funds and money market funds. Amounts related to the Rabbi Trust were $3.4 million and $2.7 million at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively, and are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets within other non-current assets. Contributions made by the Company on behalf of its employees were less than $0.1 million during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011.

401(k) Plans

The Company maintains a qualified profit sharing and 401(k) plan for eligible employees. All accounts are funded based on employee contributions to the plan, with the limits of such contributions determined by the Board of Directors. Effective January 1, 2002, the benefit formula for all participants was determined to be a match of 50% of participant contributions, up to 6% of their compensation. The plan also provides for contributions in such amounts as the Board of Directors may annually determine for the profit sharing portion of the plan. Employees vest in the 401(k) match and profit sharing contribution over a 5-year period.

The Company match of participant contributions is recorded within selling, general and administrative expense. For the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company contributed $2.8 million, $2.0 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

XML

Subsequent Event - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) Share data in Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended			12 Months Ended					1 Months Ended							1 Months Ended			1 Months Ended				1 Months Ended			1 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013 Customer	Dec. 28, 2013 Canada Customer	Dec. 28, 2013 United States Customer	May 28, 2010 Senior Subordinated Notes	May 28, 2010 Senior Subordinated Notes Between June 1, 2013 and May 31, 2014	May 28, 2010 Senior Subordinated Notes Between June 1, 2014 and May 31, 2015	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility FILO Facility	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility Canada	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility United States	Dec. 28, 2013 ABL Facility United States FILO Facility	Jan. 31, 2014 Subsequent Event Senior Subordinated Notes	Jan. 31, 2014 Subsequent Event Senior Subordinated Notes Between June 1, 2013 and May 31, 2014	Jan. 31, 2014 Subsequent Event Senior Subordinated Notes Between June 1, 2014 and May 31, 2015	Jan. 31, 2014 Subsequent Event Senior Subordinated Notes On June 1, 2015 or thereafter	Jan. 31, 2014 Subsequent Event ABL Facility Canada	Jan. 31, 2014 Subsequent Event ABL Facility Canada FILO Facility	Jan. 31, 2014 Subsequent Event ABL Facility Canada Second Amendment	Jan. 31, 2014 Subsequent Event ABL Facility Canada Second Amendment FILO Facility	Jan. 31, 2014 Subsequent Event ABL Facility United States	Jan. 31, 2014 Subsequent Event ABL Facility United States FILO Facility	Jan. 31, 2014 Subsequent Event ABL Facility United States Second Amendment FILO Facility	Jan. 31, 2014 Subsequent Event Hercules	Jan. 31, 2014 Subsequent Event Hercules Senior Subordinated Notes	Jan. 31, 2014 Subsequent Event Hercules Maximum	Jan. 31, 2014 Subsequent Event Hercules Purchase Price At Acquisition	Feb. 17, 2014 Subsequent Event Terrys Tire Town Holdings Inc Senior Secured Term Loan Facility	Feb. 17, 2014 Subsequent Event Terrys Tire Town Holdings Inc Maximum	Feb. 17, 2014 Subsequent Event Terrys Tire Town Holdings Inc Purchase Price At Acquisition	Jan. 17, 2014 Subsequent Event Kipling Tire Co, Ltd Wholesale Distribution Business Customer
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Number of customers	72,000	8,000	64,000																											400
Purchase price																										$ 311,500,000			$ 345,000,000
Business acquisition, additional contingent consideration																									10,000,000			20,000,000
Equity contribution value																							50,000,000
Equity contribution shares																							33.3
Aggregate principal amount senior note				200,000,000																				225,000,000			300,000,000
Debt instrument, fixed interest rate				11.50%																				11.50%
Debt instrument maturity date				Jun. 01, 2018			Nov. 16, 2017	Oct. 30, 2014				Jun. 01, 2018
Consents received from holder percentage												100.00%
Net proceeds from senior secured notes																								221,100,000
Debt instrument interest payment term				Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2010.								Interest on the Additional Subordinated Notes will be paid semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on June 1, 2014.
Debt instrument first interest payment date				Dec. 01, 2010								Jun. 01, 2014
Debt redemption price as percentage of principal amount					104.00%	102.00%							104.00%	102.00%	100.00%
Redemption notice period, lower limit				30 days								30 days
Redemption notice period, upper limit				60 days								60 days
Revolving credit facility, maximum borrowing capacity									100,000,000	850,000,000	60,000,000					100,000,000		125,000,000	15,000,000		60,000,000	80,000,000
Debt instrument maturity date description							If on March 1, 2017, either (i) more than $50.0 million in aggregate principal amount of ATDI's Senior Secured Notes remains outstanding or (ii) any principal amount of ATDI's Senior Secured Notes remains outstanding with a scheduled maturity date which is earlier than 91 days after November 16, 2017 and excess availability under the ABL Facility is less than 12.5% of the aggregate revolving commitments, then the maturity date will be March 1, 2017.												The maturity date for the Canadian FILO Facility is the date that is 36 months from January 31, 2014.			Extends the maturity date for the U.S. FILO Facility to 36 months from January 31, 2014
Revolving credit facility extended maturity period																			36 months			36 months
Revolving credit facility, borrowing base description								The FILO borrowing base at any time equals the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of 5% of eligible accounts receivable of the U.S. loan parties, as applicable; plus 7.5% of the net orderly liquidation value of the eligible tire and non-tire inventory of the U.S. loan parties, as applicable.	The U.S. and Canadian borrowing base at any time equals the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of 85% of eligible accounts receivable of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus The lesser of (a) 70% of the lesser of cost or fair market value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable, and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus The lesser of (a) 50% of the lower of cost or market value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable, and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, applicable.	The U.S. and Canadian borrowing base at any time equals the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of 85% of eligible accounts receivable of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus The lesser of (a) 70% of the lesser of cost or fair market value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable, and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus The lesser of (a) 50% of the lower of cost or market value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable, and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, applicable.									The Canadian FILO borrowing base at any time equals the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of (i) 5% of eligible accounts receivable of the Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus (ii) 10.0% of the net orderly liquidation value of the eligible tire and non-tire inventory of the Canadian loan parties, as applicable.			Increases the inventory advance rate under the U.S. FILO Facility borrowing base from 7.5% to 10.0% of net orderly liquidation value
Net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory								7.50%											10.00%		7.50%	10.00%
Eligible accounts receivable								5.00%	85.00%	85.00%									5.00%
Revolving credit facility drawn amount																	$ 5,600,000			$ 40,400,000

XML

Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Intangible Assets

8. Intangible Assets:

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested and reviewed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or whenever there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the asset may be less than the carrying amount of the asset. All other intangible assets with finite lives are being amortized on a straight-line basis or accelerated basis over periods ranging from one to nineteen years.

The following table sets forth the gross amount and accumulated amortization of the Company’s intangible assets at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012:

	December 28, 2013				December 29, 2012
In thousands	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Customer lists	$	677,062	$	226,614	$	632,589	$	156,249
Noncompete agreements		12,007		6,400		7,898		2,841
Favorable leases		688		119		360		5
Tradenames		10,531		3,754		9,043		1,990
Total finite-lived intangible assets		700,288		236,887		649,890		161,085
Tradenames (indefinite-lived)		249,893		—		249,893		—
Total intangible assets	$	950,181	$	236,887	$	899,783	$	161,085

At December 28, 2013, the Company had $713.3 million of intangible assets. The balance primarily relates to the Merger on May 28, 2010, in which $781.3 million was recorded as intangible assets. As part of the preliminary purchase price allocation of WTD, the Company allocated $4.4 million to a finite-lived customer list intangible asset with a useful life of sixteen years. As part of the purchase price allocation of TDI, the Company allocated $3.4 million to a finite-lived customer list intangible asset with a useful life of sixteen years. As part of the purchase price allocation of RTD, the Company allocated $40.7 million to a finite-lived customer list intangible asset with a useful life of sixteen years, $1.9 million to a finite-lived tradename with a useful life of five years and $0.4 million to a finite-lived favorable leases intangible asset with a useful life of four years. As part of the purchase price allocation of TriCan, the Company allocated $44.6 million to a finite-lived customer list intangible asset with a useful life of sixteen years, $4.9 million to a finite-lived tradename with a useful life of seven years and $0.4 million to a finite-lived favorable leases intangible asset with a useful life of six years. In connection with the acquisition of CTO on May 24, 2012, the Company allocated $15.9 million to a finite-lived customer list intangible asset with a useful life of sixteen years. During 2011, the Company allocated $43.4 million to finite-lived intangible assets, including $38.2 million associated with a customer list as well as $5.2 million associated with a noncompete agreement, in connection with the acquisition of NCT. These intangible assets had a useful life of nineteen years and five years, respectively. See Note 3 for additional information.

Amortization of intangible assets was $76.2 million in fiscal 2013, $66.2 million in fiscal 2012 and $61.8 million in fiscal 2011. Estimated amortization expense on existing intangible assets is expected to approximate $73.2 million in 2014, $62.7 million in 2015, $52.9 million in 2016, $46.2 million in 2017 and $39.6 million in 2018.

XML

Aggregate Maturities of Long-Term Debt (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
2014	$ 564
2015	507
2016	554
2017	754,183
2018	200,595
Thereafter	10,597
Total	$ 967,000	$ 951,204

XML

Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Property and Equipment

6. Property and Equipment:

The following table represents the major classes of property and equipment at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
Land	$	1,665		$	2,108
Buildings and leasehold improvements		22,811			21,554
Machinery and equipment		27,515			21,745
Furniture and fixtures		46,459			39,863
Software		117,607			88,021
Vehicles and other		3,111			3,649
Total property and equipment		219,168			176,940
Less - Accumulated depreciation		(71,312	)		(47,058	)
Property and equipment, net	$	147,856		$	129,882

Depreciation expense was $29.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, $23.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2012 and $16.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. Depreciation expense is classified in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Included in the above table within Land and Buildings and leasehold improvements are assets under capital leases related to the sale and leaseback of two of the Company’s owned facilities (see Note 9). The net book value of these assets at December 28, 2013 and December 29 2012 was $6.9 million and $7.2 million, respectively. Accumulated depreciation was $1.1 million and $0.8 million for the respective periods. Depreciation expense was $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

XML

Goodwill

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Goodwill

7. Goodwill:

The Company records as goodwill the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Once the final valuation has been performed for each acquisition, adjustments may be recorded. Goodwill is tested and reviewed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or whenever there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the asset may be less than the carrying amount of the asset.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
Beginning balance	$	483,143		$	446,787
Purchase accounting adjustments		(1,349	)		—
Acquisitions		25,408			36,457
Currency translation		(2,869	)		(101	)
Ending balance	$	504,333		$	483,143

As of December 28, 2013, the Company has recorded goodwill of $504.3 million, of which approximately $26 million of net goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes in future periods. The balance primarily relates to the Merger on May 28, 2010, in which $418.6 million was recorded as goodwill. The Company does not have any accumulated goodwill impairment losses.

On December 13, 2013, TriCan entered into a Share Purchase Agreement to acquire all of the issued and outstanding common shares of WTD. The acquisition was funded through cash on hand. The purchase price has been preliminarily allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. As a result, the Company recorded $1.1 million as goodwill. See Note 3 for additional information.

On August 30, 2013, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement to acquire 100% of the outstanding capital stock of TDI. The acquisition was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. During fourth quarter 2013, the Company finalized the post-closing working capital adjustments in accordance with the purchase agreement which increased goodwill by $0.5 million. In addition, the Company adjusted the fair market value of certain working capital items during fourth quarter 2013. These adjustments increased goodwill by $0.2 million to $2.4 million at December 28, 2013. See Note 3 for additional information.

On April 30, 2013, TriCan completed the acquisition of RTD pursuant to a Share Purchase Agreement entered into on March 22, 2013. The acquisition was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility and FILO Facility. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. During third quarter 2013, the Company finalized the post-closing working capital adjustments in accordance with the purchase agreement. This adjustment increased goodwill by $1.0 million to $20.4 million at December 28, 2013. See Note 3 for additional information.

In addition, the Company acquired the inventory and accounts receivable of a small Canadian distributor in February 2013. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired based on their estimated fair market value, which resulted in an increase to goodwill of $1.6 million.

On November 30, 2012, ATDI and Canada Acquisition entered into a Share Purchase Agreement to acquire all of the issued and outstanding common shares of TriCan. The acquisition was completed on November 30, 2012 and was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. During fiscal 2013, the Company finalized the post-closing working capital adjustments in accordance with the purchase agreement which decreased goodwill by $3.4 million. In addition, the Company adjusted the fair market value of certain working capital items during fiscal 2013. These adjustments increased goodwill by $1.4 million to $25.0 million at December 28, 2013. See Note 3 for additional information.

On May 24, 2012, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement to acquire 100% of the outstanding capital stock of CTO. The acquisition was completed on May 24, 2012 and was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. During fiscal 2013, the Company finalized the post-closing working capital adjustments in accordance with the purchase agreement. This adjustment increase goodwill by $0.6 million to $10.1 million at December 28, 2013. See Note 3 for additional information.

XML

Long-term Debt

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Long-term Debt

9. Long-term Debt:

The following table presents the Company’s long-term debt at December 28, 2013 and at December 29, 2012:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
U.S. ABL Facility	$	417,066		$	478,616
Canadian ABL Facility		36,424			10,976
FILO Facility		51,863			—
Senior Subordinated Notes		200,000			200,000
Senior Secured Notes		248,219			247,802
Capital lease obligations		12,330			12,469
Other		1,098			1,341
Total debt		967,000			951,204
Less - Current maturities		(564	)		(493	)
Long-term debt	$	966,436		$	950,711

The fair value of the Senior Secured Notes was $265.0 million at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 and is based upon quoted market values (Level 1). The fair value of the Senior Subordinated Notes was $212.0 million at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 and is based upon quoted prices for similar liabilities (Level 2).

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt at December 28, 2013, are as follows:

In thousands
2014	$	564
2015		507
2016		554
2017		754,183
2018		200,595
Thereafter		10,597
Total	$	967,000

ABL Facility

See Note 18 regarding recent amendment to the Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

Our Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, our “Credit Agreement”) provides for (i) U.S. revolving credit commitments of $850.0 million (of which up to $50.0 million can be utilized in the form of commercial and standby letters of credit), subject to U.S. borrowing base availability (the “U.S. ABL Facility”) and (ii) Canadian revolving credit commitments of $100.0 million (of which up to $10.0 million can be utilized in the form of commercial and standby letters of credit), subject to Canadian borrowing base availability (the “Canadian ABL Facility” and, collectively with the U.S. ABL Facility, the “ABL Facility”). In addition, the Credit Agreement provides the U.S. borrowers under the agreement with a first-in last-out facility (the “FILO Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of up to $60.0 million, subject to a borrowing base specific thereto. The U.S. ABL Facility provides for revolving loans available to ATDI, its 100% owned subsidiary Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc. and any other U.S. subsidiary that the Company designates in the future in accordance with the terms of the agreement. The Canadian ABL Facility provides for revolving loans available to TriCan, RTD and WTD and any other Canadian subsidiaries that the Company designates in the future in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Provided that no default or event of default then exists or would arise therefrom, the Company has the option to request that the ABL Facility be increased by an amount not to exceed $200.0 million (up to $50.0 million of which may be allocated to the Canadian ABL Facility), subject to certain rights of the administrative agent, swingline lender and issuing banks with respect to the lenders providing commitments for such increase. The maturity date for the ABL Facility is November 16, 2017, provided that if on March 1, 2017, either (i) more than $50.0 million in aggregate principal amount of ATDI’s Senior Secured Notes remains outstanding or (ii) any principal amount of ATDI’s Senior Secured Notes remains outstanding with a scheduled maturity date which is earlier than 91 days after November 16, 2017 and excess availability under the ABL Facility is less than 12.5% of the aggregate revolving commitments, then the maturity date will be March 1, 2017. The maturity date for the FILO Facility is October 30, 2014. See Note 18 for additional information regarding the amendment to the FILO Facility and the new maturity date.

At December 28, 2013, the Company had $417.1 million outstanding under the U.S. ABL Facility. In addition, the Company had certain letters of credit outstanding in the aggregate amount of $8.1 million, leaving $236.1 million available for additional borrowings under the U.S. ABL Facility. The outstanding balance of the Canadian ABL Facility at December 28, 2013 was $36.4 million, leaving $41.2 million available for additional borrowings. As of December 28, 2013, the outstanding balance of the FILO Facility was $51.9 million and was classified as long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheet as the FILO Facility was refinanced on a long-term basis on January 31, 2014. See Note 18 for additional information.

Borrowings under the U.S. ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) an Adjusted LIBOR rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin of 2.0% as of December 28, 2013 or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime commercial lending rate published by the Bank of America, N.A. as its “prime rate” for commercial loans, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  ¹⁄₂ of 1% and (3) the one month-Adjusted LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus an applicable margin of 1.0% as of December 28, 2013. The applicable margins under the U.S. ABL Facility are subject to step ups and step downs based on average excess borrowing availability under the ABL Facility.

Borrowings under the Canadian ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to either (a) a Canadian base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the base rate as published by Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) as its “base rate”, (2) the federal funds rate effective plus  ¹⁄₂ of 1% per annum and (3) the one month-LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus an applicable margin of 1.0% as of December 28, 2013 or (b) a Canadian prime rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime rate as published by Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) as its “prime rate”, (2) the sum of  ¹⁄₂ of 1% plus the Canadian overnight rate and (3) the sum of 1% plus the rate of interest per annum equal to the average rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances as published by Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service for a 30 day interest period, plus an applicable margin of 1.0% as of December 28, 2013. The applicable margins under the Canadian ABL Facility are subject to step ups and step downs based on average excess borrowing availability under the ABL Facility.

Borrowings under the FILO Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) an Adjusted LIBOR rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin of 3.5% as of December 28, 2013 or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime commercial lending rate published by the Bank of America, N.A. as its “prime rate” for commercial loans, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  ¹⁄₂ of 1% and (3) the one month-Adjusted LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus an applicable margin of 2.5% as of December 28, 2013. The applicable margins under the FILO Facility are subject to step ups and step downs based on average excess borrowing availability under the ABL Facility.

The U.S. and Canadian borrowing base at any time equals the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of:

• 85% of eligible accounts receivable of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus

• The lesser of (a) 70% of the lesser of cost or fair market value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable, and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus

• The lesser of (a) 50% of the lower of cost or market value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable, and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, applicable.

The FILO borrowing base at any time equals the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of:

• 5% of eligible accounts receivable of the U.S. loan parties, as applicable; plus

• 7.5% of the net orderly liquidation value of the eligible tire and non-tire inventory of the U.S. loan parties, as applicable.

All obligations under the U.S. ABL Facility and the FILO Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and substantially all of ATDI’s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic material restricted subsidiaries, other than Tire Pros Francorp and TDI. The Canadian ABL Facility is unconditionally guaranteed by the U.S. loan parties, TriCan, RTD, WTD and any future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned, material restricted Canadian subsidiaries. Obligations under the U.S. ABL Facility and the FILO Facility are secured by a first-priority lien on inventory, accounts receivable and related assets and a second-priority lien on substantially all other assets of the U.S. loan parties, subject to certain exceptions. Obligations under the Canadian ABL Facility are secured by a first-priority lien on inventory, accounts receivable and related assets and a second-priority lien on substantially all other assets of the U.S. loan parties and the Canadian loan parties, subject to certain exceptions.

The ABL Facility and the FILO Facility contain customary covenants, including covenants that restricts the Company’s ability to incur additional debt, grant liens, enter into guarantees, enter into certain mergers, make certain loans and investments, dispose of assets, prepay certain debt, declare dividends, modify certain material agreements, enter into transactions with affiliates or change the Company’s fiscal year. If the amount available for additional borrowings under the ABL Facility is less than the greater of (a) 10.0% of the lesser of (x) the aggregate commitments under the ABL Facility and (y) the aggregate borrowing base and (b) $25.0 million, then the Company would be subject to an additional covenant requiring them to meet a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0. As of December 28, 2013, the Company’s additional borrowing availability under the ABL Facility was above the required amount and the Company was therefore not subject to the additional covenants.

Senior Secured Notes

On May 28, 2010, ATDI issued Senior Secured Notes (“Senior Secured Notes”) due June 1, 2017 in an aggregate principal amount at maturity of $250.0 million. The Senior Secured Notes were issued at a discount from their principal amount at maturity and generated net proceeds of approximately $240.7 million after debt issuance costs (which represents a non-cash financing activity of $9.3 million). The Senior Secured Notes will accrete based on an effective interest rate of 10% to an aggregate accreted value of $250.0 million, the full principal amount at maturity. The Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 9.75% per annum. Interest on the Senior Secured Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2010. The Senior Secured Notes may be redeemed at any time at the option of ATDI, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price of 107.313% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2013 and May 31, 2014, 104.875% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2014 and May 31, 2015, 102.438% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2015 and May 31, 2016 and 100.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2016 and May 31, 2017.

The Senior Secured Notes are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and substantially all of ATDI’s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic material restricted subsidiaries, other than Tire Pros Francorp and TDI, subject to certain exceptions. The Senior Secured Notes are also collateralized by a second-priority lien on accounts receivable and related assets and a first-priority lien on substantially all other assets (other than inventory), in each case of Holdings, ATDI and the guarantor subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

The indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes contains covenants that, among other things, limits ATDI’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt or issue preferred stock; pay certain dividends or make certain distributions in respect of ATDI’s or repurchase or redeem ATDI’s capital stock; make certain loans, investments or other restricted payments; place restrictions on the ability of ATDI’s subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to ATDI; engage in transactions with stockholders or affiliates; transfer or sell certain assets; guarantee indebtedness or incur other contingent obligations; incur certain liens; consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of ATDI’s assets; enter into certain transactions with ATDI’s affiliates; and designate ATDI’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

Senior Subordinated Notes

See Note 18 regarding a recent amendment to the Senior Subordinated Indenture and the issuance of additional Senior Subordinated Notes.

On May 28, 2010, ATDI issued Senior Subordinated Notes due June 1, 2018 (“Senior Subordinated Notes”) in an aggregate principal amount of $200.0 million. The Senior Subordinated Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 11.50% per annum. Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2010. The Senior Subordinated Notes may be redeemed at any time at the option of ATDI, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price of 104.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2013 and May 31, 2014, 102.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2014 and May 31, 2015 and 100.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2015 and May 31, 2016.

The Senior Subordinated Notes are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and substantially all of ATDI’s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic material restricted subsidiaries, other than Tire Pros Francorp and TDI, subject to certain exceptions.

The indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes contains covenants that, among other things, limits ATDI’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt or issue preferred stock; pay certain dividends or make certain distributions in respect of ATDI’s or repurchase or redeem ATDI’s capital stock; make certain loans, investments or other restricted payments; place restrictions on the ability of ATDI’s subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to ATDI; engage in transactions with stockholders or affiliates; transfer or sell certain assets; guarantee indebtedness or incur other contingent obligations; incur certain liens without securing the Senior Subordinated Notes; consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of ATDI’s assets; enter into certain transactions with ATDI’s affiliates; and designate ATDI’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

Capital Lease Obligations

At December 31, 2011, the Company had a capital lease obligation of $14.1 million, which related to the 2002 sale and subsequent leaseback of three of its owned facilities. Due to continuing involvement with the properties, the Company accounted for the transaction as a direct financing lease and recorded the cash received as a financing obligation. The transaction had an initial lease term of 20 years, followed by two 10 year renewal options. No gain or loss was recognized as a result of the initial sales transaction.

On February 1, 2012, the Company reacquired one of the three facilities included in the 2002 sale-leaseback transaction for $1.5 million. Accordingly, the original lease was amended to extend the lease term on the two remaining facilities by 5 years as well as to adjust the future lease payments over the remaining 15 years. Per current accounting guidance, the change in the debt terms was not considered substantial. As a result, the Company treated the amendment as a debt modification for accounting purposes and therefore, reduced the financing obligation by the purchase price. Cash payments to the lessor are allocated between interest expense and amortization of the financing obligation. At the end of the lease term, the Company will recognize the sale of the remaining facilities; however, no gain or loss will be recognized as the financing obligation will equal the expected carrying value of the facilities. At December 28, 2013, the outstanding balance of the financing obligation was $12.2 million.

XML

Pre-Tax Effect of Derivative Instruments on Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Detail) (Interest Expense, USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
(Gain) loss recognized in interest expense	$ 739	$ 1,348	$ 866
Interest rate swap, fixed rate 1.105% and expired in February 2013 | 1Q 2011 Swap
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
(Gain) loss recognized in interest expense	(149)	(154)	303
Interest rate swap, fixed rate 0.585% and expired in February 2012 | 1Q 2011 Swap
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
(Gain) loss recognized in interest expense		(12)	12
Interest Rate Swap | 3Q 2011 Swaps
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
(Gain) loss recognized in interest expense	(522)	764	551
Interest Rate Swap | 3Q 2012 Swaps
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
(Gain) loss recognized in interest expense	(470)	750
Interest Rate Swap | 3Q 2013 Swaps
Derivative Instruments, Gain (Loss) [Line Items]
(Gain) loss recognized in interest expense	$ 1,880

XML

Subsidiary Guarantor Financial Information - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	May 28, 2010 Senior Notes	May 28, 2010 Senior Subordinated Notes
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued		$ 250.0	$ 200.0
Ownership relationship between guarantors	ATDI is a direct 100% owned subsidiary of Holdings and Am-Pac and Tire Wholesalers are indirect 100% owned subsidiaries of Holdings. None of the Company's other subsidiaries guarantees the Notes.

XML

Fair Value and Hierarchy Levels of Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis (Detail) (Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring, USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 28, 2013
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Benefit trust assets	$ 3,412
Total	3,412
Derivative instruments liabilities	2,952
Total	2,952
Level 1
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Benefit trust assets	3,412
Total	3,412
Level 2
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Derivative instruments liabilities	2,952
Total	$ 2,952

XML

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments Included within Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (Detail) (Interest Rate Swap, USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 28, 2013 1Q 2011 Swaps	Dec. 29, 2012 1Q 2011 Swaps	Dec. 28, 2013 3Q 2011 Swaps	Dec. 29, 2012 3Q 2011 Swaps	Dec. 31, 2011 3Q 2011 Swaps	Sep. 23, 2011 3Q 2011 Swaps	Dec. 28, 2013 3Q 2012 Swaps	Dec. 29, 2012 3Q 2012 Swaps	Aug. 01, 2012 3Q 2012 Swaps	Dec. 31, 2011 3Q 2012 Swaps	Dec. 28, 2013 3Q 2013 Swaps	Sep. 04, 2013 3Q 2013 Swaps	Dec. 29, 2012 3Q 2013 Swaps	Dec. 31, 2011 3Q 2013 Swaps
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Notional amount of interest rate swap	$ 50.00	$ 50.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 100.00	$ 200.00	$ 100.00	$ 200.00	$ 200.00

XML

Long-term Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Long-Term Debt

The following table presents the Company’s long-term debt at December 28, 2013 and at December 29, 2012:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
U.S. ABL Facility	$	417,066		$	478,616
Canadian ABL Facility		36,424			10,976
FILO Facility		51,863			—
Senior Subordinated Notes		200,000			200,000
Senior Secured Notes		248,219			247,802
Capital lease obligations		12,330			12,469
Other		1,098			1,341
Total debt		967,000			951,204
Less - Current maturities		(564	)		(493	)
Long-term debt	$	966,436		$	950,711

Aggregate Maturities of Long-Term Debt

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt at December 28, 2013, are as follows:

In thousands
2014	$	564
2015		507
2016		554
2017		754,183
2018		200,595
Thereafter		10,597
Total	$	967,000

XML

Assets Held for Sale - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended				3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Oct. 31, 2013	Feb. 01, 2012 Facility	Mar. 31, 2002 Facility Times	Mar. 27, 2002 Facility	Sep. 28, 2013	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Long Lived Assets Held-for-sale [Line Items]
Assets held for sale						$ 910,000	$ 7,151,000
Assets held for sale fair value adjustment, impairment loss					300,000	500,000
Assets Held-for-sale, at Carrying Value					4,000,000
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale	1,500,000					7,751,000	3,738,000	1,403,000
Assets Held For Sale Gain Loss On Sale					100,000
Number of facilities under sale-leaseback transaction			3	3
Number of facility reacquired under sale-leaseback transaction		1
Lease-backed facility, lease term			20 years
Sale-leaseback transaction, number of renewal options			2
Sale-leaseback transaction, renewal option period		5 years	10 years
Reacquired facility, carrying value of facility					1,500,000
Facility located in Georgia
Long Lived Assets Held-for-sale [Line Items]
Assets held for sale fair value adjustment, impairment loss						300,000
Assets Held-for-sale, at Carrying Value						400,000
Facilities
Long Lived Assets Held-for-sale [Line Items]
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale					3,900,000
Residential properties
Long Lived Assets Held-for-sale [Line Items]
Assets held for sale						$ 500,000

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Income Taxes

14. Income Taxes:

The Company’s income tax provision (benefit) consisted of the following components:

	Fiscal Year Ended
In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Federal:
Current provision (benefit)	$	13,944		$	5,420		$	8,668
Deferred provision (benefit)		(18,141	)		(9,802	)		(7,327	)
Total		(4,197	)		(4,382	)		1,341
State:
Current provision (benefit)		3,707			1,884			3,278
Deferred provision (benefit)		(3,644	)		(2,037	)		(262	)
Total		63			(153	)		3,016
Foreign:
Current provision (benefit)		1,963			49			—
Deferred provision (benefit)		(1,774	)		(1,192	)		—
Total		189			(1,143	)		—
Total provision (benefit)	$	(3,945	)	$	(5,678	)	$	4,357

The provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the amount of income taxes computed by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to pretax income (loss), as a result of the following differences:

	Fiscal Year Ended
In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012			December 31, 2011
Income tax provision (benefit) computed at the federal statutory rate	$	(3,608	)	$	(7,008	)	$	1,566
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit		676			(100	)		613
Benefit of lower foreign rate		(84	)		395			—
Increase in state effective tax rate		—			—			2,073
Permanent differences		652			437			505
Debt issuance costs		(244	)		(221	)		(200	)
Non-deductible transaction costs		566			430			—
Tax settlements and other adjustments to uncertain tax positions		(1,542	)		138			(376	)
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance		(281	)		132			176
Other		(80	)		119			—
Income tax provision (benefit)	$	(3,945	)	$	(5,678	)	$	4,357

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of (a) temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax reporting purposes and (b) operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. As of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, amounts related to deferred income taxes have been classified in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as follows:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
Deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Current	$	15,719		$	16,458
Noncurrent		(270,576	)		(285,345	)
Total	$	(254,857	)	$	(268,887	)

The tax effects of the significant temporary differences that comprise deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 for the Company are as follows:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued expenses and liabilities	$	8,686		$	8,490
Net operating loss carry-forwards		1,233			2,059
Employee benefits		9,622			7,594
Inventory cost capitalization		6,359			7,633
Other assets		(925	)		954
Other		5,214			5,534
Gross deferred tax assets		30,189			32,264
Less: Deferred tax valuation allowances		(750	)		(762	)
Net deferred tax assets		29,439			31,502
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles		(283,033	)		(299,262	)
Other		(1,263	)		(1,127	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(284,296	)		(300,389	)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)	$	(254,857	)	$	(268,887	)

As part of the Merger, the Company generated substantial tax deductions relating to the exercise of stock options and payments made for transaction expenses. At December 28, 2013, the balance of this acquired non-current deferred tax asset is $5.9 million, which represents the anticipated tax benefits that the Company expects to achieve in future years from such deductions. The remaining net deferred tax liability primarily relates to the expected future tax liability associated with the non-deductible, identified, intangible assets that were recorded during the Merger less existing tax deductible intangibles, assuming an effective tax rate of 39.6%. It is the Company’s intention to indefinitely reinvest all undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries. As these earnings are considered permanently reinvested, no provisions for U.S. federal or state income taxes are required under ASC 740-30. Determination of the amount of unrecognized U.S. federal and state deferred tax liabilities on these unremitted earnings is not practicable.

Management regularly reviews the recoverability of deferred tax assets, and where appropriate, establishes a valuation allowance against them. The Company concluded that certain deferred tax assets related to certain capital losses do not meet the requirement of being more likely than not that they will be realized. As a result, the Company established a valuation allowance against them.

At December 28, 2013, the Company had $1.6 million of NOLs available for federal tax purposes as well as $14.2 million available for state tax purposes. The NOLs are available to offset taxable income in future years and expire between 2014 and 2029. The Company expects to utilize these NOLs prior to their expiration date.

At December 28, 2013, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $0.7 million, of which $0.4 million is included within accrued expenses and $0.3 million is included within other liabilities within the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate is $0.2 million as of December 28, 2013. In addition, $0.5 million related to temporary timing differences.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

In thousands	December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012		December 31, 2011
Beginning balance	$	1,953		$	1,815	$	2,181
(Reductions) additions based on tax positions related to the current year, net		(688	)		138		(366	)
Settlements		—			—		—
Reductions for lapse in statute of limitations		(559	)		—		—
Ending balance	$	706		$	1,953	$	1,815

During the next 12 months, management does not believe it is reasonably possible that there will be a significant change in the Company’s uncertain tax benefits.

While the Company believes that it has adequately provided for all tax positions, amounts asserted by taxing authorities could be greater than the Company’s accrued position. Accordingly, additional provisions of federal and state-related matters could be recorded in the future as revised estimates are made or the underlying matters are settled or otherwise resolved.

The Company files federal income tax returns, as well as multiple state jurisdiction tax returns. The tax years 2010 — 2012 remain open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service. The tax years 2010 — 2012 remain open to examination by other major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject (primarily Canada and other state and local jurisdictions).

In September 2013, the Internal Revenue Service released final Tangible Property Regulations (the “Final Regulations”). The Final Regulations provide guidance on applying Section 263(a) of the Code to amounts paid to acquire, produce or improve tangible property, as well as rules for materials and supplies (Code Section 162). These regulations contain certain changes from the temporary and proposed tangible property regulations that were issued on December 27, 2011. The Final Regulations are generally effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2014. In addition, taxpayers are permitted to early adopt the Final Regulations for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2012. The Company does not expect the Final Regulations to have a material effect on its results of operations. The Company is currently evaluating the impact on its financial condition.

XML

Subsidiary Guarantor Financial Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Subsidiary Guarantor Financial Information

19. Subsidiary Guarantor Financial Information:

ATDI is the issuer of $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Senior Secured Notes and $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Secured Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes (collectively, the “Notes”) are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by Holdings, Am-Pac and Tire Wholesalers, Inc. (“Tire Wholesalers”). ATDI is a direct 100% owned subsidiary of Holdings and Am-Pac and Tire Wholesalers are indirect 100% owned subsidiaries of Holdings. None of the Company’s other subsidiaries guarantees the Notes. The guarantees provided by Holdings, Am-Pac and Tire Wholesalers can be released in certain customary circumstances.

In accordance with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, the following presents condensed consolidating financial information for:

• Holdings, under the column heading “Parent Company”;

• ATDI, under the column heading “Subsidiary Issuer”;

• Am-Pac and Tire Wholesalers, on a combined basis, under the column heading “Guarantor Subsidiaries”;

• The Company’s other subsidiaries, on a combined basis, under the column heading “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”;

• Consolidating entries and eliminations, under the column heading “Eliminations”; and

• Holdings, ATDI and their subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, under the column heading “Consolidated.”

At the beginning of 2013, the Company merged a subsidiary that previously guaranteed the Notes, Firestone of Denham Springs, Inc. d/b/a Consolidated Tire & Oil, into ATDI.

The condensed consolidating financial information for the Company is as follows:

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 are as follows:

In thousands	As of December 28, 2013
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	21,712		$	—		$	14,048		$	—		$	35,760
Accounts receivable, net		—			265,573			—			40,309			(635	)		305,247
Inventories		—			713,377			—			59,466			(110	)		772,733
Assets held for sale		—			910			—			—			—			910
Income tax receivable		—			369			—			—			—			369
Intercompany receivables		45,052			—			60,188			12,086			(117,326	)		—
Other current assets		—			24,495			4,877			6,031			—			35,403
Total current assets		45,052			1,026,436			65,065			131,940			(118,071	)		1,150,422
Property and equipment, net		—			140,554			343			6,959			—			147,856
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net		418,592			662,464			1,450			135,121			—			1,217,627
Investment in subsidiaries		229,330			202,325			—			—			(431,655	)		—
Other assets		—			42,468			308			645			—			43,421
Total assets	$	692,974		$	2,074,247		$	67,166		$	274,665		$	(549,726	)	$	2,559,326
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	526,664		$	2,255		$	35,407		$	(635	)	$	563,691
Accrued expenses		—			43,200			48			4,475			—			47,723
Current maturities of long-term debt		—			558			6			—			—			564
Intercompany payables		—			84,251			1,110			32,006			(117,367	)		—
Total current liabilities		—			654,673			3,419			71,888			(118,002	)		611,978
Long-term debt		—			930,012			3			36,421			—			966,436
Deferred income taxes		—			246,897			587			23,092			—			270,576
Other liabilities		—			13,266			18			4,078			—			17,362
Stockholder’s equity:
Intercompany investment		—			280,622			64,935			166,041			(511,598	)		—
Common stock		—			—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital		758,972			14,706			—			—			(14,706	)		758,972
Accumulated earnings (deficit)		(56,898	)		(56,829	)		(1,796	)		(17,381	)		76,006			(56,898	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(9,100	)		(9,100	)		—			(9,474	)		18,574			(9,100	)
Total stockholder’s equity		692,974			229,399			63,139			139,186			(431,724	)		692,974
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity	$	692,974		$	2,074,247		$	67,166		$	274,665		$	(549,726	)	$	2,559,326

In thousands	As of December 29, 2012
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	12,346		$	—		$	13,605		$	—		$	25,951
Accounts receivable, net		—			278,557			38			22,708			—			301,303
Inventories		—			682,159			—			39,513			—			721,672
Assets held for sale		—			7,151			—			—			—			7,151
Income tax receivable		—			369			—			—			—			369
Intercompany receivables		36,323			—			60,616			—			(96,939	)		—
Other current assets		—			28,299			4,899			3,955			—			37,153
Total current assets		36,323			1,008,881			65,553			79,781			(96,939	)		1,093,599
Property and equipment, net		—			128,259			455			1,168			—			129,882
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net		418,592			724,681			1,636			76,932			—			1,221,841
Investment in subsidiaries		242,010			146,615			—			—			(388,625	)		—
Other assets		8,729			48,430			317			1,204			—			58,680
Total assets	$	705,654		$	2,056,866		$	67,961		$	159,085		$	(485,564	)	$	2,504,002
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	469,717		$	2,255		$	30,249		$	—		$	502,221
Accrued expenses		—			38,524			126			6,266			—			44,916
Current maturities of long-term debt		—			487			6			—			—			493
Intercompany payables		—			82,420			1,290			13,229			(96,939	)		—
Total current liabilities		—			591,148			3,677			49,744			(96,939	)		547,630
Long-term debt		—			939,719			9			10,983			—			950,711
Deferred income taxes		—			269,857			587			14,901			—			285,345
Other liabilities		—			14,132			46			484			—			14,662
Stockholder’s equity:
Intercompany investment		—			280,622			64,935			97,454			(443,011	)		—
Common stock		—			—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital		756,338			12,072			—			—			(12,072	)		756,338
Accumulated earnings (deficit)		(50,541	)		(50,541	)		(1,293	)		(14,137	)		65,971			(50,541	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(143	)		(143	)		—			(344	)		487			(143	)
Total stockholder’s equity		705,654			242,010			63,642			82,973			(388,625	)		705,654
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity	$	705,654		$	2,056,866		$	67,961		$	159,085		$	(485,564	)	$	2,504,002

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2013
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	3,496,781		$	3		$	343,886		$	(1,401	)	$	3,839,269
Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below		—			2,907,138			—			282,562			(1,291	)		3,188,409
Selling, general and administrative expenses		—			512,047			770			62,170			—			574,987
Transaction expenses		—			5,377			—			1,342			—			6,719
Operating income (loss)		—			72,219			(767	)		(2,188	)		(110	)		69,154
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense		—			(72,456	)		(33	)		(1,795	)		—			(74,284	)
Other, net		—			(3,797	)		2			(1,377	)		—			(5,172	)
Equity earnings of subsidiaries		(6,357	)		(3,747	)		—			—			10,104			—
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes		(6,357	)		(7,781	)		(798	)		(5,360	)		9,994			(10,302	)
Income tax provision (benefit)		—			(1,493	)		(295	)		(2,116	)		(41	)		(3,945	)
Net income (loss)	$	(6,357	)	$	(6,288	)	$	(503	)	$	(3,244	)	$	10,035		$	(6,357	)
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	(15,314	)	$	(15,245	)	$	(503	)	$	(12,375	)	$	28,123		$	(15,314	)

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	3,445,419		$	—		$	10,445		$	—	$	3,455,864
Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below		—			2,873,576			—			13,845			—		2,887,421
Selling, general and administrative expenses		—			493,898			994			11,516			—		506,408
Transaction expenses		—			5,246			—			—			—		5,246
Operating income (loss)		—			72,699			(994	)		(14,916	)		—		56,789
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense		—			(72,857	)		—			(61	)		—		(72,918	)
Other, net		—			(3,871	)		6			(30	)		—		(3,895	)
Equity earnings of subsidiaries		(14,346	)		(11,293	)		—			—			25,639		—
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes		(14,346	)		(15,322	)		(988	)		(15,007	)		25,639		(20,024	)
Income tax provision (benefit)		—			(976	)		(304	)		(4,398	)		—		(5,678	)
Net income (loss)	$	(14,346	)	$	(14,346	)	$	(684	)	$	(10,609	)	$	25,639	$	(14,346	)
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	(14,552	)	$	(14,552	)	$	(684	)	$	(10,609	)	$	25,845	$	(14,552	)

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	3,052,718		$	488		$	(2,966	)	$	—	$	3,050,240
Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below		—			2,534,697			282			41			—		2,535,020
Selling, general and administrative expenses		—			430,095			906			6,109			—		437,110
Transaction expenses		—			3,946			—			—			—		3,946
Operating income (loss)		—			83,980			(700	)		(9,116	)		—		74,164
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense		—			(67,580	)		—			—			—		(67,580	)
Other, net		—			(2,109	)		(1	)		—			—		(2,110	)
Equity earnings of subsidiaries		117			(255	)		—			—			138		—
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes		117			14,036			(701	)		(9,116	)		138		4,474
Income tax provision (benefit)		—			13,919			(683	)		(8,879	)		—		4,357
Net income (loss)	$	117		$	117		$	(18	)	$	(237	)	$	138	$	117
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	(41	)	$	(41	)	$	(18	)	$	(237	)	$	296	$	(41	)

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2013
	Parent Company		Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operations	$	—	$	51,644		$	2		$	58,085		$	—	$	109,731
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		—		(2,404	)		—			(74,613	)		—		(77,017	)
Purchase of property and equipment		—		(41,340	)		—			(5,787	)		—		(47,127	)
Purchase of assets held for sale		—		(2,239	)		—			—			—		(2,239	)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		—		136			4			57			—		197
Proceeds from disposal of assets held for sale		—		7,751			—			—			—		7,751
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		—		(38,096	)		4			(80,343	)		—		(118,435	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings from revolving credit facility		—		2,863,844			—			109,740			—		2,973,584
Repayments of revolving credit facility		—		(2,873,531	)		—			(82,045	)		—		(2,955,576	)
Outstanding checks		—		6,599			—			—			—		6,599
Payments of other long-term debt		—		(497	)		(6	)		—			—		(503	)
Payments of deferred financing costs		—		(597	)		—			(509	)		—		(1,106	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		—		(4,182	)		(6	)		27,186			—		22,998
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		—		—			—			(4,485	)		—		(4,485	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		—		9,366			—			443			—		9,809
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period		—		12,346			—			13,605			—		25,951
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	—	$	21,712		$	—		$	14,048		$	—	$	35,760

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operations	$	(60,000	)	$	69,243		$	16		$	767		$	—	$	10,026
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		—			(116,678	)		—			1,344			—		(115,334	)
Purchase of property and equipment		—			(52,388	)		—			—			—		(52,388	)
Purchase of assets held for sale		—			(3,939	)		—			—			—		(3,939	)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		—			96			—			6			—		102
Proceeds from disposal of assets held for sale		—			3,738			—			—			—		3,738
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		—			(169,171	)		—			1,350			—		(167,821	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings from revolving credit facility		—			3,322,159			—			11,483			—		3,333,642
Repayments of revolving credit facility		—			(3,216,797	)		—			(501	)		—		(3,217,298	)
Outstanding checks		—			(1,754	)		—			—			—		(1,754	)
Payments of other long-term debt		—			(1,971	)		(16	)		—			—		(1,987	)
Equity contribution from TPG		60,000			—			—			—			—		60,000
Payments of deferred financing costs		—			(3,481	)		—			(298	)		—		(3,779	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		60,000			98,156			(16	)		10,684			—		168,824
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		—			—			—			(57	)		—		(57	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		—			(1,772	)		—			12,744			—		10,972
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period		—			14,118			—			861			—		14,979
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	—		$	12,346		$	—		$	13,605		$	—	$	25,951

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
	Parent Company		Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries		Eliminations		Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operations	$	—	$	(91,233	)	$	(99	)	$	326	$	—	$	(91,006	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		—		(59,694	)		—			—		—		(59,694	)
Purchase of property and equipment		—		(31,044	)		—			—		—		(31,044	)
Purchase of assets held for sale		—		(2,975	)		(18	)		—		—		(2,993	)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		—		72			7			—		—		79
Proceeds from disposal of assets held for sale		—		1,403			—			—		—		1,403
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		—		(92,238	)		(11	)		—		—		(92,249	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings from revolving credit facility		—		2,760,364			—			—		—		2,760,364
Repayments of revolving credit facility		—		(2,577,380	)		—			—		—		(2,577,380	)
Outstanding checks		—		9,981			—			—		—		9,981
Payments of other long-term debt		—		(800	)		(22	)		—		—		(822	)
Payments of deferred financing costs		—		(5,880	)		—			—		—		(5,880	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		—		186,285			(22	)		—		—		186,263
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		—		2,814			(132	)		326		—		3,008
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period		—		11,304			132			535		—		11,971
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	—	$	14,118		$	—		$	861	$	—	$	14,979

XML

Unaudited Pro Forma Supplementary Data Related to TriCan and RTD Acquisition (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Business Acquisition, Pro Forma Information [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 3,873,469	$ 3,767,037	$ 3,234,331
Net income (loss)	$ (9,007)	$ (9,289)	$ 5,596

XML

Subsidiary Guarantor Financial Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 are as follows:

In thousands	As of December 28, 2013
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	21,712		$	—		$	14,048		$	—		$	35,760
Accounts receivable, net		—			265,573			—			40,309			(635	)		305,247
Inventories		—			713,377			—			59,466			(110	)		772,733
Assets held for sale		—			910			—			—			—			910
Income tax receivable		—			369			—			—			—			369
Intercompany receivables		45,052			—			60,188			12,086			(117,326	)		—
Other current assets		—			24,495			4,877			6,031			—			35,403
Total current assets		45,052			1,026,436			65,065			131,940			(118,071	)		1,150,422
Property and equipment, net		—			140,554			343			6,959			—			147,856
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net		418,592			662,464			1,450			135,121			—			1,217,627
Investment in subsidiaries		229,330			202,325			—			—			(431,655	)		—
Other assets		—			42,468			308			645			—			43,421
Total assets	$	692,974		$	2,074,247		$	67,166		$	274,665		$	(549,726	)	$	2,559,326
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	526,664		$	2,255		$	35,407		$	(635	)	$	563,691
Accrued expenses		—			43,200			48			4,475			—			47,723
Current maturities of long-term debt		—			558			6			—			—			564
Intercompany payables		—			84,251			1,110			32,006			(117,367	)		—
Total current liabilities		—			654,673			3,419			71,888			(118,002	)		611,978
Long-term debt		—			930,012			3			36,421			—			966,436
Deferred income taxes		—			246,897			587			23,092			—			270,576
Other liabilities		—			13,266			18			4,078			—			17,362
Stockholder’s equity:
Intercompany investment		—			280,622			64,935			166,041			(511,598	)		—
Common stock		—			—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital		758,972			14,706			—			—			(14,706	)		758,972
Accumulated earnings (deficit)		(56,898	)		(56,829	)		(1,796	)		(17,381	)		76,006			(56,898	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(9,100	)		(9,100	)		—			(9,474	)		18,574			(9,100	)
Total stockholder’s equity		692,974			229,399			63,139			139,186			(431,724	)		692,974
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity	$	692,974		$	2,074,247		$	67,166		$	274,665		$	(549,726	)	$	2,559,326

In thousands	As of December 29, 2012
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	12,346		$	—		$	13,605		$	—		$	25,951
Accounts receivable, net		—			278,557			38			22,708			—			301,303
Inventories		—			682,159			—			39,513			—			721,672
Assets held for sale		—			7,151			—			—			—			7,151
Income tax receivable		—			369			—			—			—			369
Intercompany receivables		36,323			—			60,616			—			(96,939	)		—
Other current assets		—			28,299			4,899			3,955			—			37,153
Total current assets		36,323			1,008,881			65,553			79,781			(96,939	)		1,093,599
Property and equipment, net		—			128,259			455			1,168			—			129,882
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net		418,592			724,681			1,636			76,932			—			1,221,841
Investment in subsidiaries		242,010			146,615			—			—			(388,625	)		—
Other assets		8,729			48,430			317			1,204			—			58,680
Total assets	$	705,654		$	2,056,866		$	67,961		$	159,085		$	(485,564	)	$	2,504,002
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	—		$	469,717		$	2,255		$	30,249		$	—		$	502,221
Accrued expenses		—			38,524			126			6,266			—			44,916
Current maturities of long-term debt		—			487			6			—			—			493
Intercompany payables		—			82,420			1,290			13,229			(96,939	)		—
Total current liabilities		—			591,148			3,677			49,744			(96,939	)		547,630
Long-term debt		—			939,719			9			10,983			—			950,711
Deferred income taxes		—			269,857			587			14,901			—			285,345
Other liabilities		—			14,132			46			484			—			14,662
Stockholder’s equity:
Intercompany investment		—			280,622			64,935			97,454			(443,011	)		—
Common stock		—			—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital		756,338			12,072			—			—			(12,072	)		756,338
Accumulated earnings (deficit)		(50,541	)		(50,541	)		(1,293	)		(14,137	)		65,971			(50,541	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(143	)		(143	)		—			(344	)		487			(143	)
Total stockholder’s equity		705,654			242,010			63,642			82,973			(388,625	)		705,654
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity	$	705,654		$	2,056,866		$	67,961		$	159,085		$	(485,564	)	$	2,504,002

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2013
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations			Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	3,496,781		$	3		$	343,886		$	(1,401	)	$	3,839,269
Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below		—			2,907,138			—			282,562			(1,291	)		3,188,409
Selling, general and administrative expenses		—			512,047			770			62,170			—			574,987
Transaction expenses		—			5,377			—			1,342			—			6,719
Operating income (loss)		—			72,219			(767	)		(2,188	)		(110	)		69,154
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense		—			(72,456	)		(33	)		(1,795	)		—			(74,284	)
Other, net		—			(3,797	)		2			(1,377	)		—			(5,172	)
Equity earnings of subsidiaries		(6,357	)		(3,747	)		—			—			10,104			—
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes		(6,357	)		(7,781	)		(798	)		(5,360	)		9,994			(10,302	)
Income tax provision (benefit)		—			(1,493	)		(295	)		(2,116	)		(41	)		(3,945	)
Net income (loss)	$	(6,357	)	$	(6,288	)	$	(503	)	$	(3,244	)	$	10,035		$	(6,357	)
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	(15,314	)	$	(15,245	)	$	(503	)	$	(12,375	)	$	28,123		$	(15,314	)

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	3,445,419		$	—		$	10,445		$	—	$	3,455,864
Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below		—			2,873,576			—			13,845			—		2,887,421
Selling, general and administrative expenses		—			493,898			994			11,516			—		506,408
Transaction expenses		—			5,246			—			—			—		5,246
Operating income (loss)		—			72,699			(994	)		(14,916	)		—		56,789
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense		—			(72,857	)		—			(61	)		—		(72,918	)
Other, net		—			(3,871	)		6			(30	)		—		(3,895	)
Equity earnings of subsidiaries		(14,346	)		(11,293	)		—			—			25,639		—
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes		(14,346	)		(15,322	)		(988	)		(15,007	)		25,639		(20,024	)
Income tax provision (benefit)		—			(976	)		(304	)		(4,398	)		—		(5,678	)
Net income (loss)	$	(14,346	)	$	(14,346	)	$	(684	)	$	(10,609	)	$	25,639	$	(14,346	)
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	(14,552	)	$	(14,552	)	$	(684	)	$	(10,609	)	$	25,845	$	(14,552	)

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Consolidated
Net sales	$	—		$	3,052,718		$	488		$	(2,966	)	$	—	$	3,050,240
Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below		—			2,534,697			282			41			—		2,535,020
Selling, general and administrative expenses		—			430,095			906			6,109			—		437,110
Transaction expenses		—			3,946			—			—			—		3,946
Operating income (loss)		—			83,980			(700	)		(9,116	)		—		74,164
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense		—			(67,580	)		—			—			—		(67,580	)
Other, net		—			(2,109	)		(1	)		—			—		(2,110	)
Equity earnings of subsidiaries		117			(255	)		—			—			138		—
Income (loss) from operations before income taxes		117			14,036			(701	)		(9,116	)		138		4,474
Income tax provision (benefit)		—			13,919			(683	)		(8,879	)		—		4,357
Net income (loss)	$	117		$	117		$	(18	)	$	(237	)	$	138	$	117
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	(41	)	$	(41	)	$	(18	)	$	(237	)	$	296	$	(41	)

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2013
	Parent Company		Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operations	$	—	$	51,644		$	2		$	58,085		$	—	$	109,731
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		—		(2,404	)		—			(74,613	)		—		(77,017	)
Purchase of property and equipment		—		(41,340	)		—			(5,787	)		—		(47,127	)
Purchase of assets held for sale		—		(2,239	)		—			—			—		(2,239	)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		—		136			4			57			—		197
Proceeds from disposal of assets held for sale		—		7,751			—			—			—		7,751
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		—		(38,096	)		4			(80,343	)		—		(118,435	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings from revolving credit facility		—		2,863,844			—			109,740			—		2,973,584
Repayments of revolving credit facility		—		(2,873,531	)		—			(82,045	)		—		(2,955,576	)
Outstanding checks		—		6,599			—			—			—		6,599
Payments of other long-term debt		—		(497	)		(6	)		—			—		(503	)
Payments of deferred financing costs		—		(597	)		—			(509	)		—		(1,106	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		—		(4,182	)		(6	)		27,186			—		22,998
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		—		—			—			(4,485	)		—		(4,485	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		—		9,366			—			443			—		9,809
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period		—		12,346			—			13,605			—		25,951
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	—	$	21,712		$	—		$	14,048		$	—	$	35,760

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012
	Parent Company			Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries			Eliminations		Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operations	$	(60,000	)	$	69,243		$	16		$	767		$	—	$	10,026
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		—			(116,678	)		—			1,344			—		(115,334	)
Purchase of property and equipment		—			(52,388	)		—			—			—		(52,388	)
Purchase of assets held for sale		—			(3,939	)		—			—			—		(3,939	)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		—			96			—			6			—		102
Proceeds from disposal of assets held for sale		—			3,738			—			—			—		3,738
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		—			(169,171	)		—			1,350			—		(167,821	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings from revolving credit facility		—			3,322,159			—			11,483			—		3,333,642
Repayments of revolving credit facility		—			(3,216,797	)		—			(501	)		—		(3,217,298	)
Outstanding checks		—			(1,754	)		—			—			—		(1,754	)
Payments of other long-term debt		—			(1,971	)		(16	)		—			—		(1,987	)
Equity contribution from TPG		60,000			—			—			—			—		60,000
Payments of deferred financing costs		—			(3,481	)		—			(298	)		—		(3,779	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		60,000			98,156			(16	)		10,684			—		168,824
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash		—			—			—			(57	)		—		(57	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		—			(1,772	)		—			12,744			—		10,972
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period		—			14,118			—			861			—		14,979
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	—		$	12,346		$	—		$	13,605		$	—	$	25,951

In thousands	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
	Parent Company		Subsidiary Issuer			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries		Eliminations		Consolidated
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operations	$	—	$	(91,233	)	$	(99	)	$	326	$	—	$	(91,006	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		—		(59,694	)		—			—		—		(59,694	)
Purchase of property and equipment		—		(31,044	)		—			—		—		(31,044	)
Purchase of assets held for sale		—		(2,975	)		(18	)		—		—		(2,993	)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		—		72			7			—		—		79
Proceeds from disposal of assets held for sale		—		1,403			—			—		—		1,403
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		—		(92,238	)		(11	)		—		—		(92,249	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings from revolving credit facility		—		2,760,364			—			—		—		2,760,364
Repayments of revolving credit facility		—		(2,577,380	)		—			—		—		(2,577,380	)
Outstanding checks		—		9,981			—			—		—		9,981
Payments of other long-term debt		—		(800	)		(22	)		—		—		(822	)
Payments of deferred financing costs		—		(5,880	)		—			—		—		(5,880	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		—		186,285			(22	)		—		—		186,263
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		—		2,814			(132	)		326		—		3,008
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period		—		11,304			132			535		—		11,971
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$	—	$	14,118		$	—		$	861	$	—	$	14,979

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data	Total USD ($)	Common Stock	Additional Paid-In Capital USD ($)	Accumulated Earnings (Deficit) USD ($)	Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income USD ($)
Beginning balance at Jan. 01, 2011	$ 651,446		$ 687,537	$ (36,312)	$ 221
Beginning balance (in shares) at Jan. 01, 2011		1,000
Net income (loss)	117			117
Unrealized gain (loss) on rabbi trust assets, net of tax of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.0 million in fiscal year 2013, 2012 and 2011 respectively	(158)				(158)
Equity contributions	500		500
Repurchase of common stock	(200)		(200)
Stock-based compensation	4,114		4,114
Ending balance at Dec. 31, 2011	655,819		691,951	(36,195)	63
Ending balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2011		1,000
Net income (loss)	(14,346)			(14,346)
Unrealized gain (loss) on rabbi trust assets, net of tax of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.0 million in fiscal year 2013, 2012 and 2011 respectively	138				138
Foreign currency translation	(344)				(344)
Equity contributions	60,038		60,038
Stock-based compensation	4,349		4,349
Ending balance at Dec. 29, 2012	705,654		756,338	(50,541)	(143)
Ending balance (in shares) at Dec. 29, 2012		1,000
Net income (loss)	(6,357)			(6,357)
Unrealized gain (loss) on rabbi trust assets, net of tax of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.0 million in fiscal year 2013, 2012 and 2011 respectively	174				174
Foreign currency translation	(9,131)				(9,131)
Stock-based compensation	2,634		2,634
Ending balance at Dec. 28, 2013	$ 692,974		$ 758,972	$ (56,898)	$ (9,100)
Ending balance (in shares) at Dec. 28, 2013		1,000

XML

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operations	$ 109,731	$ 10,026	$ (91,006)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(77,017)	(115,334)	(59,694)
Purchase of property and equipment	(47,127)	(52,388)	(31,044)
Purchase of assets held for sale	(2,239)	(3,939)	(2,993)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	197	102	79
Proceeds from disposal of assets held for sale	7,751	3,738	1,403
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	(118,435)	(167,821)	(92,249)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings from revolving credit facility	2,973,584	3,333,642	2,760,364
Repayments of revolving credit facility	(2,955,576)	(3,217,298)	(2,577,380)
Outstanding checks	6,599	(1,754)	9,981
Payments of other long-term debt	(503)	(1,987)	(822)
Equity contribution from TPG		60,000
Payments of deferred financing costs	(1,106)	(3,779)	(5,880)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	22,998	168,824	186,263
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	(4,485)	(57)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	9,809	10,972	3,008
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	25,951	14,979	11,971
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	35,760	25,951	14,979
Parent Company
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operations		(60,000)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Equity contribution from TPG		60,000
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		60,000
Subsidiary Issuer
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operations	51,644	69,243	(91,233)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(2,404)	(116,678)	(59,694)
Purchase of property and equipment	(41,340)	(52,388)	(31,044)
Purchase of assets held for sale	(2,239)	(3,939)	(2,975)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	136	96	72
Proceeds from disposal of assets held for sale	7,751	3,738	1,403
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	(38,096)	(169,171)	(92,238)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings from revolving credit facility	2,863,844	3,322,159	2,760,364
Repayments of revolving credit facility	(2,873,531)	(3,216,797)	(2,577,380)
Outstanding checks	6,599	(1,754)	9,981
Payments of other long-term debt	(497)	(1,971)	(800)
Payments of deferred financing costs	(597)	(3,481)	(5,880)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(4,182)	98,156	186,285
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	9,366	(1,772)	2,814
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	12,346	14,118	11,304
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	21,712	12,346	14,118
Guarantors Subsidiaries
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operations	2	16	(99)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of assets held for sale			(18)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	4		7
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	4		(11)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payments of other long-term debt	(6)	(16)	(22)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(6)	(16)	(22)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents			(132)
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period			132
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operations	58,085	767	326
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(74,613)	1,344
Purchase of property and equipment	(5,787)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	57	6
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	(80,343)	1,350
Cash flows from financing activities:
Borrowings from revolving credit facility	109,740	11,483
Repayments of revolving credit facility	(82,045)	(501)
Payments of deferred financing costs	(509)	(298)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	27,186	10,684
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	(4,485)	(57)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	443	12,744	326
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period	13,605	861	535
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period	$ 14,048	$ 13,605	$ 861

XML

Acquisitions:

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Acquisitions:

3. Acquisitions:

2013 Acquisitions

On December 13, 2013, TriCan entered into a Share Purchase Agreement with Wholesale Tire Distributors Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the Province of Ontario (“WTD”), Allan Bishop, an individual resident in the Province of Ontario (“Allan”) and The Bishop Company Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the Province of Ontario (“BishopCo”) (Allan and BishopCo each, a “Seller” and collectively, the “Sellers”), pursuant to which TriCan agreed to acquire from the Sellers all of the issued and outstanding shares of WTD. WTD owned and operated two distribution centers serving over 2,300 customers. The acquisition of WTD strengthened the Company’s market presence in the Southern Ontario region of Canada. The acquisition was completed on December 13, 2013 and was funded through cash on hand. The Company does not believe the acquisition of WTD is a material transaction, individually or when aggregated with the other non-material acquisition discussed herein, subject to the disclosures and supplemental pro forma information required by ASC 805 — Business Combinations. As a result, the information is not presented.

The acquisition of WTD was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. The purchase price has been preliminarily allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. A majority of the net assets acquired relate to a customer list intangible asset, which had an acquisition date fair value of $4.4 million. The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities is included in goodwill, and amounted to $1.1 million. The premium in the purchase price paid for the acquisition of WTD reflects the anticipated realization of operational and cost synergies. As additional information is obtained about these assets and liabilities within the measurement period, the Company expects to refine its estimates of fair value to allocate the purchase price more accurately.

On August 30, 2013, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Tire Distributors, Inc. (“TDI”) to acquire 100% of the outstanding capital stock of TDI. TDI owned and operated one distribution center serving over 1,700 customers across Maryland and northeastern Virginia. The acquisition was completed on August 30, 2013 and was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The Company does not believe the acquisition of TDI is a material transaction, individually or when aggregated with the other non-material acquisition discussed herein, subject to the disclosures and supplemental pro forma information required by ASC 805 — Business Combinations. As a result, the information is not presented.

The acquisition of TDI was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. A majority of the net assets acquired relate to a customer list intangible asset, which had an acquisition date fair value of $3.4 million. The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities is included in goodwill, and amounted to $2.4 million. The premium in the purchase price paid for the acquisition of TDI reflects the anticipated realization of operational and cost synergies.

On March 22, 2013, TriCan and ATDI entered into a Share Purchase Agreement with Regional Tire Holdings Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the Province of Ontario (“Holdco”), Regional Tire Distributors Inc. (“RTD”), a corporation formed under the laws of the Province of Ontario and a 100% owned subsidiary of Holdco, and the shareholders of Holdco, pursuant to which TriCan agreed to acquire from the shareholders of Holdco all of the issued and outstanding shares of Holdco for a purchase price of $62.5 million. Holdco has no significant assets or operations, other than its ownership of RTD. The operations of RTD constitute the operations of Holdco. RTD is a wholesale distributor of tires, tire parts, tire accessories and related equipment in the Ontario and Atlantic provinces of Canada. The acquisition of RTD significantly expanded the Company’s presence in the Ontario and Atlantic Provinces of Canada and complements the Company’s current operations in Canada.

The acquisition of RTD was completed on April 30, 2013 for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $64.9 million (the “Adjusted Purchase Price”) which includes initial working capital adjustments. The acquisition of RTD was funded by borrowings under the Company’s ABL Facility and FILO Facility, as more fully described in Note 9. The Adjusted Purchase Price was subject to certain post-closing adjustments, including, but not limited to, the finalization of working capital adjustments. Of the $64.9 million Adjusted Purchase Price, $6.3 million is held in escrow pending the resolution of the post-closing adjustments and other escrow release conditions in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement and escrow agreement. During third quarter 2013, the Company and the shareholders of Holdco agreed on the post-closing working capital adjustments in accordance with the purchase agreement. This adjustment increased the Adjusted Purchase Price by $1.0 million to $65.9 million with a corresponding increase to goodwill of $1.0 million.

The acquisition of RTD was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with current accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. As a result, the Adjusted Purchase Price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. The allocation of the Adjusted Purchase Price is a follows:

In thousands
Cash	$	904
Accounts receivable		10,093
Inventory		21,685
Other current assets		998
Property and equipment		1,050
Intangible assets		42,990
Other assets		52
Total assets acquired		77,772
Debt		—
Accounts payable		7,817
Accrued and other liabilities		12,740
Deferred income taxes		11,692
Total liabilities assumed		32,249
Net assets acquired		45,523
Goodwill		20,375
Purchase price	$	65,898

The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities is included in goodwill, and amounted to $20.4 million. The premium in the purchase price paid for the acquisition of RTD primarily relates to growth opportunities from expanding the Company’s distribution footprint into Eastern Canada and through operating synergies available via the consolidation of certain distribution centers in Eastern Canada.

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable were stated at their historical carrying values, which approximate their fair value, given the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. Inventory was recorded at fair value, based on computations which considered many factors including the estimated selling price of the inventory, the cost to dispose the inventory as well as the replacement cost of the inventory, where applicable.

The Company recorded intangible assets based on their estimated fair value which consisted of the following:

In thousands	Estimated Useful Life	Estimated Fair Value
Customer list	16 years	$	40,720
Tradenames	5 years		1,900
Favorable leases	4 years		370
Total		$	42,990

RTD contributed net sales of approximately $143.4 million to the Company for the period from May 1, 2013 to December 28, 2013. Net income contributed by RTD since the acquisition date was approximately $4.0 million which included non-cash amortization of the inventory step-up of $2.7 million and non-cash amortization expense on acquired intangible assets of $4.9 million.

2012 Acquisitions

On November 30, 2012, ATDI and ATD Acquisition Co. V Inc. (“Canada Acquisition”), a newly-formed direct 100% owned Canadian subsidiary of ATDI, entered into a Share Purchase Agreement with 1278104 Alberta Inc. (“Seller”), Triwest Trading (Canada) Ltd., a 100% owned subsidiary of Seller (“Triwest”) and certain shareholders of Seller pursuant to which Canada Acquisition agreed to acquire from Seller all of the issued and outstanding common shares of Triwest along with an outstanding loan owed to Seller by Triwest for approximately $97.5 million, subject to certain post-closing adjustments, including, but not limited to, working capital adjustments. Of the $97.5 million purchase price, $15.0 million is held in escrow pending the resolution of the post-closing adjustments and other escrow release conditions in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement and escrow agreement. As a result of the acquisition, Triwest became a direct 100% owned subsidiary of Canada Acquisition. Triwest (dba: TriCan Tire Distributors, or “TriCan”) is a wholesale distributor of tires, tire parts, tire accessories and related equipment in Canada with distribution centers stretching across the country. The acquisition of TriCan expanded the Company’s footprint and distribution services into Canada for the first time. During second quarter 2013, the Company and the Seller agreed on the post-closing working capital adjustment in accordance with the purchase agreement. This adjustment reduced the purchase price by $3.4 million to $94.1 million with a corresponding decrease to goodwill of $3.4 million.

The acquisition of TriCan was completed on November 30, 2012 and funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The acquisition of TriCan was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with current accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. As a result, the total purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. The allocation of the purchase price is as follows:

In thousands
Cash	$	1,344
Accounts receivable		35,518
Inventory		45,445
Other current assets		495
Property and equipment		1,191
Intangible assets		49,940
Other assets		755
Total assets acquired		134,688
Debt		—
Accounts payable		37,576
Accrued and other liabilities		14,609
Deferred income taxes		13,003
Other liabilities		475
Total liabilities assumed		65,663
Net assets acquired		69,025
Goodwill		25,044
Purchase price	$	94,069

The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities is included in goodwill, and amounted to $25.0 million. The premium in the purchase price paid for the acquisition of TriCan primarily relates to growth opportunities from expanding the Company’s distribution footprint into Canada.

Cash, and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable were stated at their historical carrying values, which approximate their fair value, given the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. Inventory was recorded at fair value, based on computations which considered many factors including the estimated selling price of the inventory, the cost to dispose the inventory as well as the replacement cost of the inventory, where applicable.

The Company recorded intangible assets based on their estimated fair value and consisted of the followings:

In thousands	Estimated Useful Life	Estimated Fair Value
Customer list	16 years	$	44,621
Tradenames	7 years		4,958
Favorable leases	6 years		361
Total		$	49,940

The following unaudited pro forma supplementary data for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 gives effect to the acquisition of RTD as if it had occurred on January 1, 2012 (the first day of the Company’s 2012 fiscal year) and gives effect to the acquisition of TriCan as if it had occurred on January 2, 2011 (the first day of the Company’s 2011 fiscal year). The pro forma supplementary data is provided for informational purposes only and should not be construed to be indicative of the Company’s results of operations had the TriCan and RTD acquisitions been consummated on the date assumed and does not project the Company’s results of operations for any future date.

	Pro Forma
In thousands	Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2013			Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012			Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
Net sales	$	3,873,469		$	3,767,037		$	3,234,331
Net income (loss)		(9,007	)		(9,289	)		5,596

The pro forma supplementary data for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 includes $1.9 million, $11.7 million and $5.9 million, respectively, as an adjustment to historical amortization expense as a result of acquired intangible assets.

On May 24, 2012, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Firestone of Denham Springs, Inc. d/b/a Consolidated Tire & Oil (“CTO”) to acquire 100% of the outstanding capital stock of CTO. CTO owned and operated three distribution centers in Baton Rouge, Slidell and Lafayette, Louisiana serving over 500 customers. The acquisition was completed on May 24, 2012 and was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The Company does not believe the acquisition of CTO is a material transaction subject to the disclosures and supplemental pro forma information required by ASC 805 — Business Combinations. As a result, the information is not presented.

The acquisition of CTO was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. A majority of the net assets acquired relate to a customer list intangible asset, which had an acquisition date fair value of $15.9 million. The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities is included in goodwill, and amounted to $10.1 million. The premium in the purchase price paid for the acquisition of CTO reflects the anticipated realization of operational and cost synergies.

2011 Acquisition

On April 15, 2011, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with the Bowlus Service Company d/b/a North Central Tire (“NCT”) to acquire 100% of the outstanding capital stock of NCT. NCT owned and operated three distribution centers in Canton, Ohio, Cincinnati, Ohio and Rochester, New York, serving over 2,700 customers. The acquisition was completed on April 29, 2011 and was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The Company does not believe the acquisition of NCT is a material transaction subject to the disclosures and supplemental pro forma information required by ASC 805 — Business Combinations. As a result, the information is not presented.

The acquisition of NCT was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. A majority of the net assets acquired relates to a customer list intangible asset, which had an acquisition date fair value of $38.2 million. The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities is included in goodwill, and amounted to $27.0 million. The premium in the purchase price paid for the acquisition of NCT reflects the anticipated realization of significant operational and cost synergies. The purchase of NCT expanded the Company’s market position in Ohio and Western New York.

XML

Long-Term Debt (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Senior Subordinated Notes	$ 200,000	$ 200,000
Senior Secured Notes	248,219	247,802
Capital lease obligations	12,330	12,469	14,100
Other	1,098	1,341
Total debt	967,000	951,204
Less - Current maturities	(564)	(493)
Long-term debt	966,436	950,711
FILO Facility
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
ABL Facility	51,863
United States
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
ABL Facility	417,066	478,616
Canada
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
ABL Facility	$ 36,424	$ 10,976

XML

Net Sales by Geographic Area (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 3,839,269	$ 3,455,864	$ 3,050,240
United States
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	3,499,770	3,443,781	3,050,240
Canada
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 339,499	$ 12,083

XML

Assumptions Used to Determine Average Fair Value of Stock Options of Two Thousand Ten Plan (Detail) (2010 Plan)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
2010 Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Risk-free interest rate	1.38%	1.48%	2.41%
Dividend yield
Expected life	6 years	6 years 6 months	6 years 4 months 24 days
Volatility	45.39%	42.81%	40.75%

XML

SCHEDULE II-VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

SCHEDULE II-VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the Fiscal Years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

			Additions
In thousands	Balance Beginning of Year		Charged to Costs and Expenses			Charged to Other Accounts		Deductions			Currency Translation			Balance End of Year
2013
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	950	$	1,795		$	—	$	(491	)(1)	$	(85	)	$	2,169
Acquisition exit cost reserves (2)		1,839		636			—		(1,094	)		(171	)		1,210
Inventory reserves		410		611			—		(616	)		(262	)		143
Sales returns and allowances		2,167		1,485			—		(753	)		(55	)		2,844
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets		762		—			—		(12	)		—			750
2012
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	696	$	1,996		$	—	$	(1,740	)(1)	$	(2	)	$	950
Acquisition exit cost reserves (2)		3,865		528			—		(2,549	)		(5	)		1,839
Inventory reserves		514		419			—		(502	)		(21	)		410
Sales returns and allowances		1,982		2,224			—		(2,036	)		(3	)		2,167
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets		840		—			—		(78	)		—			762
2011
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	340	$	1,911		$	—	$	(1,555	)(1)	$	—		$	696
Acquisition exit cost reserves (2)		6,975		(498	)		—		(2,612	)		—			3,865
Inventory reserves		192		480			—		(158	)		—			514
Sales returns and allowances		29		2,996			—		(1,043	)		—			1,982
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets		596		244			—		—			—			840

(1) Accounts written off during the year, net of recoveries.

(2) Amounts represent facilities closing cost of acquired distribution centers due to existing distribution centers being located in close proximity to the acquired distribution facilities.

XML

Income Tax Provision (Benefit) (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 28, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Federal:
Current provision (benefit)	$ 13,944	$ 5,420	$ 8,668
Deferred provision (benefit)	(18,141)	(9,802)	(7,327)
Total	(4,197)	(4,382)	1,341
State:
Current provision (benefit)	3,707	1,884	3,278
Deferred provision (benefit)	(3,644)	(2,037)	(262)
Total	63	(153)	3,016
Foreign:
Current provision (benefit)	1,963	49
Deferred provision (benefit)	(1,774)	(1,192)
Total	189	(1,143)
Income tax provision (benefit)	$ (3,945)	$ (5,678)	$ 4,357

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Future Minimum Lease Commitments Net of Sublease Income

Future minimum lease commitments, net of sublease income, at December 28, 2013 are as follows:

In thousands
2014	$	88,941
2015		79,087
2016		68,646
2017		60,772
2018		51,786
Thereafter		175,115
Total	$	524,347

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 28, 2013

Commitments and Contingencies

13. Commitments and Contingencies:

Leases

The Company leases land, buildings, equipment and vehicles under various noncancellable operating leases, which expire between 2014 and 2027. Future minimum lease commitments, net of sublease income, at December 28, 2013 are as follows:

In thousands
2014	$	88,941
2015		79,087
2016		68,646
2017		60,772
2018		51,786
Thereafter		175,115
Total	$	524,347

The Company’s rent expense, net of sublease income, under these operating leases was $92.9 million in fiscal 2013, $75.1 million in fiscal 2012 and $59.1 million in fiscal 2011.

On March 27, 2002, the Company completed an agreement for the sale and leaseback of three of its owned facilities. On February 1, 2012, the Company reacquired one of the three facilities included in the 2002 sale-leaseback transaction. Accordingly, the original lease was amended to extend the lease term on the two remaining facilities by 5 years as well as to adjust the future lease payments over the remaining 15 years. The Company reports this transaction as a capital lease using direct financing lease accounting. As such, the Company has a capital lease obligation of $12.2 million at December 28, 2013. See Note 9 for more information on this capital lease. Obligations under the Company’s other capital leases are not material.

The Company remains liable as a guarantor on certain leases related to Winston Tire Company. As of December 28, 2013, the Company’s total obligations, as guarantor on these leases, are approximately $2.0 million extending over five years. However, the Company has secured assignments or sublease agreements for the vast majority of these commitments with contractually assigned or subleased rentals of approximately $1.8 million. A provision has been made for the net present value of the estimated shortfall.

Legal and Tax Proceedings

The Company is involved from time to time in various lawsuits, including class action lawsuits as well as various audits and reviews regarding its federal, state and local tax filings, arising out of the ordinary conduct of its business. Management does not expect that any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business or financial condition. As to tax filings, the Company believes that the various tax filings have been made in a timely fashion and in accordance with applicable federal, state, foreign and local tax code requirements. Additionally, the Company believes that it has adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable resolution of any tax disputes, but will adjust its reserves if events so dictate in accordance with FASB authoritative guidance. To the extent that the ultimate results differ from the original or adjusted estimates of the Company, the effect will be recorded in accordance with the accounting standards for income taxes. See Note 14 for further description of the accounting standards for income taxes and the related impacts.